Sunteți pe pagina 1din 288

Solution Booklet

PHYSICS
[XII TOPIC]
Copyright © reserved with Motion IIT JEE and Publications
All rights reserved. No part of this work herein should be reproduced or used either
graphically, electronically, mechanically or by recording, photocopying, taping, web
distributing or by storing in any form and retrieving without the prior written permission of
the publisher. Anybody violating this is liable to be legally prosecuted.

Corporate Head Office


394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar Kota, (Raj.)
Ph. No . : 93141-87482, 0744-2209671
IVRS No : 0744-2439051, 52, 53,
www. motioniitjee.com , info@motioniitjee.com
Solution (XII Topic)

TOPICS COVERED

1. Geometrical Optics

2. Wave optics

3. Electrostatics - 1

4. Electrostatics - 2

5. Current Electricity

6. Capacitance

7. Magnetism

8. E.M.I.

9. Alternating Current

10. Modern Physics-I

11. Modern Physics-II

394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar Kota,Ph. No. 0744-2209671, 93141-87482,


93527-21564, IVRS No. 0744-2439051, 0744-2439052, 0744-2439053
www.motioniitjee.com, email-info@motioniitjee.com
Page # 4 CONTENTS Solution Slot – 2 (Mathematics)

S.NO. TOPIC ..................... PAGE NO.


 Geometrical Optics .................................................................................................................................... 5 to 44
Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................... 5 – 13
Exercise - II ................................................................................................................................................. 14 – 24
Exercise - III ................................................................................................................................................. 25 – 35
Exercise - IV ............................................................................................................................................... 36 – 44

 Wave optics ............................................................................................................................................. 45 to 57


Exercise - I .................................................................................................................................................. 45 – 47
Exercise - II ................................................................................................................................................. 48 – 50
Exercise - III ................................................................................................................................................. 51 – 53
Exercise - IV ............................................................................................................................................... 54 – 57

 Electrostatics - 1 ..................................................................................................................................... 58 to 87
Exercise - I .................................................................................................................................................. 58 – 63
Exercise - II ................................................................................................................................................. 64 – 70
Exercise - III ................................................................................................................................................. 71 – 81
Exercise - IV ............................................................................................................................................... 82 – 87

 Electrostatics - 2 .................................................................................................................................... 88 to 110


Exercise - I .................................................................................................................................................. 88 – 92
Exercise - II ................................................................................................................................................. 93 – 97
Exercise - III ................................................................................................................................................ 98 – 105
Exercise - IV ............................................................................................................................................. 106 – 110

 Current Electricity ................................................................................................................................ 111 to 145


Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................ 111 – 117
Exercise - II ............................................................................................................................................... 118 – 125
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 126 – 136
Exercise - IV ............................................................................................................................................. 137 – 145

 Capacitance ........................................................................................................................................... 146 to 176


Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................ 146 – 153
Exercise - II ............................................................................................................................................... 154 – 160
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 161 – 171
Exercise - IV ............................................................................................................................................. 172 – 176

 Magnetism ............................................................................................................................................ 177 to 212


Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................ 177 – 183
Exercise - II ............................................................................................................................................... 184 – 191
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 192 – 202
Exercise - IV ............................................................................................................................................. 203 – 212

 E.M.I. ........................................................................................................................................................ 213 to 230


Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................ 213 – 216
Exercise - II ............................................................................................................................................... 217 – 222
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 223 – 227
Exercise - IV ............................................................................................................................................. 228 – 230

 Alternating Current ............................................................................................................................... 231 – 244


Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................ 231 – 232
Exercise - II ............................................................................................................................................... 233 – 236
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 237 – 239
Exercise - IV ............................................................................................................................................. 240 – 244

 Modern Physics-I ................................................................................................................................. 245 to 273


Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................ 245 – 250
Exercise - II ............................................................................................................................................... 251 – 257
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 258 – 264
Exercise - IV ............................................................................................................................................. 265 – 273

 Modern Physics-II ................................................................................................................................. 274 – 288


Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................ 274 – 275
Exercise - II ............................................................................................................................................... 276 – 279
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 280 – 283
Exercise - IV ............................................................................................................................................. 284 – 288

394 - Rajeev Gandhi Nagar Kota, Ph. No. 0744-2209671, 93141-87482, 93527-21564
www. motioniitjee.com , email-info@motioniitjee.com
Geometrical Optics 5
GEOMETRICAL OPTICS

1. B
All the reflected rays meet at a point, when
produced backwards.

O O' I O I' O' I


x x x-2 x
x-2
O I
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
II’ = O’I + OO’ – (OI’)
= x + x – 2 (x – 2)
II’ = 4cm

2. A 8. C
A plane mirror forms inverted image of
object line perpendicular to it. k
Maximum velocity of the insect is A . Its
m
component perpendicular to the mirror is
k
A sin60 . Thus, max. relative speed =
m
3 : 25 8 : 35
Object Image
3 k
A .
2 m

3. D
9. B
Deviation produced by plane mirror is given
Perpendicular distance between object &
by
mirror is equal to perpendicular distance
= 180 – 2i
between image & mirror.
here i = 90 – 60 = 30º
Initially the separation between object and
= 180 – 60 = 120º
image is 200 cm. After 6s the mirror has
moved 30 cm towards the object. Hence
4. A
object-mirror separation i s 70 cm. So
T he re i s a phas e change of 180º i n
object image separation is 140 cm.
reflection.
10. B
5. C
From the following figure we can see that
Only a portion of incident light is reflected
incident & reflected ray are parallel to one
by mirror and rest is transmitted in mid
another.
water. So intensity of reflected light is less
st
than intensity of incident light & hence I mirror
Incident
image formed is less bright. ray

6. A
Reflected
By the laws of reflection angle of incidence ray
= angle of reflection
i = r nd
II mirror

7. C
Perpendicular distance between object & 11. A
mirror is equal to perpendicular distance By the formula for the number of image formed
between image & mirror. 360
Fig.1 shows original condition when object  1 where  is angle between the mirror..

distance is x & mirror is at mean and fig.2
shows final condition then mirror perform SHM 360
No. of images = 1  5
of amplitude 2 cm. 

www.motion.ac.in
6 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

12. B 18. D
A

45º
B B'
90º 60
D C

10cm

So diameter of the image = f


A'
Let A'B' be the image of tower AB. The foot    
= 10 × 1  
of tower coincides with foot of image. Let  180  18
the mirror be CD then from the given condi-
19. A
tion and from  CAB.
Using mirror formula
h
tan 45º =  h = 60m 1 1 1
60  =
v u f
Here we have a virtual object so sign of u is
13. C
positive.
Paraxial rays are considered because they
form nearly a point image of a point source.
f=20cm
14. B
Using mirror formula O

1 1 1
 =
v u f f
20cm
Here u = –f, f = +f
Here f = +20
1 1 1 u = 20
  O
v (f ) f f
1 1 1 1
   =0
f v 20 20 v
v =
2 v=
15. D
Here u = –30 cm, f = –15 cm 20. B
object is at centre of curvature
image will be real and of same size.

16. A f=+f
2F
By using mirror formula
u = +x; f = –f
1 1 1 Taking u = – 2f & f = +f
 
v f x 1 1 1
 
1 1 (x  f) v u f
=  = –ve (always)
v v xf 1 1 1
so if object virtual, image always real.  
v  2f f
1 1 1 21
17. A  = + =
When object is real then image move from v f 2f 2f
focus to pole. v 2f / 3 1
So maximum distance f = 20 cm. m=– = =
u  2f 3

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 7

21. B 25. A
Magnification is –3 because image is real &
inverted. i
v
m= rr
u
v e
–3 =
u
Incident angle and emergent angle will be
v = 3u. same.
20cm
given u = –20 cm
the angle between them is 0.
v = –60 cm
By using mirror formula
1 1 1 26. C
– = i = 60º
60 20 f
f = –15 cm Displacement = t sec r sin (i – r) = 5 2

 3 sin r 
22. D
= 15 sec r  2 cos r  2  = 5 3
Focal length of the mirror is R/2 which  
depends on the sphere from which the mirror
is cut out. 3 tan r 1
  
2 2 3
23. C
Velocity of light varies with medium. The  r = 30º
relation between velocity & refractive index Now  sin r = sin i
is given as 3 1
= × = 3
n2 v2 2 2
n1
= v1
Where n is refractive index & v velocity of 27. D
light in medium. Both false as critical angle is greater for red
colour (C  ) and diamond shines due to
sin i H2 V1 1 TIR.
= H = V  
sin r 1 2 2
28. D
24. B As  sin  = constant, the angle of emergence
will be 90°.

29. D
As the ray moves towards the normal while
60º 60º
entering medium 2 from 1 we have n2>n1
for total internal reflection at interface of 2
3 & 3 , n2>n3 besides n3 should also be less
than n2 or else ray would have emerged in
medium 3, parallel to its path in medium 1
hence n3<n1<n2

Applying Snell's law on surface of incidence 30. A


If light is travelling from medium B and suf-
 sin 60 
 = sin–1   fers TIR it implies B < A.
 3 
 B 
 = 180 – [60 + ]
C = sin–1   
 A
 1  sin 60º 

 = 180 – 60º sin  
  VA   2 V 
  3   1
= sin–1  V   As
1 V2 
= 180º – [60 + 30] = 90º  B 
VA V
 VB = =
sin  sin 

www.motion.ac.in
8 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

31. C 36. C
8
We know that formula for deviation
A V 2.5  10 =i + e–A & r1 + r2 = A
 B   1.25
B VA 2  10 8 i=i r2 = 0 r1 + 0 = A
e=0 r1 = A A
 1  4 A= A
C = sin–1   = sin–1   1 sin i =  sin A
 1.25  5 i r
Because angles
rarer are small i = A
[As C = sin–1  ]
denser
37. B
For minimum deviation imin = e
32. A
A
and r1 = = r2 = r
2
 = i + e – A = 2 (imin – r) = 38º ... (1)
45º 30º
Now
45º 30º 44º = 42º + 62 – 2r r = 30º ... (2)
From (1) and (2)
270º imin = 49º

De vi at i on = 90º cl oc kw i s e or 270º 38. B


anticlockwise.
60º
33. C
Using A = r1 + r2
50º 40º
r1 = 30º
r2 = 0
1.sin i = 2 sin 30º
i = 45º
From the formula
34. C =i + e–A
 sin C= 1  = 50 + 40 – 60 = 30º
min < 30º.
1
C= sin–1  


 1 
 =  sin   30º
 C 

C < 
sin C < sin 
1 1
 40º i=e 50º
 2
> 2. 39. D
All are true.
35. C
i – e = 23 ....(1) 40. D
23 = i + e – 60°  i +e = 83 ....(2) 1 1
From equation (1) & (2) We know that C  sin
 glass
e = 30° & i =53°
and glass depends on wavelength of light
1. sin 53° =  sin r ....(3)
 sin (60 – r) = sin 30 ....(4) 1
 glass 
After solving eq (3) & (4) we get 
When is minimum the  will be maximum
  2 sin53 & hence C will be minimum.
= 1.13  is minimum for voilet hence C is minimum
for voilet light.
43
=
5
394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
Geometrical Optics 9

41. B 46. A
Using formula R = 20cm
nv  nR n  nR
 = n 1 ny = v
y 2 t=20 cm
1.56  1.44 1.56  1.44 Paper
= ny = = 1.5
1.5  1 2 This problem can be drawn as follows
0.12 R = 20cm
= = 0.24
0. 5 air
42. B
Disp. (nv-nR) A t = 20cm

43. A u = –20 cm R = +20 cm


Using the formula for refraction at sperical
surface 3
n1 = n2 = 1
n1 2
n2 n  n1
– = 2 n2 n1 (n  n1 )
v u R
from   2
n1 = 3/2 v u R
Here n2 = 1
u = 30 cm 1 3 1  3 /2
=   ; v = –10cm
R = +20 cm v 2  20 20
1 3 1  3 /2
  47. C
v 2  30 20
v = +40 cm 4
Here n2 =
3
44. A Fish Boy
2R
n1 = 1
u = –R
R = +R
n2 n1 n  n1
For 1st refraction from   2
v u R
u = –  R = +R 2 =n, 1 = 1
nR 4 1 (4 / 3  1) 4 1 1
     
 v 3v R R 3v 3R R
n 1
For 2nd refraction  v = –2R
Then the distance from the centre
nR = R + 2R = 3R
u  2R, , 2 = 1, 1 = 1
n 1
V = R & R = –R 48. C
 n = 4/3

45 B n = 1.33 n = 1.5
n1=2 n2=2
2cm x y

10cm

u = –10 R = + 20 cm
2 1 2 1
   v  40cm Image is always virtual because rays goes
v 10 20
so virtual image is formed from rarer to denser medium.

1  40 
 hi = 2
2  10 
 hi =4 cm so erect, enlarged

www.motion.ac.in
10 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

49. D 52. C
We know that P = IA & P × t = E
1  1 1 
E    1  
Hence IA = f  R1 R 2 
t
For double convex lens
2
 d d2I R1 = R
Initially energy/sec = I ×     R2 = -2R
2 4
=2
2 2
  d  d  1 2 1 1
Now energy/sec = I          1 
  2  4  50  R   2
 R = 75 cm = R1
3  R2 = 150 cm
= Id2  
16 
53. D
Final Ιntensity I d2 3 / 16 3 On cutting the less parallel to its principal
So, Now   axis
Initial Intensity Id2 / 4 4 f does not changes
Focus will not change. so P will not change.

50. B 54. C
100 cm = R

Kh u1

Ku1

1 1 1 
 (  1)  
Kh f R R
h  1 2 

1 1 1 1
u2 Ku2 =    =
2 100   200
f = 200 cm
For case 1
55. A
u = –u1  v = –ku1  f = –f
We know that on cutting the lens into two
1 1 1 parts perpendicular to its principal axis power
ku1
+ u = ......... (1) of the two parts will be P/2 each. Let initial
1 f power of lens be P.
For case 2 Then (P1)f = (P2)f = P/2
u = –u2  v = ku2  f = –f Pf = (P1)f = (P2)f = P  Pi = Pf
No change in power hence no change in focal
1 1 1
– + = ......... (2) length.
ku2 u2 f
On solving (1) & (2) 56. A
Given RA = 0.9 RB
1 1 1
f= (u1 + u2) 
2 fA fB
2 2
51. B (1.63 – 1) R = (xB – 1) R
B convex mirror A B

C plane mirror xB = 1.7


D diverging mirror

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 11

57. A 60. A
The convex lenses and the plane mirror are
1
Using the formula P = f in m shown in figure. The combination behaves
 
like a concave mirror. Let the distance of te
p1 = 2D object from the first lens be x.
For the ray to retrace its path. It should be
100
f1 = = +50 cm incident normally on the plane mirror.
2
From the diagram, we see that for lens L2
f2 = –10
v = , f = +10 cm, u = ?
f2 = –100 cm

1 1 1  Y Y
  
feq  f1 f2 

I1
1 1  2  1 1
=    =   =
 50 100   100  100 O X X

feq = 100 cm L2 L2

x 30
58. C
From the lens equation, we get
1 1 1 f  15cm
  ,
v  f u  40cm 1 1 1
  or u = – 10 cm
v u f
1 1 1
  , v = +24 cm From the diagram, we see that for lens L1
v  40 15
v = 30 – 10 = 20 cm, f = +10 cm, u= – x
This image acts as object for lens L2 From the lens equations, we get
So, u = + ( 2 4 –14) = +10 cm,
v = 30 cm 1 1 1 1 1 1
  or   or x = 20 cm
v u f 20 x 10
f=?

1 1 1 1 1 1 61. C
    
f v u f  30  10 4
y = x = x
f = – 15 cm 3
4
For the mirror, u = –y = x
59. C 3
1 1 1 O
3 1 2  1 3  2  
   v u f y
v u R1 R2 x
1 3 1
 
5 5 3 v 4x 30
1  , 2  , 3 
4 3 2  60x 
v   
R1 = 10 cm, R2 = – 10 cm  2x  45 
Let the final image is formed at a distance z
3/ 2 5/ 4 5/ 3  5/ 4 3/ 2  5/3 from the mirror, then
  
v  10  10
 60x  1 4 z
 2x  45   z    3 and =2 (magnification)
  x
180
v cm Solving, we get x = 33.75 cm
7

www.motion.ac.in
12 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

62. D 64. C
Ray diagram : The path of a typical light ray
uf 30  20
is shown in the follwoing figure. The element v   60cm
encountered is only a lens in either path of u  f 30  20
the light rays.
30 cm 60 cm

4 mm
O
2 mm

Screen 2 mm
The lens is cut in half along the axis. So,
both halves have the same focallength. Since 4 mm
two sharp images are formed on the screen,
t he res ul t i s e qui v al ent to t he l ens
displacement method with D = 80 cm and d
= 12 cm. v h2 vh1 60  2
For the lens displacement method, the focal m = u  h  h2   = 4 cm
1 u 30
length of the lens is given by
D2  d2 65. B
f  or f = 19.55 cm
4D For normal adjustment
u0 D
63. B ×
u0 fe = – 100
For lens f1
f1 = 30 cm, u = 10 m
 v  D
f1 f2 1  0  ×



f0  fe = –100

25
(1 – 2V0) × f = – 100
e
I1 I2
1 – 2v0 = 4fe .....(1)
27.5 cm
Again L = V0 + fe = 6.5 .....(2)
30 cm from (1) & (2)
 v = 30 cm 6fe = 12
f2 = 15cm, u = 2.5 cm fe = 2 cm

1 1 1 66. C
 
v 25 15 For seeing with relaxed eye, the final image
should be formed at For objective lens
1 1 1 1
    v = 3 cm 1 1 1  0  200cm
v 15 2.5 3  
v u0 f 0 ,
f 0  30cm

1 1 1
 
v0  200 30

600
So, v0   35.3 cm
17
Distance between objective and eyepiece is
L = v0 + fe = 35.3 + 3 = 38.3 cm

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 13

67. B 70. B
Power of liquid lens In this case, the total deviation is shared
between the two surfaces.
 2  6
= (1.6–1)    ×10 = 6 D
 0.20  10
Power of concave lens
= –(1.5–1) = –0.5×10 D
Total power of two concave lenses = – 10 D
Power of system = –10 D + 6 D = – 4 D
1
Focal length = = –0.25 m
4

68. A
Here, fv = 2 cm and fe = 3 cm.
Using les formula for eyepiece,
1 1 1
  
u v1 fe

1 1 1
    u1 = – 3cm [ i = 0]
u  3
But the distance between objective and
eyepiece is 15 cm (given).
Therefore, distance of image formed by the
objective, v = –15–3 = 12 cm. Let u be the
71. B
object distance from the objective, them for
By Theory
1 1 1 1 1 1
objectives lens u  v  f or   72. A
0 u 12 2
By Theory
1 1 1 5 12
    u   2.4 cm
u 2 12 12 5 73. B
(a) is the correct option. fO
= 10
fe
69. B
f1 = + 40 cm 74. C
(for convex lens)= 0.4 m By Theory
f2 = – 25
(for concave lens) 75. B
= – 0.25 m p = 1/f = –0.5D
Therefore, focal length
(f) of the combination,
1 1 1
 
f f1 f2

1 1 0.25  0.4
  
0.40 0.25 0.40  0.25
0.15
  1.5D
0.1
1
 P= =–1.5D
f
(b) is the correct option.

www.motion.ac.in
14 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. C 4. D

A G A'

C 0.4 m

0.3 m
E'
1.5 m
E 1.5 m
D

7 : 34 : 23 0.8 m

The plane mirror causes latered inversion F'


F
Hence we can see that the time shown by
B B'
image clock will be 7 : 34 : 23. x x
Hint : Make a clock on the paper & look at it
from the back. Let AB be the object whose image formed by
plane mirror CD is A'B'. The portion visible to
2. B the object can be drawn as shown in the ray
diagram and EF is the length visible to him.
To calculate EF :  AGC ~  AA'E' &  AGD ~
V V  AA'F'
In AGC & AA'E' In  AGD & 
AA'F'
2V
AG AA ' AG AA '
= =
GC A 'E ' GD A 'F '

VI  V0 x 2x x 2x
We know that from formula Vm = = =
0.4 A 'E ' 0.7 A 'F '
2
where Vm = Velocity of mirror A'E' = 0.8 A'F' = 1.4
Vm = Velocity of image Now A'F' - A'E' = E'F' = EF
Vm = Velocity of object 1.4 – 0.8 = 0.6 = EF
We can write velocity of image for first
mirror after Ist reflection 5. C
VI = 2 V
A C A'
For second reflection this velocity becomes 0.05m
0.1 m
velocity of object. E G
E'
I
2V  VI Visible
–V= 1.5 m
portion
2 D
VI = – 4 V H 0.8 m H'
|VI| = 4 V
Thus after nth reflection B B'
VI = 2 N V
Let AB be the boy with his eye level at E and
3. A A'B' be the image then the visible portion is
By image formations .  EID ~  EE'H'
EI EE '
=
L/3
ID E'H
| | Now we know that EE' = 2 EI, ID = 0.6 m &
• • • • • AH = A'H' = A'E' + E'H'
4L 2L L 5L
|

| 2L | E'H = 1.2 And AH=1.2 + 0.1 = 1.3 m.


|

3 3 3 3
|

3 Hence boy cannot see his feet.


| 2L |

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 15

6. A
d
 2  36 rad / s
dt
dy d
 10 cos ec2
A dt dt
25
 10   36  1000 m/s
9
O B
9. B
Component of velocity of object  to mirror
Deviation at A = 180 – 2i1 (AC) follows the condition.
Deviation at B = 180 – 2i2 (AC)
VIM   VOM for z component only
In OAB 90 – i1 + 90 – i2 + 60 = 180°
i1+i2 = 60° VI  8   5  8
Net deviation = 1 + 2
= 360 – 2 (i1 + i2) VI  11 k̂
= 360 – 2 × 60 = 240° The remaining components remain same as
From line BC
120o 60o that of the object so VI  3î  4 ĵ  11k̂
180 +  = 240
 = 60º 240
o

10. C
7. A
I
O 20m
C
30m
3m
S

300m
x
A 1m B

ABI and OCI


OI AI hi v
 Magnification = h =
OC AB 0 u

x 300  x hi 9 v
 = =
20 100 h0 3 u
Let OI = x 3u = v
100x = 6000 + 20x 3 (x – 300) = x
80x = 6000
3x – 900 = x
600 2x = 900
x= cm x = 450 cm.
8
25 × 3
= 75 cm 11. D
OS = OI = 75 cm Given
hi h 1 v
8. C m= h = = =–
0 nh n u

u
v=–
n
Using mirror formula
n 1 1 n  1 1
10m –     
u u f  u  f
9 u = –f(n – 1)
  2  18 rad / s | u | = f(n – 1)

www.motion.ac.in
16 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

12. B 17. A

f
y
x

f
In convex mirror Image is not at infinity
()

13. B
y 4 dy 4 dx
   = 8 m/sec
x 3 dt 3 dt

 C 18. D

For II reflection
nd =–2c
Minimum value of = 45º
 =–2i
= –c i
2 i)–
–1 (n
sin
n
14. B =
si
i
Using mirror formula i=0 i=i i=90

1 1 1
 = 19. D
v u f
The equation is in the form of y = mx + c. c
c cos =cos 
1 n
On comparing we see that taking on y-
v n cos  = cos 
1 1 sin  = n sin 
axis and on x-axis than m (slope) is –1
u sin 2 
1 \ n2 cos2 + 1
and is intercept on y-axis. n2
f
C
1 c cos  air

v

c  glass
cos 
n
C/n

1/u sin 2 
n2 – n2 sin2 + 1
1 1 1
 
n2
v u f
1 2 2
sin2  2  n   1  n
15. D n 
n2 1 n 2
16. C sin2 = n
Real depth = d = 1m
1  n2

Virtual depth = d’ = 0.9m n 1
d' 1 sin = 2
 1 n
d 
tan  = n]
1 10
= =
0.9 9

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 17

20. A 24. B
4 5
w  , g 
3 3 A
1  4
sin C =
 w  r
w g g 5 c

1  4 
 C  sin     (A)
 5 From properties of prism
r+C=A
21. C
 1 
r = A – C = 75 – sin–1   = 30º

 2
1.sin i = 2 sin r

 1
53° i = sin–1  2  
 2
i = 45º
1
sin C =
1.4
C = 45.58 25. A
For TIR to take place  > C.
 = 1 – 2 = 0
22. C
Using formula for relation between min & A. (1 – 1)A1 – (2 – 1)A2 = 0

 A  min  (1.54 – 1) – (1.72 – 1)A2 = 0  A2 = 3º


sin  
 2 
=
A
sin
2
 90  min  26. D
sin  
3  2  Dispersion is not possible as only one wave-
=
2 sin 45º
length present.
 90  min  3
sin   =
 2  2
90  min
= 60º  min = 30º
2 27. A
23. C
min = i + e – A VIBGYOR
min = A x n
45°
So 2A = 2i
i =A
Now for refraction on first surface. 1
sin i =  sin r1 sin C =
sin A =  sin A/2 
[For minimum deviation r1 = r2 = A/2] for red C > 45º
A A A
2cos sin = 3 sin 2
2 2
A 3
cos =
2 2
A
= 30  A = 60º
2

www.motion.ac.in
18 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

28. A 31. D

n2 = 4/3 2 1 2  1
n1 = 3/2  
v x R
x O y 32. C
• •
1  1 1 
x  p  (  1)  
 ... (1)
f  R1 R2 

   1 1 
4 3 Now p' =    1 R  R  ... (2)
n2 = , n1 =  0  1 2 
3 2
R = –10 cm u = –x p'   0

4 3 4 /3  3 /2 p 0 (  1)
  
3v 2x  10
33. B
1 3  1 3 
    v
v 4  60 2x  m = –0.5 =
u
for real image v > 0
u
3  1  3  v=– = +5cm
   > 0  x > 90 cm 2
4  60 2x 
1 1 1 2  1
  =
29. D f 5 10 10
10
10cm f= cm convex lens.
3
4
3
34. B
7.5cm
5cm
dv v2
 2
du u
1 1 1
  v = 30cm
for Ist Refraction v 10 15
4 2
u1 = –7.5 cm n1 =1.5, n2 =  30 
3 dv = –    du
R = –5cm  15 
dv = –4mm
4 / 3 1.5 4 / 3  1.5
 
v1 7.5 5
35. B
 v1 = –8cm
for 2nd Refraction
2=1 1 = 4/3
u2 = –(10 + 8) = –18 cm
1
so apparent depth = (18)  27 cm
4 /3 2 15cm 10cm 20cm

30. C
30cm

c
Ray retraces its path when it appears to
come towards centre of curvature
R = 20
c
x F = 10 cm
For ray to retrace its path it must fall nor-
3 mally on mirror.
sin c =  c  60
2
x=R
394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
Geometrical Optics 19

36. C
v 200 / 3 1
m0 =  
v u 200 3
m=3=  v = 3u
u Image I1 acts as an object for eye lens.
u = –10cm  v = +30 cm Here, v = –25 cm, f = 5cm

1 1 1 1 1 1
  
+ = f f v u
30 10 eq

1 1 1 1 1 15
30      
feq = cm f2 = –30 u v f 25 5 25
4
25
1 1 1 1 1 4  u cm
  6
feq = f1 f2 = f1 30 = 30
And magnification produced by eye lens.
f1 = 6 cm
v 25
me   6
u (25 / 6)
37. B
Let the object distance be x, Then, the image 40. B
distance is D–x. 1 1
From lens equation,    ve
f1 f2
1 1 1
 
x Dx f 1 2 1 2
 0  f  f
On algebraic rearrangement, we get f1 f2 1 2
x2 – Dx + Df = 0 2 < 1 | f2 | < | f1 |
On solving for x, we get
D  D(D  4f) 41. A
x1  By Theory
2

D  D(D  4f) 42. A


x2  By Theory
2
The di stance between the two object 43. B
positions is
fO 60
d = x2 – x1 = D(D  4f)
fe = 5 = 12
O = 12 × 2° = 24°
38. C
Theorotical 44. B

39. A O
D
Given u = –200 cm, f = 50 cm dmin = O × 1 km
For image I1 of object formed by objective _ 5 mm
~
lens,
1 1 1 45. A
  (1.64 – 1) [x] = 10 cm = fy
f v u
We have 10
fv – fR = [0.66 – 0.62] = 0.625 cm
1 1 1 1 1 4 1 3 0.64
     
v f u 50 200 200 200
200
 v cm
3
Also, magnification produced by objective
lens

www.motion.ac.in
20 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. B,C PMI and ABI


Let AB be the man with his eye level at E PM hmin h 40
and A'B' be the image   min 
MI IA 80 20
A C A' hmin = 160cm
MQI and ACI
E F QM hmax h 80
E'    max 
H MI IA 80 20
170 cm

 hmax = 320 cm
160 cm

G
4. A,B
v
Given  2  v = ±2
u
B B' 1 1 1
from  
Using similar  EHG & EE ' B' v u f
1 1 1
EE' EH ±  
 2u u  f
E' B' HG
after solving u = –30, –10 cm
EE' = 2EH & E'B' = 160 cm
HG = 80 cm 5. B,C
FH = 5 cm
Hence length of mirror required is FG = 85
cm and bottom of mirror should be 80 cm
or less above the ground or else feet will B' A' A B A'' B''
not be visible.
30 10 10 30 10
2. B,D
Field of view is same for all positions of the 50
mirror and hence spot on wall remains for A’ u = –60 f = 60 v = +30
unaffected for B’ u = –90 f = 60 v = +36 cm
Image length = 6cm
fov.
s 1
Magnification =
5
s2
6. B,C
hi v
s1 Using mirror formula h =
0 u
hi 1 v
Given h = = 
0 2 u
u
3. A,B,D hence v = 
2
given
u = –40  v = 20
Using mirror formula
B 1 1 1
  
Q 40 20 f
hmin hma x 1 1
= f = 40
p f 40
I M S A
convex mirror with focal length = 40 cm
use similar traingles

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 21

7. A,B,D 11. B,C,D


f=-12cm
1 = sin r = 2 sin i
4m/s
 2 
20cm r = sin–1   sin i 
 1 

Using mirror formula for zero deviation 2 = 1


1 1 1 1 1 1 i.e., k2 = 1
     
v u f v  20  12 If 2 > 1 condition for C.
v = –30cm real.

dv  v 2 2.sin = 1 sin 90º
 2 v 0m 3
dt u
 v2 2
(VI – 0) = (V0 – 0) 3 30°
u2  = = k1
1 2
2 53°
 30  If k  r 0
VI = –   u
 20 
VI = –9cm/s towards right. 
So away from the mirror. | r – i | 
3

8. A,D
Shift by a glass slab of thickness t is given 12. A,C
 1 5 4
by t 1   sin30º = sin2
  3 3 60°
And shift is towards the path of incident 5 60°
light. 2 = sin–1   60°
8
30°
5
9. A,B,C .sin60º = sin 90º
The object will now O' 3 30°

appear to be placed at C 5
O' which is a poi nt I =
between C &  for 2 3
mirror. So image is
formed 13. A,C
between C & O. = (– 1) A   A & – 1

10. B,C,D
For critical angle 14. B,C,D
2 A for min deviation there are two angles of
sin C =  incidence
1
c
3 B i = e so r1 = r2
90º – C > sin–1 c
1 C i = 90º or e = 90º for max

3 D min = ( – 1)A
90-C
cos C > 
1
15. A,B,C
12  12  3
A  have di spersi on wi thout average
12  12   23 ... (B) deviation.
2 2 2
   
1 3 2
... (C) B have deviation without dispersion.
2
     2 2
... (D) C have dispersion and average deviation.
1 2 3

www.motion.ac.in
22 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

16. A,B 19. A,C


st
1 mage
M = 3/2
O
st
2 image
360 O
240 • (due to
u = –d, R = +60, combination)
3
2 = 1 = 1 st
3 mage
2
3 1 1.5  1
 2V  d  60
1 On cutting lens into two halves power of each
section becomes P/2 on combining them again
3 1 1 net power of system becomes P so focal
  
2V 120 d1 length of two system (ii) and (iii) is same.
If d1 = 120 v = 
Retraces path 20. B,C,D
If d1 = 240 v = 360 = d2 Screen

17. A,C
6 cm

• • x y
P P
1
x (y – x)

u = –x, n2 = 2, n1 = 1, R = –R


D = 90 cm
    1
 2  1  2 h0 = h0  h1 h2  6cm
v x R
2  1  2   1 h1 v 9 3
     
v x R h0 u 6 2
If 2 > 1 v = –ve v:u=3:2
If x is –ve and 1 > 2 v = +ve uv + u = 90
v = 54, u = 36  d = 18
18. A,C
D2  d2
f=
15 4D
10
902  182
f=  f = 21.6 cm
4 4  90
=
3
21. ABCD
3
=
2 D = 96 cm
I1
1 3  1 1  1 1 4
   1      I2
f1  2  10 15  f1 12
O I1I 2  I1 I 2  O 2
1 4  1 1  2
   1  
f2  3  15 15  45 O2 O
 I 22   2
1 1 2 4 I2
 
fm 15 / 2 15 (ratio of length of object to shorter image)
1 2  1 2  5 O 1
  2   
feq 15  12 4.5  90  I1 2
feq = –18 cm

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 23

The first image acts as object for concave


D  u2 1 96  u2 1
    u2  64 mirror. Object distance for mirror is (40-20)
u2 2 u2 2 cm.
From mirror equation.
D  u1 96  u2
2  2  u1  32
u1 u1 1 1 1
  v' = –12 cm
v ' (20) (7.5)'
   u2  u1  32 cm
 u'   12 
D2  2 962  322 64 Magnification, m2    v '     20   0.6
f    cm    
4D 4  96 3
The second image is 12 cm to the left of the
For shorter image u = u2 = 64 mirror, real, erect (that is reinverted).
D  u2  96  64  32 cm The second image acts as object for the lens.
the object distance for second refraction at
22. A,C,D the lens, u''=+28cm
As radius of curvature of silvered surface is 1 1 1
22 cm, so From lens equation,   ,
v " (28) 10
R 22 v" = –15.6 cm
fm   = – 11cm = – 0.11m
2 2 Note the sign convention for f and u.
1 1 1 v "  15.6 
And hence, Pm   f   0.11  0.11 D Magnification, m3  u"   28   0.556
M  
Further as the focal length of lens is 20 cm, Final image is real, inverted and lies 15.6
i.e., 0.20 m, its power will be given cm to the left of the lens.
Overall magnification.
1 1
PL   D m = m1×m2×m3
fL 0.20 = (–1)×(0.6)×(–0.556)=–0.333
Now as inimage formation, light after passing
through the lens will be reflected back by +
the curved mirror through the lens again. Ray of light (F1 positive)
P = PL + PM + PL= 2PL + PM
2 1 210
i.e., P   D F2 F3
0.20 0.11 11
So the focal length of equivalent mirror Ray of light (F2 negative)
1 11 110
F  m cm
P 210 21 24. A,B
i.e., the silvered lens behaves as a concave From lens equation,
mirror of focal length (110/21) cm. So for
1 1 1
object at a distance 10 cm in front of it.   , v=–20 cm
v (10) 20
1 1 21
  i.e., v = –11 cm
v 10 110  20 
i.e., image will be 11 cm in front of the sil- Magnification, m1=  10  =+2
 
vered lens and will be real as shown in the Image is virtual, erect and magnified.
figure. The first image acts as an object for the
convex mirror. Object distance for the
23. B,C mirror, u' = (20+5) = 25 cm.
From the lens equation,
1 1 1
  , v = +20 cm
v (20) 10

v  20 
Magnification, m1  u   20   1
  I1 O I2 I3
Image is real and inverted, same size as
object .

www.motion.ac.in
24 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

Form lens equation, 25. A,C


In case of part A, radii of the two surface
1 1 1 75
  ,v'   cm will remain same. Hence, focal length of part
v ' (25) 15 8 A will be same as that of complete lens., i.e.,
power of part A will remain unchanged, i.e.,
 75 / 8  3
Magnification, m2    power of A is P.
 25  8 In case of part B, radius of one surface will
Image is virtual (to the right of te mirror), remain same while that of other plane sur-
ereet and diminished. face will be  . Hence, focal length of part B
The object distance for second refraction t will be double that of whole lens, i.e., power
of part B is P/2.
75 115
the lens  5 
8 8 26. A,B
1 1 1 fO
From lens equation,   M
v " (115 / 8) 20 fe & L = fO + fe
460 Eyepiece can be converging or diverging.
v" = =+51.1 cm
9
27. A,B,C,D
 460 / 9  32 In case of an astronomical telescope, the
Magnification, m3   15 / 8   9 distance between the objective lens and
 
eyepiece lens = f0 + fe = 16 + 0.02 = 06.02
Overall magnifications, m = m1×m2×m3 is
m.
 3   32   8  The angular magnification
(2)×  8  ×  9  =  3 
      fobjective 16
= f   800
8  eye piece 0.02
Hence size of image is  3  2  cm = 5.33 cm
  The image seen by the astronomical tele-
Final image is to the right of the lens at a scope is inverted. Also, the objective lens is
distance 51.1 cm from the lens, real, erect larger than the eyepiece lens.
and magnified.
28. A,B,C,D

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 25

1. 4nR
If a mirror rotates through an angle , the
B
image rotates through an angle 2. There-
fore, the linear speed of the light spot is
v = 2 R  = 2 R (2  n) = 4  n R
A
2. 3d C
From  ABC
Refer to figure. It is clear that the greatest
 +  + 90 +  = 180
distance is AB. Now, since PR = RD = L, from
3 = 90
triangles PRT and PBD we have
 = 30º
B
5. circle
All the images formed by two plane.
T Mirror inclined to each other form images
which lie on a circle.
P D
R
6. 120° anticlockwise and 240° clockwise.
d O
S
o
30 30o
C
Q

A
 = 180 – 2i  angle of incidence
d  = 180 – 2(30)
BD = 2RT = 2RS = 2× =d
2 = 120º anticlockwise
 = 180 + 2(30)
d
and OD = . Therefore. OB = OD + BD = 240º clockwise.
2
d 3d 7. Due to turning of incident ray by 10º reflected
 d
2 2 ray also gets turned by 10° anticlockwise
Due to turning of mirror by 20º ray gets
3d turned by 40° (2) clockwise.
 AB = 2OB = 2× =3d.
2 Angle turned by reflected ray = 40 – 10
= 30 clockwise
3. first
8. Positioin of image = (1 cos 60°, –1 sin
60º 60°), Velocity of image=1 cos 60° i ,
30º
Parallel to
II
60º 30º Mirror 1 +1 sin 60° j m / s
M
30º 30º
Parallel to
Mirror 2
60º 60º 60º

I
1 30o
O
4.  = 30° v2
x
v2
The ray will retrace its path if it falls nor-
I
mally on the mirror i.e. at third reflection
angle of incidence is 0.
Co-ordinate of image
= (1 cos60°, – 1 sin 60°)

www.motion.ac.in
26 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

Y M 12. 0
Minimum distance between object and image
is zero when image concides with the object
i.e., object is placed at 2F.
i 30o 13. 10 cm
O
60°
x f = – 10 cm. For end A, vA = –15 cm.
1 1 1
Using v  u  f , we have
A A
Resultant velocity . of 1
1 1 1
| v | 2 cos2 60  1sin2 60    vA = – 30 cm
v A 15 10
1/2 1
tan    The negative sign shows that the image A’
3 /2 3 of end A is at a distance of 30 cm to the left
In ˆˆ
i.j form of P [see Figure]

 v  1cos 60ˆi  1sin60ˆj m/s

O I
9. x=2 A' B A P

co-ordinate of image B' 5 cm 15 cm


= (4, 0, 0)

30 cm
10. 20 m
Irrespective of the type of mirror. For end B, uB = – 20 cm. Thus
1 1 1
4    vB = – 20 cm
11. ms-1 vB 20 10
9
The negative sign shown that the image B’
The side view mirror of a car is a convex
of end B is at a distance of 20 cm to the left
mirror, Given f = +10 m and u = –50 cm. of P, i.e.., B’ coincides with B. This is ex-
1 1 1 pected because (since R = 2f = 20 cm), B is
Using these values in   , we have at the centre of curvature of the mirror. The
v u f
length of the image of rod AB is
1 1 1 50 A’B’ = 30 – 20 = 10 cm
   v=+ m
v 50 10 6
14. 20 cm
1 1 1 The apparent depth of the object is (See
Differentiating   with respect to t, figure)
v u f
1 dv 1 du
we have   0 O
v2 dt u2 dt
6cm
dv  v2  du
   2 
dt  u  dt
14cm
dv v2 du 24cm
or  2 
dt u dt | 32cm
2
v |'
 Speed of image = × speed of am-
u2
bulance (object)
(50 / 6)2 4
  16  ms1
(50)2 9 Object

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 27

17. Real, inverted, height = 4 cm


32
d  24cm
4 /3 18. 3m
Thus I’ is the images of object due to In order to find the minimum diameter to block
refraction/. This image serves as the virtual all the light we need to find the maximum
object for the concave mirror forming the radius of the circle formed.
final image I due to reflection.
Now u = OI’ = – (24+6) = – 30 cm
and v = OI = – (14+6) = – 20 cm
Using these values in the spherical mirror
r
formula
1 1 1
  4m
f v u
we have
1 1 1 1
   r 3
f 20 30 12 tan  =  = sin–1
or f = – 12 cm. 4 5
3 r 3
tan–1 =  =
15. +2 4 4 4
For M1 u1 = –30cm, f1 = 20cm [For radius to be maximum  = C]  r = 3m
1 1 1 1 1 1 Diameter = 6 m
    
v1 u1 f1 v1  30  20
19. 12 × 3 / 7
1 1 1 23 1
 v  30  20 = =
1 60 60 R
v1 = –60 cm
For M2 4
=
|

u2 = +(60 – (10 + 30)) = +20 cm 3


f2 = +10cm 12cm

1 1 1
   v2 = +20 cm
v 2 20 10 Fish
Now for M1 R
tan C = ...... (1)
v1 12
m1 = – u A ray of light intering at 90º from rarer me-
1 dium makes an angle of refaction equal to
v2 critical angle in the denser medium and criti-
For M2 m2 = – u
2 cal angle is given by
v1 v 2 3
Total MT = m1 × m2 =  C = sin–1
u1 u2 4
(60)(20) 3
= MT = +2 C = tan–1 ...... (2)
(30)(20) 7
Equation (1) & (2)

16. towards right 3 R 12  3


=  R=
7 12 7

v I1
O v

M1
I1 will behave as an object for M2. Hence
dv  v 2 du
 2
dt u dt
Image will go towards right.

www.motion.ac.in
28 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

30°
60°

135°
15° r
i = 30 n=2
t r = 15
20. 23. r' r' > c

ice sin15° = sin 30° 90 + 135° + 90–r + 90 –r' = 360°


t 1  r + r' = 45°
Path level by the light =  m
cos15 cos15  r' = sin–1 (1/2) = critical angle
3  108
Speed of light in ice = = 30°
ice

Time taken by the light to cross the slab 3.2 cm

d 1 / cos15
T 
v 3  108 / ice 24. 2cm
c

2  sin 30 
T   108 sec ice  sin15 
3  
3.2 / 2 4
tanc  
2 5
Apparent depth 1 4 1 41
21.  sinc   
real depth n1 41  4
h 3

40 4 (90–r)

h = 30 cm
r
25.
2 2
22. sin   n  n
1 2

n1 (90 – r) > C  cos r > sin c


3 3 3 3
sin c =  sin   sinr
2 4 2
n2 3
sin   sinr
2
3 3 3
n1 sin  = 1 × sin  1  sin2 r   1  sin2  
2 4 2
sin  n12  sin2  1
 sin  =  cos =    sin1
n1 n1 3
For T.I.R. 90 – > C cos > sin C
n12  sin2   A  min 
sin  
 > sin C np  2 
n1 26. 
ns sin A / 2
 n2  n12  sin2  n22
sin C    >  60  30 
n1  n1 2
n12 sin  
 2  2 

s sin30 
8
s 
5 2

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 29

27. 38°
90

29. 60°

n1 = 1, n2 = 2, A = 90°, r2 = 60°
r1 = 30
1 sin c = 2 tan 30°
x
x1 x2 sin i = 1
In the graph for angle of deiration v/s angle i = 90°
of incidence the shift in angle of incidence
on right side is more than that of left side x2 30. red
> x1. Hence only one angle is sutable e = From the formula
38º. Appartent depth nair

Re al depth nglass
28. 30°
nair
Apparent depth = Real depth x
nglass
60º
The letter which appear least raised has
maximum Apparent depth and hence it has
i r1 r2 minimum  for glass.
1


for  to be minimum should be maximum
which is for Red.
For light be transmitted the ray should not
suffer TIR at second refraction. Hence 1.68  1.56
r2 < C. 31. (a)  =
1.6  1
If maximum value of r2 is less than C then  = 0.20
the ray will be always transmitted (b)  = (1.68 –1.56)6
r1 + r2 = A  = 0.72°
(r2)max = 60º – (r1)min
For r1 to be minimum i should be minimum
32.  = 1 –2 = 0
7  (y1 –1) A1 – (y2 –1) A2 = 0
sin (imin) = sin (r1)min
3  (1.62 – 1) 6 – (1.518–1) A2 = 0
In limiting case (r2)max = C
 A2 = 7.2
 sini min 
C = 60 – sin–1  
  
 1  1    1  sini min   r
60°
 sin    = 60  sin   r 60°
        33. 60°

 sini  3
sin1   = 60 – sin–1
   7
2r = 60°  r = 30°
sini 3 3 1 3
= cos (sin–1 )– sin60° = sin30   = 3
 2 7 2 7

7  3 2  3  R =30cm
sin i =   34. Let u = x n2 = 3/2
3  2 7 2 7  n1 = 4/3 v= 
 1 n2 n1 n  n1 3/2
sin i = 1  
2
 i = 30º  = 2 4/3
 v u R A B
3 /2 4 /3 3 /2  4 /3
 
 x 30
x = 240 cm away from surface

www.motion.ac.in
30 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

40. For 1st surface n2 = 2 , n1 = 1


air
n
R1 = + R
u1 = – 
35. (a)     1 2R
 2  2  2  v1    
r v1  R 2 1
for 2nd surface
n 1 n1 u2 = v1 n2 = 3 n1 = 1 R = – R
   n = 2
2r  r 3 2  3 2  1
air
 v  R

R
2

(b) 22  3  1

R
R 3
u = –  V2 
22  3  1
v = +r (b) Replace 1  3
R = +r 3  2 in above formula
n 1 n1
 
r  r
f'=40cm
 n = n–1 (only when n > > 1)

36. For Ist Refraction


u1 = –10cm R1 = 10cm
41. x v
n2 = 1.5 n1 = 1 f

1.5 1 1.5  1
   v1  30cm 15 cm
v1 10 10 Let x be the distance of point source from
for IInd Refraction mirror
u2 = –(–v + 20) = – 50cm for mirror v should be +(25–15) v = 10 cm
R2 = –10 cm So that image for mirror is made on the focus
n2 = 1 n1 = 1.5 of lens so that the rays emerge parallel from
1 1.5 1  1.5 lens.
 
v2 50 10 so now for mirror
100 1 1 1
 v2   50cm from 2nd surface  
53 10  x 40
40
37. –4.93 cm  x  13.33 from mirror
3

 1 1  42. 0.2 m
38. 1/f = (1.5 – 1)    
 20 30 
0.5 43. Focus length = f cm
=
60
 2  3 
1 1 1 2
1 0.5   
 (3  2) feq f f f
f 60
feq = f/2
f  120cm,  24cm
m = –4 = v /u ( Real image)
hi v  4u = –v
39.    ve (So v and u at opposite side
h0 u 1 1 1 p
Now   
of lens) 4u u f / 2 100
So lens in b/w image and object p 5
 object is real  ( U = –12.5 cm)
100 4  12.5
image is real P = 10 D
It is a converging lens because it forms a
real image.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 31

44. 48. Net deviation,


f2
o 40
f1  + ’ = A (–1) + A’ (’–1)
= –11.04 (1.53 –1) + 4.2 (1.65–1)
= –11.04 × 0.53 + 4.2 × 0.65
= –5.85 + 2.73 = –3.12°
screen

49. To see distant objects :


160cm
The distance of the far point, x = 2 m
1 1 1 The defect can be corrected by usi ng
  
feq 10 f2 concave lens of focal length,
u = –40 cm , v = 160–40 = 120 cm f = –x = –2 m
1 1 1 1 1 The power of the lens is given by
so 120  40  10  f  f2   15
2 1 1
P=   0.5 D
100 20 f(in m) 2
P= f  3 d
2
50. To read a book : Here, D = 25 cm
A f=10 The distance of the near point, x = 50 cm
The defect can be corrected by usi ng
C
I convex lens of focal length,
xD 50  25
45. D f=  = 50 cm = 0.5 m
x  D 50  25
B The power of the lens is given by
15 20 10

1 1 1 1 1
  P=  = +2D
v 15 10 f(in m) 0.5
v = 30 cm
from simiar triangle ABI and CDI 51. Here, f = 5 cm; D = 25 cm
3 d
  d = 1 cm D 25
30 10 Now, M = 1 + =1+ = 1 + 5 =6
f 5
 2
Area = cm
4
90
1 1 2 52. F cm
  13
46. fe q fm fi
R

1 1 2 53. When the image is formed at the near point


   ...(1)
30  f of the eye, the magnifying power of a
1 2 2 microscope is given by
   ...(2) llll
10 R f L D
ll ll

M = – f 1  f 
ll
lllllllllllllllllllllll

from eq. (1) & (2) 0  e 


R = 30 f = 60 Here, L = 20 cm; f0 = – 1.0 cm; fe = 2.0 cm
1  1 
ll

We know that D = 25 cm
l ll
     1  
60  30 
20  25 
  = 1.5  M = – 1.0 1  2.0 
 
47 . Here,  = 0.021 ;  = 1.53 ; = 20×13.5 = 270
’ = 0.045 ; ’ = 1.65 ; A’ = 4.2°
For no dispersion,   + ’’ = 0 54. 151.5 cm
or  A (–1) + ’A’ (–1) = 0
fO
' A'(  1) 55. fe = 10
or A 
(  1)
100
.045  4.2  (1.65  1) 56. P=–
 40
0.021  (1.53  1)
= – 2.5 D
= –11.04°

www.motion.ac.in
32 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. 7
First reflection = 3 (d  r  r 2  d2 )
x
Second reflection = 3 2
Third reflection = 1
Total = 7  2d  (d  r  r 2  d2 )
m  1 
 ( d  r )  r 2  d2  (d  r  r 2  d2 )
 
6L
2.
u (d  r  r 2  d2 ) (d  r  r 2  d2 )

( d  r  r 2  d2 ) ( d  r  r 2  d2 )

(d2  r2 )  2d d2  r2  d2  r2
u M1 3L 
(d  r)2  (r2  d2 )
L
2d(d  d2  r2 )

M2 2 rd
L

r2 r
 
L 2 2
r(d  d  r ) d  d2  r 2
2L 2L
3L
dv  v 2 du
4.  2 .
dt u dt
2
v 1
M1 moves on line parallel to the mirrors so VIM    . Vom  VI  VM  ( Vo  Vm )
to find out where M2 will be able to see im- u 100
age of M1 we have to find the total length given VIM  1 cm / sec
where M1 is visible of M2 so rays originate
from M1 & after reflection meet at M2. By VM  20 m / sec
using similar triangles.
We find total visible length is equal to
20m/sec
(3L + 3L) = 6L.
Distance 6L h
Hence time duration will be = =
speed u h/10
1cm/sec
d x
3.  m
x f=10m
1 1 2
   ( 2x  d).r  2 (dx  x 2 ) 1
dx x r   1 10 2 m / sec   ( Vo – 20 m / sec)
100
 2x 2  2x(r  d)  rd  0
 v 0  21 m / sec
2
 2 (r  d)  4(r  d)  8 rd v 1 1
x m  v     v  1
22 u f v f
dm  dv
  1 10 3 / sec
x dt dt . f

d
xR 2n2
5. n1

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 33

6. 1.5
3
10. 1. sin (90  )  sin r
2
6 6
7.   x  d/ 2 3
x d x cos   sin r
2
4 / 3 sin i  1. sin r
90  
4 d/2 d/2
 
3 d2 d2 90 – x
 (10.67)2  62
4 4 r

17 ft
x
6 ft 6 ft
2
r sin r cos 
11ft 3
x
i 90 – x > c
5 ft  r c  sin( r  )  sin c
 sin r cos   cos r . sin   8 / 9
4 inch
d/2
d 2 9  4 cos2 
 cos 2   . sin   8 / 9
3 3
 d  16 feet
8 
 9  4 cos 2  . sin     2 cos 2  
3 
dy
8.  4x y  2x 2 64 32
dx  (9  4 cos 2 ) (1  cos 2 )   4 cos 4   cos 2 
9 3
tan   2 2  1  2x2
1 17  sec 2   21  2
cot   2 2 x  cos 2   tan  
2 21 17 17
1
 sin     sin 1 1/ 3 
3 11. (  1)A  1.25
u sin  = sin 90° = 1 net = ( – 2A) + 2A( – 1)
=3 180  2A  (  1). 2A  180  6.5

9. sin–1 (tan r)
r + r’ = 90º  r’ = (90 – r) 1    2A
1 sin r = 2 cos r
i 2A

 2  i – 2A
i  .2 A
r'
 A  2
r r 13

8

2
tan r =
1

2
Critical angle = sin–1 
1

= sin–1 (tan r)

www.motion.ac.in
34 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

Vy
14.
12.
u
120 cm Vy

u = – 30 f = 40 cm V = + 120 cm
Relative = 2 Vy
1 1  (   1)  dhi  fh0 du
  2  V  f h0
Feq
n 30  60  hi  .h0   dt  2
.
u (u  f ) (u  f ) dt
30 Vy =0.8 cm/sec  Relative = 2Vy
Feq n 

15. u=–d f=F
Ist Case
u = – 60 v = – 30 1 1 1 dF
   V
V d F dF
n 30
Feq 
 dF
x  d
dF
1 1 
      1.5
30 60 30 x
IInd Case
 60  60 
u v   30   f  30 cm
   
V
1 1 1
  
 60  60 30
 30  
   
d2  2dF
 2  2  4  0    5  1 
dF
1 1 1
 u  ( V  2x ) f  F V  V  2x  F
13. 2/3 d 1
u=
v=? 1 1 1
  
n2 = 3/2 V1 F  dF
 2( d2  2dF) 
n1 = 1 
dF d F 
 
n2 n1 n  n1
from   2
v u R
hi
3 3/2 1 16.  v /5 ...(1)
 –0= h0
2v R
V = 3R hi '
 ...(2)
Now for similar triangle ABE & CDE v5 5
d a 2 h0 '
 a = d 
3R 2R 3 ...(3)
y5 y
y is focal length
hi h
 0 ...(4)
yv y

1 1 1
  ...(5)
v 5 y
Solve (1), (4) & (5)

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 35

17. 12 cm 19. 0°
The focal length of mirror formed will be
f m = R/2 30º
i=60º
f = 20 cm i e


10 cm  = 30º = i + e – A
R = 22 cm 60 + e – 30 = 30
fm = –11cm e=0
[–ve sign as concave mirror is formed]
f = 20cm
20. Here, f0 = 75 cm ; fe = 5 cm
1 1 1
  2  We know, D = 25 cm
feq fm  f 
fo  fe  75 1  5 
Now, M = – f  1  D  =–  25 
1 2  10  11 e   5 
= – =
11 20 110 = – 15 × 1.2 = – 18
 110
feq =
21 21. Here, f = 12cm
The maximum magnification occurs, when the
image is formed by the lens at the least
18. 10 cm distance of distinct vision i.e. at D = 25 cm.
From the formula Therefore, maximum magnification given by
h0  h1  h2  8  12.5  10 cm the lens,
D 25
M=1+ =1+ = 1 + 2.1 = 3.1
f 12

22. The eye is most relaxed, when the object


lies at infinity.
Therefore, magnification for relaxed eye
viewing,
D 25
M= = = 2.1
f 12

www.motion.ac.in
36 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. B 4. B
The situation is shown in figure For total internal reflection
1 from glass-air interface, criti-
sin C  cal angle C must be less than A C
 R
A angle of incidence
AB B
tan C  i.e., C < i
OA
12 cm
 AB  OA tan C O or C < 450 ( i  450 )
B
OA 1 1  1 
or AB  But n = sin C  C  sin  n 
 1 2  
12 36 1
  or  sin1    450
4
2
7 n
  1
3 1 0 1
or  n   sin 45 or n
  sin 450
2. A
1
or n  or n 2
y  (1 / 2 )
We know  1.22
D d
5. A
yd D = (-1)A
D
1.22
For blue light  is greater than that for red light.
So, D2 > D1
103 x 3 x 10 3
 D  5m  D
1.22 x 5 x 107 max  5m
6. B
Power of a lens is reciprocal of its focal length.
3. A
power of combined lens is
1  1 1  P = P1+P2
 (  1)   ...(i)
fa  R1 R 2  = -15 + 5 = -10D
1 100
 f    10 cm
 1 1  P  10
 (1.5  1)  
 R1 R 2  7. C
1 1 1
1  g  m  1 1    = constant, so (c) is the correct
     v u f
and fm  m   R1 R 2  graph.

8. A
1  1.5  1 1 
  1   It is passible when
fm  1.6  1R R 2 
obj ec t ke pt at
v
or fm  8 x fa ce nt re of
curvature.
(v)
1  1 1  u=v
8x  fa    m  = 1.6 m u u(u>f)
5  P 5  u = 2f, v = 2f.

Pm =  / fm= 1 D

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 37

9. D 14. C
3 Scattering for blue light is largest and it is
sin C  ...(i) polarized by scattering.
2
Also for polarized light
C I = Io cos2

15. A
1 Note: As refractive index for z > 0 and z  0
sinr  sin(900  C)  cos C 
2 is different X-Y plane should be boundary be-
sin  2 2 1 tween two media. Angle of incidence
 ; sin   x
sinr 1 3 2
AZ 1
 1 
1
cos i  =
  sin   2
A A A 2 2
2
x y z
 3
 i = 600
10. B
sin i 3
As intensity is maximum at axis, From Snell's law 
sin r 2
 will be maximum and speed will be minimum
 r  450
on the axis of the beam.
 beam will converge. 16. A
1 1 1
11. A  
u v f
12. C 1 du 1 dv
  2  0
u dt v2 dt
 1
Apparent shift  h = 1   h dv v2  du 
    2  
dt u  dt 
 Apparent shift produced by water,
v f
 1 But 
h1  1  h1 t uf
 1  2
dv  f   du 
and apparent shift produced by kerosene,      
dt  u  f   dt 
 1   0.2 
2
h2  1  h2 1
2    x 15  ms1
   2 .8  0.2  15
 1  1 
 h  h1  h2  1   h1  1   h2 17. D
 1   2 

13. B Shift in image position due to glass plate,

1  1 1 
 1  1  1
 (  1)   S  1  t  1    1cm  cm
f R R     1.5  3
 1 2 
For focal length of the lens,
Also, by Cauchy's formula
1 1 1 1 1
B B    
A    .... f v u 12 240
2  4
1 20  1 240
As blue  red or  f  cm.
f 240 21
blue  red Now, to get back image on the film, lens has
Hence, fblue  fred  1 35
to form image at 12  3  cm = cm such
  3
that the glass plate will shift the image on
the film.

www.motion.ac.in
38 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1 1 1 1 1 1 3 21
As   ,       
f v u u v f 35 240 1  1   sin 
sin A  sin    <
48  3  7  21 1   m
   
 
1680 560
 u  5.6 m    
1  1  
sin–1  sin A  sin  m    < 
      
18. C

19. D
23. B
Since 4/3 < 3/2 thus f1 > f
By theory
since 5/3 > 3/2 thus f2 changes sign

20. D 24. D

Green

1
 f > fgreen

 < green
35° 79°
 > green  T.I.R

21. B
Bends upwards  A  m 
sin  
 2 
& 
A
sin  
2

22. C
A
r2 < c
r2 < sin–1 (1/)
sin r2 < 1/ r1 r2

sin  =  sin r1
r1 = sin–1 (sin/)
sin (A – r1) < 1/

  1  sin     1
 
sin  A   sin      <
      

 sin   1
A – sin–1    < sin–1  
  

1  sin  
A – sin–1   < sin–1  
   

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 39

1. C 4. B
1 1 1 f1   ve (a) for   r1  30º
 
f1 f2 30 f2   ve
1. sin i  3 sin 30º = i = 60º
f2 3

f1 2
1 2 1 1 1
Now  
f1 3f1 30  3f  30  f1  10 cm
1
= f2  15 cm
(b) act as a slab
2. C
 zero deviation
Ist Refraction n2  1; n1  4 3 d  33.25
5. C
3 1 1 2
d'   33.25  24.94 cos  x   1 2
4 
feq fm f =  15
15
feq  , u = – 20 cm
15 cm

2
1  1  2
   v  12 cm
v  20  15
33.25 cm

25 cm

r
6. C
(C) 20
1  1  1
   f = 5 cm
4 10  10  f
 2nd Refraction L  v1  15  n2  ; n1  1 = Error u = 0.1 cm, v = 0.1 cm
3
d  25 cm f u v
   f  0.05 cm
25 4 f2 u2 v2
  75  4v1  60  v1  135
v1  15 3 4 7. B
135
 v1  , f = 18.3 cm  20 cm
4

3. B
2 1
C for interface I & II sin c    c = 45º
2 2 rf
3 8. (A) - P ; (B) - R; (C) - R; (D) - P, Q, S
C for interface II & III sin c   c = 60º
2 9. C
10. C
2 I
11. B
12. A
2 II
A
r1  r2   30º
2
13. B
3 III Just misses means we are talking about critical
angle in medium 3. So angle of refraction in medium
 minimum angle = 60º 4 is 90º.
n   1
n0 sin    0  sin 90  θ  sin 1 
8
  8
14. (A)  P,Q,R,S ; (B)  Q ; (C)  P, Q, R, S ;
(D)  P, Q, R, S

www.motion.ac.in
40 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

15. C 18. for case (1)


v 0  2  10  7.2  12m / s f = 20 cm, u = – 25 cm
1 1 1 1 1 1
y 4 dy 4 dx   ,   = v = 100
   v u f v 20 25
x 3 dt 3 dt –100
 M25   –4
25
I f=20cm
Case - 2
yO u = – 50 cm
1 1 1
x=12.8m  
v 20 50 25cm
100
 v
3
–100 2 M25 –4
M50  – , 
3  50 3 M50 –2 /3
M25
vI 
4
v0 =
4
 12 = 16 m/s = M 6
50
3 3
19. B
16. C,D Object is placed at the 2f of lens. Image formed by
1 1 1 lens will behave as object for plane mirror (virtual
  object finally)
v u 24
for lens
–1 1 –1
(i) (42, 56)    (correctly recorded) u = + 10 cm
42 56 24 f = 15 cm
–1 1 –1
(ii) (48, 48)    (correctly recorded) 1 1 1
48 48 24   6cm
10cm 20cm
v u f
1 1 –1 10cm

(iii) (66,38)  –   1 1 1 30 cm
66 38 24.1   
v f u f=15cm
1 1 –1 1
 –    (Incorrect) 1 1 1
65.8 37.8 24.008 24    v = 6 cm
v 10 15
1 1 1 6 cm distance from lens. so from mirror its 16 cm
(iv) (78, 39)  – – =– (Incorrect)
78 39 26 image will be real.
17. A,B,C
1.sin 60° = 3 sin r
Air B
r = 30° ,
8cm

60°
37

 = 150° 60°
c 20.
r +  +  + 135° = 360°  185°

 30 + 150 +  + 135° 45°


R
45°
= 360° 30°
 = 45° 90° 3 60° 1
A D sin c  = C = 37° 4
So angle of incidence 60° 53
at CD is 45° R
Critical Angle for the surface tan 37° =
8 cm
1  1  3 R
C = sin     = R = 6 cm
 3 4 8
So the value of C is in between 30° & 45°
net = 30° Anticlockwise + 90° clockwise + 30° clock 21. For f = 10 m
wise 25 1 1 1
net = 90° clockwise v=   
3 v u f

1 1 1 1 3
 – = –
u f v 10 25

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 41

u1 = – 50 cm 29. B
By definition
50
for v =  n = C/V
7 so V = C/n.
1 1 1
 u  10  50 = u2 = – 25 m R=20 m
30. C
2
n1sin1 = n2 sin2
25 18 sin1 = –x sin2 (x is R.I)
speed of object =  2 must be negative.
30 5
speed of object = 3 km/hr. so (C)
31. C
22. from laws of Refraction h
24m
n1 sin i = n2 sin r O 8m h/3
Denser to Rarer  Away from normal from wavelength ratio
Rarer to Denser  Towards the normal.  = 1.5 (from 1/2)
23. B 1 1 1
+ = (1.5 – 1)
As intensity is maximum at axis, 8 24 R
  will be maximum and speed will R = 3m Ans.
be minimum on the axis of the beam.
 beam will converge. 32. A

24. D
3
i r
For a parallel cylinderical beam, wavefront
2 1
1
will be planar. 2
2 - 3
2
25. A
Mirror in x–z plane
26. After Critical angle all the rays are Reflected Since y component is reversed
and so No transmition occurs. (1/2) 1
tan= =
( 3/2) 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 =30°
27.     
v 24 8 v 8 24
v = 12 cm 33. D
4 (P) e  f : No TIR and ray at surface 1
 d = 12 × = 16
3 and 2 going to us normal and at surface of
 d = 18 – 16 = 2 cm 2 and 3 going away from normal. So,
2 > 1
28. B (Q) e  g : No bending So 1 = 2
Left lens (R) e  h : No TIR at surface 1 and 2
1  1 1 1 away from normal and again at surface 2
 (1.5  1)  –  and 3 bending away from noraml hence 2 >
f1  14   28
Right lens 3. No TIR hence 2 2 > 1.
1 1 1  1
 (1.2  1)    2
f2   14  70 (S) e  i : TIR hence sin 45º >
1
1 1 1 1 1 1
    
feq f1 f2 28 70 20 1
2 <
feq = 20 cm 2
1 1 1
  1 > 2 2.
v u f
1 1 1
    v = 40 cm
v 40 20

www.motion.ac.in
42 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

34. C 36. A,C


11.54 Air to Glass
2 1.4 1 1.4  1
V1 -  = .....(1)
2
sin C =  11.54  R
   100
 2 
1.5 1.4 1.5  1.4
n – V = .....(2)
Also sin C = V 1 R
2.72
From (1) and (2)
5.77 M
= 1.5 0.5
133 .3 2.72
n = 1.36 f1 = R  f1 = 3R
Glass to Air
35. D
1.4 1.5 1.4  1.5 0.1
1  L   1 1  V1 – = = ....(3)
 (R) R
=    1  R  R 
f  m   1 2 
1 1.4 1  1.4 0.4
1 3  1 1  1 1 2 – V = = .....(4)
   1    V ( R ) R
f1  2  r r  f1  2  r 1

1 1 1 1 1 r 1 0.5
   feq 
f1 r feq r r 2 f2 = R
1 3 1  f2 = 2R
  1
f1  2 r
1 1 37. 0007

f1 2r
1 1 1 1 1
  
feq f1 f2 feq r
15cm Image for mirror
feq = r

1 1 1 1 1 1
+ =–  = –
v (15) 10 v 15 10
23 1
= =–
30 30
1 1
 v (30)
f1 2r v = – 30 cm & m1 = – =– =–2
u (15)
1 3   1 1 Image from lens
   1   
f2  2  r 

1 1 1

feq 2r 2r
feq = -r 20cm

1 3  1 1 1 1 1
  1    – =
f1 =  2  r r v u f

1 1 1 1
=  + =
r v 20 10
1 3   1 1 1 1 1 1
 1     =
f2 =  2   r
=
2r v 10 20
 v = – 20 cm
1 1 1 m2 = – 1
  feq = 2r
feq r 2r |M1| = |m1 × m2| = 2
P-2 Q-4 R-3 S-1 In air for lens

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Geometrical Optics 43

39. 2
1 1  2 
=  2   R   R = 10 cm   i    60
f     1 × sin 60° = n × sin r1
When dipped
 3
r1  sin1  
1 3 6  2  2 2 4 2  2m 
=  2  7  1 10  = × = = By snell’s law
f'     7 10 70 35
  3 
1 2 1 87 1  sin   n sin  60  sin1  
= – =  m2 = 7  |M2| = 14   2n  
v' 35 10 140
|M2|/|M1| = 7  3 4n2  3 1 3 
sin     
 2 2 2 2
38. B Differentiating w.r.t. n :
S1 S2
3 8n
cos  d  · dn
x 2 2 4n2  3  2
50cm
   60, n  3
1 d 3 8 3
2 1 2  1  dn
  2 dn 2 2
v u R 2 4 3  3  2
1 1.5 1  1.5 d
  2
v 50 10 dn

1 15 5 40. A,C
 
v 500 100
1 1 3
 
v 20 100
53

100
1 2

v 100
100
v  50
2
now for S2
2 1 2  1
  n 
v u R For TIR =   C  sin1  2 
u=–x  n1 
v  r = 90° – 
1.5 1 1.5  1  n (sin i) = n1 sin r = n1 cos 
– =
 x 10  n sin im  n1 cos c
x = +20
d = 50 + 20 = 70 cm
n22
 n1 1   n12  n22
n12

1 2
NA = sin im = n1  n22
n
Now put values.

41. D
Which is lesser

www.motion.ac.in
44 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

42. A 44. A,B,C


(A) l is independent of n2.
(B) l is dependent on n (z) as the lateral
displacement varies as z varies.
(C) This is always true
45° 90° 1 n1 sin i = n2 sin f
30° 45°
sin c =
45° 2
45. C
 2
46. A
1 sin 45° = 2 sin r
1 R d/2
= sin r r = 30° R- t t
2
 + 120° + 45° = 180° R d/2
 + 165° = 180°
 = 180° – 165° = 15°
d2
R2 = (R – t)2 +
4
43. A,D
For reflection d2
R2 = R2 + t2 – 2 tR + (t2 is neglect)
4

d2 d2
O = 30 cm 2tR =  R=
4 8t

36 cm2 120
1 1 1 R= = = 15 cm
8  0.3 cm 8
fm = 10 – 30
 fm = 15 cm  R = 30 cm 1 1
= ( – 1) R 
For lens f  
convex mirror
1    1 1
= =
f 15 30
O 10 cm f = 30

v
m = –2 =  v = 24 = 60 cm
u

1 1 1 1 1 1
– =+ f  f = +  f2 = 20
v u 2 2 60 30
cm
1 1
= (n – 1)  
f2 R 

1  1 
 = (n – 1)  
20  30 

3
n= +1
2
 n = 2.5

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Wave Optics - 45
WAVE OPTICS

1. A 7. C
In monochromatic light, only one wave length Given I1 = I & I2 = 4I
is present.
Imax .   I1  I2 
2
= 9I

2. C 2

Amplitude depends upon intensity and phase Im in .   I1  I2  =I


difference.
8. C
3. C Frequency remains constant wave length
In transverse and longitudinal waves. decreases.

4. B 9. C
2 D
 x  ;   
 d

2 1  106
  7.692  10. A
5460  1010 10

5. B
Given y1 = A1 sin wt, f1 = 0

  Wave front.
y2 = A2 cos (wt + f) = A2 sin   t   
 2 


f2 = +f
2
11. B
D f = f2 – f1
y 62 1D
    62   y
     x     1D d
2  2  d


Dx = × Df x 2D 62 1D 62  5893
2  4   67
d d 5461

   12. C
Dx =  2  
2    dy
x  2n  1 
2 D
6. D
D
In interferene there should be two coherent y  2n  1
2d
sources and propagation of waves should be
simultaneously and in same direction.

www.motion.ac.in
46 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

13. A 18. B
d.y
D xd (2  1) t  (  1).2t 
x  D  D
d L
d.y tD
14. A t=  y 
D d

13
= 0.13
2 19. A

2 d.y 2
 = m  = 
 D 
S 100

D 1
14  y= 
d 4
v13 /2
 f=

 
  =  I’ = 4I cos2 = 2I
2 2
3  108  100
 f= = 1.5 × 1010 Hz 20. B
2

15. C
d
 8d
I’ = 4I cos2 d
2

 1  1
 cos2 =  cos =  d = ( – 1) A × 1
2 4 2 2

2x dy 8d2.2
.dy 1 no. of fringes =
    cos  D
 D D 2

.dy  D 16d2 16[(  1)A.1]2


   y= = 
D 3 3d D 6000  1010  5

= 5.33
16. D
4 × 6300 = (4.5) 
21. B
4  6300 16 – 4 = 12 cm
 =  2 = 5600 Å
9
22. B
17. D
23. C

S1
S
c.m. shift
S2 down

D
= = remain same.
d
t changes more rapidly when we go outwards.
 path diff. changes more rapidly

 fringe width 

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Wave Optics - 47

31. C
24. A
If unpolarised light is passed through a polariod
P1, its intensity will become half.
25. C
1
2 So I1 = I with vibrations parallel to the
 =  + (2t). 2 0

at top phase difference axis of P1.
t  0 Now this light will pass through second
 =  polaroid P2 whose axis is inclined at an angle
o phase difference
Minima for all the of 30º to the axis of P1 and hence, vibrations
wave length. of I1. So in accordance with Malus law, the
Top position will intensity of light emerging from P2 will be
appear dark. 2
 As we move down violet Maxima will appear 1   3 3
I2 = I1 cos2 30º =   0   
2   2  = 8 I0
first. first colour will be violet.  

26. A 2 3
By Theory = = 37.5 %
0 8

27. D
32. D
By Theory

33. B
28. B

34. C
29. A
Statement-I is true, Statement-II is true and
Statement-II is correct expl anation of
Statement-I.

30. A


= .....(A)
a

x
= .....(B)
f
From eqs. (A) and (B) Brewster angle is defined when reflected and
refracted rays are at 90°
 x f
= ,x= .....(C)
a f a
According to question x = ?, f = 40 cm
 = 5896 × 10–8 cm
a = 0.5 × 10–1 cm .....(D)
From eqs. (C) and (D)

40  5896  10 8
x= 96 = 0.047 cm
5  10 2

www.motion.ac.in
48 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. B 11. B
Wave nature
d
2   1  7
2. B 
Principle of Superposition.
12. B
3. B n R D  D
Given I1 : I2 = 100 : 1  (n  1) B
d d
I1  n. 7800 = (n + 1) 5200
= 10 : 1  n = 2.
I2
2 13. C
Imax =  I1  I2  = (10 + 1)2 = 121
C  the fringe next to the central will be
2 red.
Imin =  I1  I2  = (10 – 1)2 = 81
14. D
Imax
= 121 : 81 
Imin x = (2n + 1)
2

4. D x = (1 + 3) – (2 + 4) = (2n + 1)
2
In coherent sources initial phase remains
constant.
15. C
4I0 = I
5. B
I0 = I/4
y1 = A1 sin3t, f1 = 0
  16. C
y2 = A2 cos  3t  
 6 dy 2
  
D 
   
y2 = A2 sin   3t   , f2 =   
2 6 2 6  2I = 4I cos2  cos
2 2
D f = f2 – f1
1
  3   4 2 =
      2
2 6 6 6 3
  d.y 2 
   . 
6. B 2 4 D  2
3
1  10  y 1
7. B    y = 1.25 ×10–4 m
1  500  10 1 4
8. B
17. A
 x  n maxima
d.d
 n
6D
9. B
d2
D  = [n = 1, 2, 3.....]
 6nD
d
18. D
10. D
D = By using white light instead of single D
=
wavelength light. d
In water   so  

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Wave Optics - 49

19. C 25. C
 By Theory
2I = 4I cos2
2
26. B
 1
 cos = t 1.7  1 D t 1.4  1 D D
2 2 Shift S    5 
d d d
 
 = 3
2 4  t  8  10 mm  8  m

3 
  1 t 27. A
 2  2   

 2 4
 t = /2

20. C
As the D  position of first maxima t 1.33

 D  1.5
i.e., y   d 
 
 First decrease then increase. 4
2× t  600
3
21. C t = 225 nm.
I0 = 4I
Intensity due to one
28. D
d.y 2
 = 
D  29. A
2 5
0.25  10  4  10 2
=  30. B
100  102 6000  10 10
 = /3 31. C

3 3I0 32. D
I’ = I0 cos 2
2 = 4   D/d

22. C 33. A
0.3 ×10–3 × sin30º = n × 500 × 10–9 By Defination
 n = 300
 299 + 299 + 1 = 599 34. A

23. D 35. A


2A(  1)
x

36. A

D
2 23
3   5890
20
x 5
tan =  28
D 2 &  2
30
24. D
By Theory

www.motion.ac.in
50 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. BD 2  a ir
For coherent source x = 2  2 + x1 – x2
 frequency same
 constant phase difference x = 2 air + x1 – x2
 3 > 2 > 1
 air
2. BCD  x1 = x2 =
2
The fringes next to central will be violet x = 2air = nair
and there will not be a complete dark Maxima at Interface (1)
fringe.
 1 < 2 > 3

x1 = , x2 = 0
3. AD 2
 air 
(1) x = 2air +  (2n  1)
2 2
Minima at (1) interface
2 =

(2)
=t

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Wave Optics - 51

1. 81:1 9. x = n
(1.7 –1).t –(1.4 –1)t = 5
2. Bright A, C and Dark B, D
5  4800  1010
A Maxima  t
0.3
= 8 × 10–6 m
Minima
D B
D  3
10. 3I  4I cos2 , cos 
C 2 2 2
 A, C Bright   5 7
 B, D Dark  , ,
2 6 6 6
3. 60 dy 2  5 7
    , ,
[ . R >>2a] D  3 3 6
:

D  D 5 D 7
y . , , .
d 6 d 
6 d 6
a 2a min.Dis tan ce

7 D 5 D D
Minimum Distance =  =
 3a = n  n = 15 6 d 6 d 36
x = 15  Maxima 1.  600  109
 14 + 14 + 14 + 14 + 4 = 60 =  2  104 m
3  103
4. 2t = n 11. x = dsin = 
x
2  n ....(1) y
2500  d    d2y2 = 2(D2 + y2)
D  y2
2

  x'
2  (n  1) ....(2)
2500 103  1
 y (d –l )=  D = y =2 2 2 2 2  0.35m
(2) – (1) (32  1)106
2
  x ' x   
2500    x’ – x = 0.85 mm 12. Loyd’s mirror
fringwidth
D 600  109  1
120   {d=2mm} = 0.15 mm
no. of fringes =  141 2d 2  2  1  103
x'x

5. I
I = R2 = a12 + a22 + 2a1 a2 cos 
Relative Trensity)

= I + 4I + 4I cos 
I = 5I – 4I = I
13.
6. D
2 o 0.75 1 2 3
Imax .  A max . 
  =9
Imin .  A min.  
x =d sin  = d. =
2

.D 600  109  1  520  103


  d.0.75  
7. 180 2
d 4 / 3  0.2  102
d = 1.98 × 10–2
  = 0.225 mm

9 D 3D
x 14.   7.5  103
8.  12   = 600  D  2d
 1
d
15D
x   7.5  103    5000Å
 18  2  400  D 2d
2 d

www.motion.ac.in
52 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

15. 0.12 cm, 1.8 × 10-2 cm v = 30 cm


As one lens, the two halves will form a single v hi
image on the principal axis of a point source m 
located on the principal axis. As the two u h0
halves of the lens are separated, each half hi = 2h0 = 2(0.25) = 0.5 mm
will produce an image w.r.t. its own principal  d = (0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5) = 1.5 mm
axis. If the two halves are separated by a D = (130 – 30) = 100 cm
distance x, the principal axis of each half is  = 500 nm
now x/2 from the line joining the source S to
the point O on the screen. The source will 3D 3( 500  10 –9 )(100  10 –2 )
OA = =
then be at a distance x/2 off the principal d . )  10 –3
(15
axis of each half of the lens. Since the two OA = 1mm
images S1 and S2 are to be produced at a (ii) If 0.5 mm is reduced, then resultant d will reduce
distance of 20 cm from the source S, u = v =
20 cm. As the focal length of the lens 5 cm, 3D
hence OA  will 
the images S1 and S2 will be produced at 20 d
cm from the source, if u = v = 20/2 = 10 cm
i.e. the two halves should be placed at a 
distance of 10 cm from the source. As such, 18.
the image produced by each half of the lens 2(   1)
will be x/2 on the other side of its principal
axis. If d is distance between the two im-
ages S1 and S2, then r
x d
d=4× = 2x
2 r
Here, d = 0.24 cm
 2 x = 0.24 cm a
or x = 0.12 cm D
(b) Now, width of the central maxima, d = 2a
D = 2a ( – 1)d
0 
d (a  D)  D
Here, D = 80 cm; d = 0.24 cm and  = 2a(  1)   1  a 
 = 5.4 × 10-5 cm  
a 
80  5.4  105
 0  = 1.8 × 10-2 cm 
0.24   = 2(  1)

1 2D 2 19. b/d


16. 2  
1 1 ,
2  , 2 =  1
d 1 d
sin r = b
2.7  20 c i a
  6000 c
30  2 b
sin i =
2 = 5400Å c d
e
 isin i = u sin r r
1 1 1 b
17. (i) –   =
V u f d

1 1 1 20. 10-7 m
 
V 15 10

I1 A 21. d/6
0.5mm
d/2
2d
0.25mm –30cm d 3 x white spot
O O
S
0.25mm

15cm d 2d
0.5mm x=  = d/6
2 3
I2

130cm

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Wave Optics - 53

6. Path diff at centre



1. (  1)t2
6 x = 7.5 ×10–7     3


y1 = a1 cos (t–kx) = a1 sin (t–kx+ )  yd
2 I  I 0 cos2  0 , x   y  1.5m
2 D

y2 = a2 sin (t–kx+ )
3 1 n2
So, phase difference b/w these 7. (a)   n
2 1

 6900 1.33
equation is = 
6 2 1

2. 1:1 6300
2 
1.33
I  f2 A2 63  1.33
   = 0.63mm
I1
2
 f1   A1 
2 2 2 1.33  1  103
 f   2a 
=     =    
I2  f2   A2   2f   a   1.58  
(b)  1.33  1  t  2
 
1 4
=  =1:1 6300  1.33  100
4 1  =1.575m
1.33  2  0.20

4 8. x = (–1)t
3. cos 1
d = (1.17–1)(1.5 ×10–7) = 0.255 × 10–7
P
Here path difference at Now for central maxima :
a point P on the circle dy 3  107
is given by  x   0.255 × 10–7 =  y
S1 d S2 D D
x = d cos ....(i) y = 0.085D
For maxima at P
x = n 9. When convex lens is introduced,
From equation (i) and (ii) v = 70 cm, u = – 30 cm
 n   4  v h 7 0.7cm
n = d cos    = cos–1   = cos–1    i 
 d   d  u h0
 3 h0
 h0 = 0.3 cm i.e. d = 0.3 cm
2  x
4. D
  0.0195 cm
d
2 2  x
 =  /  .x = (100cm)
 .0195cm   = 5850 Å
0.3cm

D 10. /4
5. 1  ...(1)
103

.(D  5  102 ) rarer


b  ...(2)
103 air
1 – 2 =3 × 10–5 ....(3)
(1) – (2) denser
10–3(1 – 2) = ×5×10–2
 = 6000 Å
 
2ut   t=
2 4

www.motion.ac.in
54 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. A 9. B
I0 
Intersity of polorized light = I1 = 4I0 cos2
2 2
I0 I0 x=0 I1 = 4I0
Untransmitted light = I – =
2 2  2x  x
x =  = × =
y  y 2
2. C
x I1 2
2
 sin     ay  I2 = 4I0 cos2 = 2I0  =
I  Io   and     4 I2 1
    D 
For principal maximum y=0 10. D
=0 A1 = 2A2 Þ I1 = 4I2 = 4I0
Hence, intensity will remain same. 2 2
Imax =  I1  I2  =  I1  4I2  = 9I2
3. D = 9I0
By Theory
I = I1 + I2 I1  I2 cos
4. D
= I2 + 4I2 + 2 I2  4I2 cosf
2 6 
= × = = 5I2 + 4I2 cos
  3
Im
  = (5 + 4 cos)
I = I0 cos2
= I0 cos2 9
2 6
Im
I 3 = [1 + 4 (cos)]
= 9
I0 4
Im  2  
= 1  8 cos 
5. C 9  2  
31D 42D
= Þ 3l1 = 4l1 11. A
d d
Through A only component parallel to slit will
3 3 pass so intensity
2 =  = × 590 A B 45º
4 1 4 after passing through A
= 442.5 nm I0
will be .
2
6. D
After passing through B
Initiancity of parallel beam is cylindrical
therefore the wave front will be planar. I0 I
I= cos2  = 0
2 4
7. B
Both statements I and II are correct but 12. B
statement II does not explain statement I. Path differnce on the circle of radius R around
O on the wall will be same hence concentric
8. B circle.
Constant + source

I1 = 4I0 cos2 = 4I0 B
2
R
For incomepent source
I2 = I0 + I0 = 2I0 S2 O
S1 d
I1
I2
=2

13. B
394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
Wave Optics - 55

IA cos2 30° = IB cos2 60°


1 1
(1 / 2)2 = ( – 1)  
IA cos2 60 1/ 4 f R 
IB = = 2 = = 1/3
2
cos 30 ( 3 / 2) 3/4
1    1 1
= =
f 15 30
14. D
f = 30
D 500  109  25  10 2
y  1.22 
d 2  0.25  102 16. B
 y  30m We know that the fringe width in a diffrac-
tion pattern is given by ;
15. C 2D
w=
a
 checking options
R d/2
R- t t 2L
a= L  w = bmin = L
R d/2
2L
 bmin = = 2 L
L
d2 =
R2 = (R – t)2 + 4L
4
d2 17. B
R2 = R2 + t2 – 2 tR + (t2 is neglect) Bends upwards
4

d2 d2
2tR =  R=
4 8t

36 cm2 120
R= = = 15 cm
8  0.3 cm 8

www.motion.ac.in
56 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. B 3. B
r = f tan 
 1  1
cos 2
=  cos =± or rf
2 4 2 2
 r2  f2

4. A

b
d

a
c
  2 4 5 f
= , , ,
2 3 3 3 3 e h
2.x 2 4 8 10 g
 = = , , ,
 3 3 3 3
Wavefronts are parallel in both media.
2 2 4 8 10 Therefore, light which is perpendicular to the
d sin . = , , ,
 3 3 3 3 wvefront travels as a parallel beam in each
   medium.
  = sin–1  3d 
 
5. C
All points on a wavefront are at the same
2. 60°
phase.
Let  be the angle of incidence at face AB,
then for total internal reflection at face AB d = c and f = e
d – f = c – e
Hence, the correxct option is (C)

6. B
In medium 2, wavefront bends away from
the normawl after refraction. Therefore, ray
of light which is perpendicular to wavefront
bends toward the normal in medium 2 during
refraction. So, medium 2 is denser or its speed
1 2 in medium 1 is more.
sin   C1  
2 2
7. A,B
1
 sin   or sin   sin 45 I1 = 4I I2 = I  Imax = 9I
2
Imin = I
 > 45° (A) If d =   only central one maxima
For total internal reflection at face CD. (B)  < d < 2  one central and one more
3 3 (C) I, I
sin   sin C1    Imax = 9I
2 2
Imin = 0
or sin > sin60° or  > 60° (D) 4I, 4I
Therefore, for total internal reflection at both
Imax = 16 I
the surfaces.
Imin = 0
min = 60°.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Wave Optics - 57

8. (A)  (P,S) ; (B)  (Q) ; (C)  (T) ; (D) 


(RST) 13. A,B,C
 D
S1P0 = S2P0, S1P1 – S2P1 = , = 400 nm 1 = (400)
4
d

S1P2 – S2P2 = D
2 = 600 nm 2 = (600) 2>1
(A) (P0) = 0 (P) , I (P0) > I(P1)  (S) d
(B) (P1) = 0 (Q)
y
(C) (P0) =  I (P0) = 0 no. of fringes =
I(P2) > I (P1) 
(D) (P1) =  , I (P2) = 0 (R) , I (P0) > I
B 
(P1) (S), I (P2) > I (P1) (T) Angular separation :   
D d
9. C Hence 1  2
After Critical angle all the rays are Reflected
and so No transmition occurs. D D
Checking (C)  3×600× = 9 × 400 ×
d 2d
10. D D D
Fringe width  1800 = 1800
d d
P  The given option is true
 as (R > G > b) soR > G > B
d
14. 3
11. B
S1
 x2 air
I  Imax cos2 ...(i) d  d2
2
Imax
Given, I ...(ii) 4/3 water
2
d 2
 From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have 2 d
x

 3 5 S2
 , ,
2 2 2
x2 = p2m22 – d2
  
or path difference, x   2  . 4 
    1 x2  d2 = m
 3 
 3 5  2n  1  = 9. m2 2 – d2
 x  , , .....   p2 = 9 ; p=3
4 4 4  4 

12. D
2dsin = 
15. B,D
 (b) Fringes will be semi–circular.
d=
2 sin  d 0.6003  103
Now, 
 cos ec cos  d  600  109
dd =
2 d 1
 103 
dd  d. cot  d ( d  constant)  2
dd So, the region very close to O is dark.
  (d) Semi circular bright and dark fringes
d
will be formed.
dd = 
dd
 fraction
d
dd = absolute error

www.motion.ac.in
58 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

Exercise - I OBJECTIVE PROBLEMS (JEE MAIN)


1. B 6. C
Charge is quantized Initially
q =  ne, one quanta of charge is = 1e

2. A
Charge is independent of speed
L L

3. D
Electrostatics is the study of charge at rest.
Q Q

4. C When whole setup is taken in satelite where


F1 F2 t he re i s no g ravi ty m eans s tate of
wightlessness
+Q -q +Q
X
The sitution like as
A C B
If charge -q slightly displaced towards A. The
force at -q due to +Q charge at A is F1 1800
dominating. The force at -q due to +Q at B.
So -q charge will not oscillate. Kq1q2 Kq1q2
F F
(2L)2 (2L)2
-Q Q
 = 180º
+Q +Q
X 7. A
A C B Given r = 0.2 m, K = 5
If charge -q is slightly displace towards right. Force between two charges in air (say F1)
F2 is dominating over F1 . So -q will not
oscillate. kq1q2
F1 = 0.2 2 .........(1)
-Q  
If charges are placed in oil of relative
permitivity
Osillation K=5
A C B 1 q1q2
Then F2 = 4  K .........(2)
If -q charge slightly moved perpendicular AB. 0 r2
Then situation like above. Given F1 = F2
Fnet = -2F sin
2
qQ x r2 =
 0.2 
= -2k 3 K
x
 l2 2 2

r = 8.94 × 10–2 m
If l >>>> x
2kqQ 8. B
Fnet = x
l3 Charge Q divided in two parts q & Q – q
Condition for oscillation.
Force between q & Q - q
5. D Kq(Q  q)
q1 q2 F
r2
r For maximum force dF/dq = 0
Then
Kq1q2 dF K
F .........(1)  [q(1)  (Q  q)1]  0
r2 dq r 2
q1 q2
q  Q  q  0
r/2
Kq1q2 Q  2q
F1  .........(2)
(r / 2)2
Q 2
From equation (1) & (2) 
F1 = 4F q 1

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-I 59

9. B 13. C
q Individual electric field at q place at origin
B
due to point A, B, C
a a
 Kq(iˆ  2j ˆ
ˆ  3k)
EA  3
600 q Kq2 ( 14)
C F
q a A a2  ˆ)
600 K q(ˆi  ˆj  k
EB  3
Kq2 ( 13)
F
a2
The net force on any charge say at point A.
EA
Fnet  F 2  F 2  2F 2 cos 600 A )
,3
Kq2 ( 1,2
 3F 3 q EB
a2
(0,0,0)
10. D (2,
C
2,2
Direction of arrow shows magnitude of force ) EC
and Net resultant force shows by R which is
perpendicular to the side AB.  Kq(2 î  2 ĵ  2k̂)
OR Ec 
( 12 )3
Resultant R is  to surface AB    
B C I. Now E A .EB = 0  E A  EB
+q –q
FOD
FOC II. E B  4 E C
R

FOA FOB 14. D


–2q +2q A P B
A D q q
x L-x
11. A Let at point P net Electric field is must be =
0
x (30-x) E1=E2
4q P q Kq Kq
2

x L  x 2
At equilibrium net field at point P is zero.
L
E1 – E2 = 0 x= Nature of curve shown below
2
K(4q) Kq E

x2 (30  x)2
x = ± 2 (30 – x) L
x
x = 20 cm q q
L/2
x = 20 cm from 4q
10 cm away from q
12. D
  15. B
r = 8iˆ  5j
ˆ & r0 = 2iˆ  3j
ˆ
 Force on charge = qE = qE0sin t
Electric field at point r due to charge 5 C
 qE0
at r0 electric field acceleration = sin t ...(1)
m
 kq In SHM a = A sin t...(2)
2
| E |  2 Comare (1) & (2)
|r|
 qE0 qE0
r  (8  2)ˆi  (5  3)ˆj = 6i - 8j A2   A
m m2
r  10

9  109  50  10–6
Now E  E = 4500 v/m
100

www.motion.ac.in
60 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

16. C 20. D
Our aim is to found electric field at point P The net force on the sphere is
dQ
x2
R2
F  (mg)2  (qE2 )
dE
R
P The effective gravity is
x
F
dE g'   g2  (qE / m)2
m
Ep  2dE cos 
2kdQ x L L
Ep   T  2 g'  2
x
2
 R 2  x2  R 2 g  (qE / m)2
2

2kx KQ.x
Ep  2 dQ ; Ep  2

x  R 2 3 /2
(R  x2 )3 / 2 21. C
For x >>R Higher Lower
KQx KQ potential (v1) potential (v2)
 2 3/2  2
(x ) x
Ep  x 2
U1  qV1 qE –q U2 = – qV2
17. A
Electric field is cancel out for diametrially U1 < U2
opposite element, only removed diametrially
opposite element gives field.
E
kdq d 22. B
So E  2 m v m
R
 Q  1 Q Q
E  k d 2 Initially
 2R  R u m u m
1 Q finally
Q at closest
E 3 d
R distance
dq
from Energy conservation
1 kq2
18. D
2

mv2  2 1 / 2 mu2 
d

...(1)
from Momentum conservation
mv = 2mu  u = v/2 ...(2)
19. A from (1) and (2)
1 mv2 kq2
mv2  
2 4 d
4kq2 1 4q2
d =
mv 2 4 0 mv2

23. D
-q -q
r Q r
     2kˆi
4k 2k  2k  Net potential energy of the given system
R R  R
E
R  KqQ Kq2 KQqo
Electric field along vertical direction cencle U  
r 2r r
each other, net field along horizontal direction. Given that U = 0
 2KqQ Kq2
Enet  2  R î 
0 r 2r
Q 1

q 4

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-I 61

24. B 29. B
y Given Q = 2 C, F = 100 N
We know that E = F/Q
q
q 100
a 2 E  50N / C
2
q
x x 30. A
z C B
q q q
q
EA
ED
Kq2 Kq2 Kq2 Kq2
U 2  2  2  2 EB EC
r r r r
a2 q q
r2  x2  D A
2 EA = EB = EC = ED
4kq2 Resolving horizontal & vertical component
U (Ex = 0, Ey = 0)
x2  a2 / 2 Then
ENet = 0
25. A
q1 u q2
y
X 31. B
m m Given me = 9.1 × 10–31 kg, e = 1.6 × 10–19 C
After long time y will move with velocity u The intensity of field required to balance the
and v x = 0 becouse weight of electron, so
momentum is conserved qE = mg

26. B mg 9.1  10 31  9.8


E 
: Net PE is zero. q 1.6  1019

kq2 kqQ kQq  5.6  1011N / C


   0
a a 2a
32. A
2q Given q = 3 C, F = 3000 N, r = 1 cm = 0.01 m
Q  
2 2 We know that
V = Er
V = 1000 × 1 × 10–2 = 10 Volt
27. C
q
33. C
q

-2q a -2q
O
k q q
Ui = [(–2q)(–2q)+q(–2q)+q(–2q)] = 0
a From figure net electric field at center = 0
k 3 3 kq
Uf = [(–2q)(–2q)+q(–2q)+q(–2q)] = 0 and net potential at center = volt
2a a
 W = Uf – Ui = 0 E=0&V0

28. A 34. B
Potential energy at height h
= – (Work done by gravity + work done by
electric field)
= – (-mg – qE) h = (mg + qE) h
The graph is a straight line passing though
origin.

www.motion.ac.in
62 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

35. B 40. C
A
V1 – V2 = V2 – V3

1 1 1 1
 kq     kq   
3
m
r
 1 r2   r2 r3 
2
B 1 1 C r2  r1 r3  r2 t1 t2
m O m    
2 2 r1r2 r2r3 r1 r3
Net potential at O since, r1 < r3, we get t1< t2
VO = VA + VB + VC
41. D
k(6  106 ) k(2  106 ) k(3  106 ) From the figure, we can see that the distance
VO    between two equipotential surfaces is
3 /2 1/2 1/2
d = 10 sin 30° = 5 cm
VO =  1.52  105 V
V 40  20
 E   400N / C
d 5  102
36. D

 100 42. A
y=3+x E = 2 î  ĵ  
43. C
100
dv = – 
2
 
î  ĵ . dxî  dyĵ 
EB B

2kp
1 3 –q +q A
100   EA 
r2

=–   dx   dy  
2 3 1  EA = – 2 EB
v = 0
44. C
37. D +q qE
line of force
E
qE -q

If an electric dipole placed in uniform field. It


Experience a tarque and rotates.
equipotential surface
Angle between both = 90°
45. C
Given that q =  1 × 10-6 c
38. D d = 2 cm = 0.02 m
Electric field is perpendicular to equipotential E = 10×105 N/C
surface We know that
Slope of given line is m = 2.  = PE sin 
1 P = qd
Slope of perpendicular is = – 1 × 10-6 × 2 × 10-2 = 2×10-8
2
Equation is x = -2y (if y = 4 then x = -8) Maximum torque
Now check option Ans - D  = PE = 2×10-8 × 1×105 = 2×10-3Nm

39. C 46. B
Integrate partially one of the term We know that
KP
v=  4a xy z dx  const.
Eaxis 
2KP
; E 
r3 r3
x2
4ay z = const. Eaxis 2
2 
E 1
const .
z=
x 4y2

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-I 63

47. A 51. B
Potential energy U = qdV
2q. 2 a q. 2 a dV
= q  dr
dr
dv
q. 2 a =  q  dr 
dr
After resolving hori zontal and vertical dV  V  2kp 2 cos  
= p1 ×  
component dr  r2 
x - axis component will cancel out dV – 2p1kp 2 cos 
Net dipole moment along y direction = 2qa ĵ  = P1
dr
=
r3

48. A

49. A
We know that electric field at a point

1 P cos  Pr cos 
V = V= =
4 0 r2 4 0 r 2

Kp.r
V 3
r

50. A
qE
2
2m
m
1

qE
net = qE 2sin  +qE sin 

= 3qE sin 
net = 3qE 
I  = 3qE 

3qE
= ...(1)
I
For angular SHM  = - 2 ...(2)
From (1) and (2)
3qE
=
I
3  1  10-6  20  10 3
=
6
K shm 3  1 10 – 6  20 10 – 3
= 
I 6
1
= = 0.1 rad /sec
100

www.motion.ac.in
64 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

Exercise - II

Level - I
1. B 3. A
E1 E1 E2
Emax E2
4Q –Q
E (E 1) (E 2) P.E1
E2

x1 R/ 2 x2

As we displaced upward qE’ 


qE’ > mg So particle move upward
 Unstable equilibrium 4. B
qE' – ve charge may move opposite to line of
force
P
R/ 2
x
mg 5. A
Negative charge i s pl aced to achi eve
equilibrium.
(b) As we displace upward qE’  4q –Q q
mg > qE’ particle comes at point P again
x
Now we displace down ward from x2 qE’ >
Net force on Q is zero
mg so particle comes at point P again
 stable equilibrium K4qQ kqQ
qE'  2 =
P (  x) x2
stable
eq.  x = /3, =-x (abssured)
Net force on q is also zero
x2 mg
R/ 2 kQq k4qq
 =
( / 3)2 2
4q
Q=
9

2. B dF 6. B
dF = dqE q
2k F
dF = Rd a
R –Q
2k d
dF  Q a
R  q
dF x
Net force on –Q charge = 2F cos 
2F cos 
a=
m a
Due to symmetry 2kqQx
a
  m(a2  x2 )
2kQ
Fnet = dF sin  =
  sin d da x
0 R 0 for amax , 0
dx
Q
F= a
2
  0R which gives x  
2
at x   a=0
x0 a=0

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-I 65

qE 1 10 6  300
7. B Max. acc = = 0.3 m/sec2
At equilibrium 103
f = mgsin qE
Net  is also 0 f m
 2qE sin  R= f.R. Max. deacc. = –0.3 m/sec2
2 qE sin  = mgR sin So Vmax = 4+ 0.3  10
qE
mg = 7 m/sec.
E= V min = 4 – 0.3  10
2q
= 1 m/sec.
1V7
8. A
12. D
r1 = (4m,7m,2m) r2 = (1m,3m,2m) To calculate the electric field on z-axis, we
-8 r shall first consider two charges placed at the
q=10
opposite corners of the square.
r  r2  r1  3î  4 ĵ
r 5
kq  90 z
V= = ....(1)
r2 r 5
kqr q q
  90
E = r 3 = 25 ....(2) L/ 2 L/ 2
The electric field due to these two charges
Deviding (1) & (2)
 is
r =5
kq 2kqz
V = 18 Volt cos   2 
2
Z  L /2 2 (z  L2 / 2)3 / 2
2

9. B The net electric field due to four charges is


+q
therefore,
Pnet 4kqz
p E
(z2  L2 / 2)3 / 2
E is zero at z = 0 and when z 
–q P
+q –q To find location of Emax, we shall put dE/dz =
(0, 0, L) is  to pnet 0
 component along z-direction is zero
dE (z2  L2 / 2)3 / 2  3z2 (z2  L2 / 2)1 / 2
 0
10. D dz (z2  L2 / 2)3
(Fnet)Y = 0  z2 + L2/2 – 3 z2 = 0 or z = L/2
(Fnet)X = -2F cos (0,a) Therefore, E is maximum at L/2.
-q
KqQ
kqQ 2a F
(a2+x2) Hence, (d) is the correct option.
F a
a 2
 x2  a2  x2 x
Q

(2a,0)
KqQ
think !! x = 2a F
(a +x )
2 2
13. C
-q
x is not small (0,-a)
y
So F= -k x not
s at i s fi ed so E2 E1
excecute oscillatory
but not SHM.
P
x
11. A
u
qE
a=
m

www.motion.ac.in
66 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

  19. C


Le t E1 ad E2 be t he e l e c tri c fi e l d s
respectively due to +ve and -ve charges. By y
symmetry. they have equal mangitudes and
are symmetrically inclined about Y-axis. their
resultant is along Y-axis. Q Q x
(–a/2,0,0) z (a/2,0,0)
14. B
The force on the charge is along –ve Y-axis Let –Q charge is placed at (0,y,z)
and for the sphere to complete the circle, it Now total potential energy of the system
should be able to reach the position of +ve KQ2 KQ(-Q) KQ(-Q)
Y-axis. U= + + =0
a r r
Using the concept of effective gravity (here,
g'=qE0/m), the minimum speed required to a2
complete the circle from given position is r=  y2  z2
4
3qE0a According to problem U = 0
3g'r 
m KQ 2 KQ 2 KQ2
 
a a2 a2
15. B  y2  z 2  y2  z 2
x y 4 4
v a2
Either y is fixed or not E is conserved but
 y 2  z 2  4a 2
4
when y is fixed Fnet  0
 P not conserved 15a 2
y2  z 2 
when y is free Fnet = 0 4
 P = conserved
20. D
16. B When the extension in spring is maximum,
If we displaced q lightly then the speed of both particles is zero.
F2 ' F1'  U spring +U electrostatic =0
1 2 q2  1 1
 kr   2r  r   0
x 2 40  
 F21 > f11
 stable equilibrium q2
 k
40r 3
17. B
21. A
EQq EQq 1 2
from E.C. = = + mv KQ KQ
r 2r 2  V or a 
kQq 1 2 4a 4V
 = mv
2r 2 Energy conservation
KQq between point P & A P
v A
Q
mr KQq 1 KQq a 4a v
4v
 mv 2 
kQqm 4a 2 a
Impulse = mv =
r 1
 qV  mv2  4qV
18. D 2

1 6qv
v mv2  3qV  v 
q 2 m
h2 q
22. B
Fe acom. = g
Movement is parallel to x-axis
h1
 w.d. by 2 is zero.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-I 67

A Slope of equipotential surface is tan  = 1/2


1m B
 sin = 1 / 5 and cos  = 2 / 5
Electric field is the direction shown and is
2m given by
V 42 2
E  
d 0.02 sin 0.02  1 / 5  100 5V / m
1

(W.D.)AB 
 E .dr
2  Ex = –E sin   100 5  1 / 5 = –100 Vm-1
1
2k(3)  1 
=  dr
= 3  2k ln   Ey  E cos   100 5 × 2 / 5  200 Vm-1
r 
2  2
= 3k ln 2 28. D
(W.D.) due to wire  is kln (2)
dE
 n (2) F= P
 dr
 0 kqx
Electric field due to ring is E 
3 /2
23. C r 2
 x2 
q q -q q
dE R
and = 0 at r =
dr 2
q q -q +q F = 0
dv
E =– 29. A
dx
24. D 30. A
dp2=
-v
Ex = dp2
x
check slope
dp1
25. A
KQ
A) V =  0 b/w z = 0
r
B) Depends on distribution of charge . –q
C) Depends on distribution of charge . q 2q
D) Fnet is zero but net may be non zero = =
R / 2 R
 /2
26. B
in y, Ey = 0 E
dP1=  dPcos 
0
 /2
v
Ex = E0 =
x0 Ex
=   Rd R cos 
0

 /2
/2
= R 2
 cos  d =  R
2
+v sin  0
0
–v 2q 2 2qR
= R 2 .1 = .R 
R 
 /2

dPsin  =
2qR
27. C dP2 =
0
 
Y 2V
E 4V 2 2qR
P=

d
X
2

www.motion.ac.in
68 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

31. B dx
(W.D)E + (W.D.)mg = K

.dx
2 0 1
x qE(sin) + (–cos)mg  mv 2
2
 mg    1  1
q   mg 1 -   mv
2

 q  2  2  2
v 2g
2 v  2g ,   
d = R 
2 0 .  xdx

l
l2Sin 35. B
= x .dx 
 0  sin  0 = u
20
v
R 

32. C

R 2R
qp from AMC about point 0
(R 3 ,0,0)  mvd = mvR
vd
u= ...(1)
R
q  K2R  kq1q2
Energy at Point P = 4 + q   1 2 1 2
0  2R  from E.C. mv  mu 
2 2 R
q q q 1 1 v 2 d2 Kq1q2
= 4  4 = 2
2
mv  m 2 
0 0 0 2 2 R R
qk(2R ) q 1  d2
 Kq1q2
Energy at point 0 = = 2 mv 2 1  2
  ..(2)
R 0 2  R  R
i.e. particle will reach just point 0.
from eq. (1) and (2)
33. A 1
9  10 9   10-12
1  0.25  9
 1  v 2 1  
Q
2  1  10 3

P –q 2
v2 m/sec.
3
R x
 kQx 
F  -qE  -q  2 
 (R  x2 )3 / 2  36. D
E
kqQx kqQx T
If x << R then F =  3  ma  
R R 3

kqQx
a = ; a = -2 x q,m q,E F=qE/m
mR3
qQ mg
=
4 0 mR 3  2
1/2
 qE  
geff  g2    
34. B   m  

T  2
geff
E = mg/q
T 
T= 2
2
 qE 
mg
g2   
m 

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-I 69

Exercise - II

Level - II
1. C,D 2(9–x) =x
By properties of charges 18–2x =x
x = 6 cm
2. A,B,C
Q –Q/4 5. A,B,D
x r P Dimension theory
A B
KQ KQ / 4
Vp = – =0 6. A,C
xr r
1 1 Fnet
 – =0  4r –x – r = 0
x  r 4r
x
r=
3 u
KQ In constant force field path may be straight
 KQ / 4
vp = + line
r x  r  = 0 Fnet 
1 1 x u  or Parabola
  + =0  r=
4r x  r 5
Q –Q/4 7. B,C,D
P
r To reduce potential energy
KQ K Q / 4 dU
Ep = 2 – =0 ;r> 0 F=–
x  r  r2 dx
F=0
4Q Q x 16Q
3. C,D
If we slightly displaced –Q charge towards B
thus force on –Q due to B increses 9cm
2
A Q 16Q K 2 4Q K
B = 2

+2q
a a +2q x 2
9  x
2(9–x) =x
 –Q move s toward s BC (uns tabl e 18–2x =x
equillibrium)
x = 6 cm
If we displaced to wards y axis

8. A,D
Fnet
higher density  Higher electric field
(stable equilibrium)
EA> EB
Electric field lines from higher potential to
4. B,C lower potential.
To reduce potential energy VB>VA
dU 9. A,C
F=–
dx Given VA = 3V, VB = 4V, q = -e
F=0
4Q Q x 16Q 3V 7V
A B

9cm F = eE 
2 4Q K 2 k.E. = e (7–3) = 4ev
16Q K
= 2
x2 9  x

www.motion.ac.in
70 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

10. B,D 14. A,C


Q a. For the first equipotential

E
10
60(V)× (m) = 6Vm
E 100
Q E Q For the second equipotential
E
20
Q 30(V)× (m) = 6 Vm
100
4KQ For the third equipotential
vc=
r 60
At Z axis horizontal component of E cancelled 10(V)× (m) = 6 Vm
100
but vertical is added.
We can understand that the product of
potential (V)
11. A,C
and radial distances (r) of equipotential lines
[as in figure] is equal to 6 Vm-1. hence, general
relation of potential (V) and radial distance
(r) can be written as
A C 6
B V Vm1
r

Since E = –(V)/(r) r̂ , substituting V = 6/r,,
It is clear from figure at point A and C Net we have
electric field is zero. And point B Net electric    6
field towards slide. E     ˆ r Vm-1
r  r 
 6
12. B,C,D or r Vm-1
E  2ˆ
Electric field is from high to low potential. r
i.e., along –ve x-axis. 
b. Since E is directed in r̂ –direction and obeys
 (a) is incorrect. inverse square law, E must be outward [as
The force on electron is towards right. Work shown in figure]
done by electric field in moving electron from The above E-field must be caused by a
B to C is positive. positive point charge.
 (b) is correct.
VD – VC = VE – VD  WCD=WDE 15. A,B,C
 (c) is correct.
From E to A, the electron moves against the 16. B,C
electric force. So potential energy increases. F net = 2F sin 
 (d) is correct.
kqQ d
 2.  2
13. A,C,D (r  d ) (r  d2 )1 / 2
2 2

A conductor has the same potential at all


2  kqQ KPQ
points.   3
r3 r
 (a) is correct.
When a conductor is earthed, to make its
potential zero, the charge may flow from
conductor to earth or vice versa.
 (b) is incorrect.
(c) and (d) are correct by properties of
conductor. r

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-I 71

Exercise - III (JEE ADVANCED)

1. a = l(1 + 2 ), the equilibrium will be d


x
stable 2
–2q q Q
d d2 Fnet
at x= , 0
x 2 dx 2
It is fundamental concept if charges are
opposite then equilibrium point lies outside 4kqQ
Then (Fnet)max =
of the smaller charge. 3 3d2
For equilibrium Fnet = 0 at Q
2KqQ KqQ
2
 qQ
  x  x2
4.
82  0 r 2
2x    x
x =  ( 2 -1) Q

& equilibrium will be stable. 2R
2
2. from charge 4e (If q is positive stable,
3
If q is negative unstable)
4e q e
T
x

For equilibrium net force at q will be zero. dq = Rd


K4eq Kqe Q
 2
 dq = R d
x  – x 2 2R
2 – x  x Q kdq
d So E = 2 =
kQ d
dq =
x = /3 2 r 2R 2
If we move charge q slightly along line joining at equilibrium condition
4e and e then equilibrium will be stable. kQ d
 2T sin d / 2
2R 2
d 4 Qq d d
, , (for small angle sin  )
3. 2 2
2 2 3 3 πε0d2
qQ
T
QA
r F 82 0r 2
d
x 5. 1
F Let us cnsider a ball say P. There are three
Q
B
forces acting on it :
Let at x distance per pendicular to AB force
is maximum then
KQq T
Fnet = 2Fcos  2x cos  (r2 = x2 + d2)
r2
P 60°
2KQq F Q
Fnet  x

d x 2

2 3 /2 50cm
for Maximum Fnet
mg
dFnet
0
dx (i) Tension T in the thread
(ii) Force of gravity mg

www.motion.ac.in
72 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

(iii) Electric force F 7. 9


Considering te equilibrium of the ball P. The force between two unlike charges in
T cos 60° = F (i) vacuum is given by
T sin 60° = mg (ii)
1 q1q2
3 F (i)
mg (0.866  10 )  10 40 d2
or T    102 N
sin 60° 0.866 If two charges are submerged in extended
From (i), dielectric medium, let same force arise when
1 q2 they are separted by d1 in the medium.
T cos 60° =
40 r 2 1 q1q2
Then F  4   d2 (ii)
0 r 1
9 2
1 9  10  q
102   From (i) and (ii), we get
2 (0.5)2
Solving we get, q = 1.4×10-6 C = 1 C. d  r d1
Thus 5 cm of dielectric medium is equivalent
6. 2
to q  5  15 cm of air or vacuum.
Therefore, effective separation is (10–5)+15
= 20 cm.
T
1 qq
F  122
P 40 d
F
(4  106 )  (10  106 )
 9  109 
mg (0.2)2

9  109  40  1012
Initially, the forces actng on each ball are   9N
tension T, weight mg, and electric force F. 0.04
For the equilibrium of the spheres,
T cos  = mg 8. 0
T sin  = F E1 = 2Ecos
KQ
F E1  2
or tan  = (i)  x 2  a2 
mg
 
When the balls are suspended in a liquid of a
density  and dielectric cnstant K, the electric cos  
a2  x 2
F
force will become , while weight E
k
mg' = mg – V  g (T h = V  g) E1
  E
or mg' = mg  1    (ii)
  x
As  = ', according to the question, equating
(i) and (ii), we get –Q a +Q

F F

mg  
Kmg 1   120
o

 
o
120
 1.6 120
o

K  2
   1.6  0.8
or K = 2 Enet = 0.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-I 73

3/ 2
3 Y
9. –   3 × 10–9C
 11
 E
Kq r
E 3
r
Electric field at (3,1,1)
K  10 9 3i  j  k  KQ i  j  k  13.
  O z Z
11   ( 3)
3 3

Given x component is zero.


y

Following two arguments shall lead us to the


right choice.
i. Electric field at the center of the ring is zero.
10 C
–9 ii. Electric field is directed away from the ring.
q (2,0,0) x

 K  3  10 9 KQ  14. 6
EX    i0 T cos  + q B = mg
 11
3 /2
3
  3 
3     T cos  = mg – q B
 3  T sin  = q A
Q  –  3  109 C
 11 
Y component is
K  10 9 KQ qB
Ey   T
 11 
 3 3 3

qA
K  3  3  10
3
9 9
K  10
 –
 11   11   3 
3 3 3
mg
9
  2K  10 Dividing (i) and (ii), we get
Ey 
 11  3

qA
(Y-component not equal to zero ) tan  
mg  qB

mg tan
1 1  q  6  102 C
10. W = Kqq0  r – r  = 1.2 J A+B tan 
 B A

kq
Potential at A VA  15. 5
r
9  109  8  10 3 putting the value of q in (ii),
  24  10 8 v
.03 A mg sec
Potential at B T  5  102 N
A  B tan 
9  109  8  10 3
VB   18  10 8 v
.04
W.D. = –2×10–9 (18 × 108 – 24 × 108)
W.D. = 1.2 J
2kQ 2
16.
mR
Q
11. K/2qD
v=0
12. 4d
–Q

From energy conservation


(K.E.)i + (P.E.)i = (K.E.)f + (P.E.)E

www.motion.ac.in
74 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1 19. 1.8 × 105 sec


mv 2  qv c q=
2
1  KQ 
mv 2  Q 
2  R 
1m 1m q
2KQ2
v
Rm q a/2 a/2 q

Qq K q a=1m q
17. (a) 4 K (b)
0 m Kq2
Kq2 Kq2
U1   
From energy conservation a a a
kqQ
K.E  ......(1) 3Kq2
R U1 
a
KqQ Q q
R min  R  Kq2 Kq2 kq2
K.E 40 K U2   
a/2 a a/2
5Kq2
Rmin U2 
Nucleus a
2Kq2
1 KQq Change in P.E. 
K.E  mv2  a
2 2R 9 2
from eq. .....(1) 2  9  10  (0.1)
 = 18 × 107
KQq 1
K 1000 J Energy is supplied in 1 sec.
R
18  10 7
1 K.E  18 × 107  
 K.E  mv2  1000
2 2 = 1.8 × 105 sec.
K.E
v
m kq2
20. – (3 – 2 )
a
Q2 Ist Case for calculation of P.E. make pair with
18. each and every charge make sure no pair is
m 0 V 2
repeated.
u Q Q U0 = U12 + U23 + U13 + U14 + U24 + U34
m Kq2 Kq2 Kq2 Kq2 Kq2 Kq2
U0      
rmin a a 2a a 2a a
from M.C. 2mu = mv
4Kq2 2Kq2 Kq2
v
U0 
a

2a

a
4 2  
u
2 q

1 1  KQ2
from E.C.  mv 2  2 mv 2   2a
2 2  rmin
q q
1 mv 2 KQ2
 mv 2  
2 4 rmin
Q2 q
rmin 
m 0 v 2 IInd Case
4Kq2 2Kq2
U 
2a 2a
W.D. = –(U)
 Kq2 Kq2 4Kq2 Kq2 
 2 2    2 
 a a a a 
 Kq2

a

3 2 
394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
Electrostatics Part-I 75

4Kq2  3 1  4a
3   22.
21. (i) a 
 3
2 3
Given that a is the
2Kq2  3 1  radius of disk,  is the H
(ii) Wel  a
3    s urface c harg e (m,q)
 2 3
de ns i t y and
Kq2  3 1 
(iii) 3    q / m  40g / . The H
2ma  2 3 kinetic energy of the
2Kq2  3 1  part i c l e , when i t
(iv) 3    reaches the disk, can O a
ma  2 3
be taken as zero.
Potential due to a
Kq2  3 1 
(v) 3    charged disk at any
ma  2 3 axial point situated at
a distance x from O
nU1
Total Energy = (n = no. of corner) is
2
8  3Kq2 3Kq2 Kq2    2
V(x)  a  x2  x 
     20  
2 a 2a 3a 
4kq2  3 1    2 2 
Total energy  3    Hence, V(H)  2  a  H  H
a  2 3 0

(W.D.)el = –(change in PE) = –(Uf – Ui)


a
(W.D.)el = and V(O) 
20
 4kq2  3 3 1  4kq2  3 3 1 
         According to the law of conservation of
 1  2a 2 2a 2 3a  1 a 2a 3a   energy, we have the loss of gravitation
4kq2
3 3 1  potential energy is equal to the gain in
=     electric potential energy.
1
 2a 2a 3a 
mg H = q V= q[V(0)-V(H)]
 2kq2  3 1 
(ii) (W.D.)ext = 3   
a 
(iii) from previous question
2 3
  q a 
  (a 2

 H2 )  H 
 2 0
(i)

change in potential energy = Increase in K.E. We are given


2
2kq  3 1  1 2 
3     (8m)v
a  2 3 2 20 =2mg
Kq2 3 1 Putting this in Eq. (i), we get
v (3  
2ma 2 3 mg H = 2 mg[a–{ (a2  H2 )  H }]
1 2
(iv) mv  q(VA  V ) or H = 2[a+H– (a2  H2 ) ]
2
1  4Kq  3 1  = 2a + 2H – 2 (a2  H2 )
mv2  q 3 
  

2  a  2 3 
or 2 (a2  H2 ) =H+2a
2
2kq  3 1  or 4a2+4H2 = H2 + 4a2 + 4aH
v 3   
a  2 3

or 3H2 = 4aH
(v) Similar to (vi) 4a
or H= (Since H = 0 is not
3
valid)

www.motion.ac.in
76 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

23. x = a/ 3 Second Method


+
The total potential energy of the particle at +
height x is +
+ m
q +
U(x) = mgx+qV(x)=mgx+ 2 ( a2  x2  x ) + +q
0 +
+
+
= mgx + 2mg +  (a  x )  x 
2 2
+
+
+
= mg 2 (a2  x2 )  x  (ii) +
  20cm 20cm
For equilibrium
From qE = 100N
U
dU  2K 
0 q   100N
dx 2mga  0.20 
Kq = 10
This gives 3mga
2Kq 2Kq
x = a/ 3 Now F  a
r rm
From Eq. (ii), graph
between U(x) and x X dv 2  10
O a/ 3 H=4a/3 v 
can be plotted as dr (0.1)r
shown in figure.
v 0.40
1

0
vdv  200 
0.20
r
dr

24 0 v = 400 (n 2)
2

 v  20 n2
 
2 2 0 2 0
2 0 A B 2 0
2
 2 0
2 0  7K K
2 0 26. |E| = ,V = [where K = 1/4 0]
8 4
E net A 0
2
E net B
 y
0
EA
0
EB

2 0 u 2m A
x
25. E1
q P1=1
E2
2m

z
x2
1 2
x1  E.dr  2 mv E1 
2KP 2  1  K K
 
x1
r3 8 4
x2
KP 3K
E2  3 
r 8
7k
Enet 
8
KP1 K
Potential at v A  
r2 4

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-I 77

kP
2qp
29. (– i – 2j )
27. 2 2y 3
4  0r
KP
E1 
o
2y 3
o
90 45
2KP
o
E2 
45 y3 2
P 
E
KP
2 y3
 î  2 ĵ  
Potential at point B due to dipole
E1 (0,y)
kp cos 45o k p
vB  
r2 2 r2 E2

Potential at point A due to dipole


Kp cos135o kp 45o
VA  2

r 2r2
Total W.D. = q (vB – vA) P

2kpq
 Joule
r2

30. (QL2/2m)1/.2
2KP0 Q KP0 Q 
28. (i) (– i ) (ii) j Ey
r3 r3 (0,L)
6KP0P  3KP0P Ex
(iii) i (iv) (  ĵ )
r4 r4 Ey
KQ
E Ex
r2
Q   45
-q0 +q0 (L,0)
r As ring move downward Ex  Ey 
Force on P0 due to Q is –ve x direction and so at point where qEy sin  = qEx cos
dE 2KP0Q After wards ring com reach (L,0) easily
F P  (automotic)
dr r3
 2KP Q tan   x / y  x = y
0
F î x = y = L/2
r3
P0 Apply energy concervation between point A
P
q and B
-q0 q0 -q
1
mv2  qV
r 2
2KP V = E.dr
E (due to P)
r3 L /2 L /2
 x2 
L /2
 y2 
L /2

V   xdx   ydy     
dE 6KP 6KPP0 0 0  2  0  2  0
F  P0  P0 4 
dr r r4 L 2
L2 L2
V   
 6KPP 8 8 4
0
F (î ) 1  L2
r4 mv2  q 
2  4 
P0 P
1 /2
2qL2  qL2 
r v  2
 v =  

4m  2m 
  KP q KP0 q  3KP0 q ˆ
F   0

 r  a 3

r  a 
3

 
 ˆj 
r4
j
3 P1P2
  31. 
20 x 4 , attaractive

www.motion.ac.in
78 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

kq1q2 W
1. (a) 60° (b) mg + 3. v
2 2(a  He )g
(c) 3 mg, mg. q1 & q2 should have un-
W
like charges for the beads to remain T cos + mg = B  +V Heg = Vag
2
stationaly & q2q2 = – mgl2/k
W
N1 cos 30 º  N2 cos 60º  2Mg or v
2(a  He )g
and N1 cos 60 º  N2 cos 30º
2Mg cos 30 º
 N1   3 Mg 1/ 2
(cos 2 30º  cos 2 60º )  40a3mg 
i.e., q  
4. 
3L
 on solving cos2 30º cos2 60º  1   
N1
A
From figure, for the equilibrium of a particle
N2
P  along a vertical line, we get
q1  q2 Q
T cos  = mg ...(i)
30º 60º While for equilibrium in the plane of equilateral
B C
Horizontol
triangle, we get
 kq q 
 T  12 2  cos   Mg sin 30º T sin  = 2 F cos 30° ...(ii)
  
So from Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
 kq1q2 
and T   sin   Mg cos 30º  N1
 2  3F
 tan   3    60º tan   ....(iii)
mg
kq q
 T  12 2  Mg

For Beads remain in equilibrium
N1  3 Mg and N2  Mg
 mg  2
and for, T = 0  q1q2 
k

2. q  8W tan 0x2 ,

a
D

2T cos  = W, T sin  = F Here,


tan  F tan  1 q2 OA OA
or  or F = W F tan   
2 W 2 2 and
40 a OP L  OA2
2

q2 W tan  Also from Figure (c), we get


or 
40 (2x)2 2

or q  8W tan 0x2

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-I 79

7. Electron, ye> yp, ye= yp, ye< yp,


2 2 a
OA  AD  asin60 
3 3 3 eE eE 1 2
(i) ae  m , aP  m ;d  2 at
e P

a 3 a
So, tan    (as L >>a) 2d 2md
L2 (a2 / 3) ( 3)L t or t 
a eE
Therefore, we have
On substituting the above values of F and
tan  in Eq. (iii) we get

a 3 q2 d

( 3)L mg 40a2

1/ 2
 40a3mg 
i.e., q    te me
 3L  
tP mp
As me<mp, so te<tp. Hence,
5. 9.30 electron will take less time. i.e., the electron
wins the race.
-12q (ii) Time to cross the paltes is t = /u.
30º

-11q -1q
-10q -2q
30
º  Deviation is
30º
-3q 30º  E
-9q  2
-4q
30º
30º
 1 2 1 eE   
-8q y at 
-7q -6q
-5q (6 kq / r 2 ) 2 2 m  u 

By symmetry 2
ye mp  up 
  6 kq or    (i)
 6kq   6kq   6 kq   yP me  ue 
E   2  2  2  cos30º 2  2  cos60º  2  2  cos90º  (  ˆi)
 r  r   r   r  
 6kq a. If up = ue, then
E  2  (1  3  1)  ˆi
r
  ye mp

4kq  yp me
6. – i
R 2 As mp > me, so
dE  2dE cos  ( î ) ye> yp. Hence, the deviation of the
electrron will be more.
k /2 k / 2
E
R2  0
cos   R d 
R  0
cos  d

k  /2 k
 sin   0  ye
R R
yp


b. From Eq. (i)
2
 k  q ye  mpup 
E î &     1 (as given)
R  yp  meu2e 
R
 4 Hence, the deviation of both the electron
4k q
E î and the proton will be the same.
R2
c. From Eq. (i).
2
ye  mpup  me me
  
yp  meue  mp mp
As me < mp, so ye < yp. Hence, the deviation
of proton will be more.

www.motion.ac.in
80 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

2  d  R1
 
8. H2 = h1 + h2 – g   d  R 2
 V
 Where Q = total charge
 vt    t dU
v For Umin  0
h  h 2 dq
1  
 h  2 1 2
 g    from C.M. 2q 2(Q  q) ( 1)
 2 2 v  0   K (Q  q)  q
 R1 R2
Say q = q1 and Q – q1 = q2
COM 2q 2q q  q1
h2 – h 1 0 1 2  2
R1 R2 d
h1  d is very large
h=?
q1 q q R
d/2   2  1  1
R1 R 2 q2 R 2

g 2 12. W f i r s t
 h  h1  h2  2
v 8 4  Kq2
s t e p
=  –  ,
3 5 r
9. 4  0Ka Wsecond step=0, Wtotal=0
k = k2 – k1 Distance between charges 1 & 4 & 2 & 3 don’t change
= p1 – p2
1 q2  kq2 kq2  4 kq2 kq2 8 4 
= w1st  U  2      
3


4  0 a  r (3 r )  5r r 5
 
{Interaction energy between Ist and IIst 4 kq2 4 kq2
charge} WIInd  u2  u3   0
5 r 5 r
= q   k ( 4  0 ) a1 / 2 1

2
step Ist
10. 2.2× 10 -12
C
 E x 3
E  0 î
 4

E0 step IIIrd
Incoming flux = (0)  a 2 = 0

th
E0 step IV
Outgoing flux = (a)  a 2

q E0
  a3 Wfinal  ui  uf
0 
 0  E0  a3  kq 2 kq2   2 2 
 q  2    2  kq  kq   0
  r 3 r   r 3 r 
 
12
8.85  10  5  10 3
 [10  2 ]3  v
2  10 2 13.
3
q  2.2  10 12 C 3
( Px )1  q1E x t  mv
4
Q1 R1 q1 3
11.   
Q 2 R2 ( Px )2  q2 E x t  mv q2 4
k 3
U
R
q dq  p y 1  mv and p y 2  mv
4
kq 2 k ( Q  q) 2 kq (Q  q) 3
U   mv
2 R1 2R 2 d q v
 4  1  v 
kq 2 k (Q  q)2 kq (Q  q) mv q2 3
  
2 R1 2R 2 d  ( p y )1  q1 E y t 
 
(  p x )2  q2 E y t

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-I 81

r 0 Where x = R(1 – cos )


14. =
r – 1 df = E0  R d
fe d = df x
tan   ....(1)
mg 3 / 2 /2
  E  R 2 (1  cos ) d   E  R 2 (1  cos ) d
fe /  r  0
Now tan   ....(2)
m1g
 3 3   
By (1) & (2)  E0  R 2     sin  sin    0  sin  0 
 2 2 2 2 
m' r  m
       
0 r
v (S  0 ) r  s v  S   1    E 0  R 2    1    1   2 E  R 2
r  2  2   0

Ip   2 E0  R 2
15.  R E0 i
2E0  R 2
x = R sin   ....(2)
and dF = dq E Ip
= E(Rd) ×  By (1) & (2)
d = dFx
2E0 R 2   f R 2 E0 R2 

++
( I cm  MR 2 ) 2 MR 2
+
+ y
+
+ f R  E 0R 2 
 ––
x x
R – f  E 0R  î


––

d = E0 × R2  sin  d 3 p1p2
16. 40 x 4 , Repulsive
/2
2
 = 2E0 R   sin  d
0 17.
3 2Qp
(upward), U =
Q2

pQ
2
3
0a 2 20a 2  0a

 [ cos ]0 / 2  2 E0 R 2   2 E0 R 2 

 I CM   2 E0 R 2   f R
2 E0 R 2   f R
 ...(1)
I CM

www.motion.ac.in
82 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

Exercise - IV PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS

LEVEL - I JEE MAIN

1. A
1 q q  q 
Suppose that a point B, where net electric     1  
q 
field is zero due to the charges 8q and -2q. 4 o R R  d2
2  4 o  R R  d2
2 
   

q 1 1 
   
O
+8q -2q
2o R R  d 
2 2
B
x=a x=0 x=L
A 

3. D
Electric field due to a charged conducting
 1 8q sheet of surface density is given by E =
EBO  . î
4o a2 

 1 2q o r
EBA  . î
4 o (a  L)2
+
+
According to condition, +
  +
+
EBO  EBA  0 +
+ F=QE
+ B
1 8q 1 2q +
+
 2
 +
4 o a 4 o (a  L)2 + mg
+

2 1 Where o is the permittivity in vacuum and r


or 
a aL the relative permittivity of medium.
or 2a+2L=a Here, electrostatic force on B
or 2L = -a Q
Thus, at distance 2 L from origin, net electric QE 
 o r
field will be zero.
FBD of B is shown in figure,
2. B In equilibrium, T cos = mg
VA= potential due to charge +q on ring A Q
+ potential due to charge -q on ring B. and T sin    
o r
+q -q
d2 d1 Q
thus, tan     mg
o r

R R tan   

d 5. A
A B Since V2>V1 so electric field will point from
plate 2 to plate 1.
1 q q  The electron will experi-
  , d1 R 2  d2 0.1m
=  4 R d ence an electric force,
o  1 
opposite to the direction
of electric field, and hence E
1 q q 
    move towards the plate 2.
4 o R  ....(1)
 R  d2
2
 use work-energy theorem
to find speed of electron
1  q q  when it strikes the plate
Similarly, VB=  4  
 R

o R 2  d2  2.
Potential difference, VA-VB 1 2
mev 2
 0  e(V2  V1 )
2
394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
Electrostatics Part-I 83

Where v is the required speed.


1 (10 3 )
31  .
9.11x10 4o 2
 v2  1.6x10 19 x20
2 Potential at B due to charge at O
1.6x10 x4019 1 (10 3 )
or v VB  .
9.11x10 31 4 o OB
= 2.65 x 106 ms-1. 1 (10 3 )
 .
4o 2
6. C so, VA  VB  0
In a non-uniform electric field, the dipole may
experience both non-zero torque as well as
10. C
translational force. Electric field at a distance r from A is
for example as shown in figure,
1
E=×
2r 2 
 dV = – Edr
F2 ab l dr
+q
F1 -q
Vc –VB = V = –
a  
2 r2
l 1 1 
or V = 
2  a a  b 

F1  F2 as E is non-uniform. 11. B
Torque would also be non-zero. Work done by conservative force does not
depend on the path. Electrostatic force is a
7. D conservative force.
 V V V
E î  ĵ  k̂ 12. D
x y z
W=QdV=Q(Vq-VP)
V d  20  =-100 x (1.6 x 10-19) x (-4-10)
 Ex    = +100 x 1.6 x 10-19x 14
x dx  x2  4 
= +2.24 x 10-16 J
40x
 13. A
(x2  4)2
Three forces F41, F42 and F43 acting on Q as
10 shown resultant of F41+F43.
 Ex at x  4m  V / m
9  2Feach
and is along positive x-direction. 1 Qq
 2
4 o d2
8. D
 Resultant on Q becomes zero
Direction of E reverses while magnitude only when q charges are F47
q F41
remains same and V remains unchanged. Q
of negative nature.
9. B 1 QxQ F43
Potential at A due to charge at O F4.2 
y 4 o ( 2d)2
Q q
( 2, 2) dQ Q x Q
 2 
d2 2d2
QxQ
 2 xq 
B 2
X
O (0,0) (2,0) Q
3
 q
1 (10 ) 2 2
VA 
4o OA Q
or 2 2
q
1 (10 3 )
 .
4 o ( 2 )2  ( 2 )2

www.motion.ac.in
84 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

14. C 15. A
 q 2kqQ 2k(q)Q
Linear charge density  =  r  Ui  
  a 5a
y
1 2qQ  1 
 . 1  
4o a  5
Uf = 0
1Q
q q
x

5a
2a
K.dq
E  dE sin  ( ĵ)   r 2
sin  ( ĵ)
K qr -q 2a -q
r  r
E 2
d sin ( ĵ)
By conservation of energy
K q 
sin (ˆj) Gain in KE = loss in PE
r 
 2
0

q 1 2qQ  1 
 (ˆj) K . 1  
2 or 2
2
4o a  5

d. C 16. D
From F.B.D. of sphere, using Lami’s theorem At any instant,
T cos = mg ...(i)
F
= tan  .....(i) ka2
mg
T sin = Fe = ...(ii)
When suspended in liquid, as  remains same, x2

F'
 = tan  ....(ii)
 
mg1  
 d
T T
Using (i) and (ii)
Fe Fe
x
F F' F mg mg
=    where, F’ = K
mg mg1   From Eqs. (i) and (ii)
 d
ka2
 mg tan 
F F' x2
 = 
mg  mg x 2  x
mgK1    q2  . .x  tan   
 d  k 2l  2l 

mg 3
1  q2  x ...(iii)
or K = =2 2kl

1
d mg 2 dx
 2q  3 x
2kl dt
1/2
 mg 3  dq 3mg 2
2 x   x v
 2Kl  dt 2Kl
1/2
  mg 3  
 q   x  
  2kl  

 vx1 / 2  cons tan t

 v  x 1 / 2

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-I 85

17. A 19. A or B

F F
3V0/2
q/2
V0
y
q q
x
a a r=R

Fnet  2F cos θ
3V0 5V0 3V V
kq(q / 2) y R1  ; R2  ; R3 0 ; R 4  0
2 2 . 2 2 4 4 4
(a  y ) (a  y2 )1 / 2
2

2 2
~ kq .y ~ kq .y KQ

(a2  y2 )3 / 2

a3
rR V
2R 3
3R 2  r2 
Fnet  y 3V0
v , R1  0
2
18. A
 R
5V0 KQ
dv =  E.dr 4

2R 3

3R 2  R 22   R2 
2
2 2 r>R
2  x3 
VA – V0 = 
0
30x dx =– 

30 
3 
0
3V0 KQ
 R3 
4KQ KQ  R R
 
4 R3  3V0 3  KQ 3
= – [10x3] = – 10 [8 – 0]
VA – V0 = –80 J V0 KQ 4KQ 4KQ
4

R4  R 4  V  KQ  R  4R
0

On comparing we get
(A) or (B)

20. C
Tangent to the electrical field lines will give
us the direction at a given point.

www.motion.ac.in
86 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

LEVEL - II JEE ADVANCED

1. C 1 /3
1

Both points are on perpendicular bisector.  q2   1  3


 a =   1  k 
v = 0 w  T   2 2  
So N=3
2. C
k 2q / 3 2kq 7. A
E.f.  2
 2
(–î ) EQ = kx0
R 3R Mean Position shift but frequency remains
2
kq k2q2 2kq2 the same.
 U  q(2R) – –
qR
0
2 3R kx0 EQ

R q/3
3
 
0 30° +Q
6
sin
2R
–2q/3 mp(1) x0 mp(2)
2R
60° 8. C
Fx
q/3 45°
kq1q2 k(q / 3) (2q / 3)
 FCB   45°
r2 3R 2
2kq2 q2 Fy
F 2

Fx = Fy  qE = mg
27R 54 0R 2
v mgd
3. A,D q = mg  V = = 10–9 v
d q
 Lines emerging from Q1  +ve
Lines terminate at Q2  – ve
9. D
no. of lines originate or terminate depends on mag-
Inside shell E = 0
nitude of charge
& V = const.
Q1 13 and outside shell
 Q  9  Q1  Q2
2
1 1
E.f.=0 E &v
Now situation is r2 r
+Q1 +Q2
4. A 10. A,B,C
5. D
m = 4/3 r3
q = mg  6rv = mg
6. 3
L
2kq2  kq2 
2Ta = + 2  2 cos 45  
2  2a 
a  

2Ta

45° 45°
2
kq kq
2
kq
2
kq
2
Can be simplified to
2
2a a
2
a
2 2a
2

kq2  1 
Ta = 1  
 
a2  2 2

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-I 87

2q

60°
4q
60° = 6q E
Q3, Q4 –ve 
2q

k(6q) 1 6q
E = 4  L2 = 6 K
L2 0

At O there are equidistant +ve & – ve charges.


Hence v = 0. At PR also +ve & – ve charges
are same and equidistant, so V = 0 at all
points. But at ST potential is +ve on left of (R) Q1, Q3 –ve 
O & – ve on right of O.

11. A Q2, Q3 –ve

(S) Q1, Q3 +ve 

(P) All +ve 

Q2, Q4 –ve
(Q) Q1, Q2 +ve 

www.motion.ac.in
88 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

Exercise - I OBJECTIVE PROBLEMS (JEE MAIN)

1. C 11. C
E depends on distribution of charge but 
q in
doesn't depend on distribution qin.
Electric flux  E.dS   0
qin is the charge
2. C S
Gauss law is valid for all distribution either enclosed by the Gaussian-surface which, in
symmetric or not. the present case, is the surface of given
3. B sphere. As shown, length AB of the line lies
y 
inside the sphere.
^
E = eE0x i

E B

E x
O' y
z O
Incoming flux in = E0 (0) = 0
A R
Out going flux out = E0 (a2)
q q
net =  out – in = (y < R)
0 0
q = 0 E0 a2 In OO’A R2 = y2 + (O’A)2
4. C
 O’A = R 2  y2
Area lying in X, Y plane means A = A k̂
 
A  100 k̂ , E  î  2 ĵ  3 k̂ and AB = 2 R 2  y 2
 
= E A
    Charge on length AB = 2 R 2  y 2 × 

 = i  2 j  3 k  100 k
 = 100 3 2 R 2  y 2
 electric flux =  E.dS 
0
5. D S
Incoming flux = Outgoing flux
6. C 12. C
When the two conducting spheres are
q connected by a conducting wire, charge will
Flux 
0 flow from one sphere (having higher potential)
q = a2dx to other (having lower potential) till both
acquire the same potential.
q = a2   dx dx
Therefore
= a (area under curve)
2

 0 0 0  V
E
q = a2  8  2  8  r
3 2 E1 r 2
  1   2 :1
q= a 0 E2 r2 1
4
3 / 4a20 3
= =
0 4 13. B
7. A From symmetry flux through each point of
  the sphere is same.

  E ds ,   R 2E
q
8. D Flux through whole sphere =
qin= 0 o
=0
9. B

10. A

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-II 89

15. D
R q q 5q
  
6 0 24 0 24 0
q
16. C
The magnitude of electric field intensity due
1 to each part of the hemisphorical surface
2
Total surface area = 4R  4   4 m2 at the centre 'O' is same. Suppose, It is
 E.
\ flux through 0.2 m2 is
E E
q / o q E+ + = E0
 0 .2  2 2
=
4 20 o 2E = E0 30° 30°
E E
\ (B) E0 2 2
E
E E
14. A 2
Flux through the cube is maximum when the
charge inside it is maximum.
17. D

h
E =0
q
b
l 18. C
  qin
Charge associated with wire Q  l  E • dA   0

\ Q is maximum when l is maximum. E due to charge inside or outside charge.
So for maximum flux wire should be placed 19. D
along the diagonal of cuboid. Radius of the cutting
disc = R 2  x2
Length of diagonal = L2  B 2  H 2
charge onRdisc
q = A
Qmax  L2  B 2  H 2 q =  (R2x– x2)
 max   (1) q (R 2  x 2 )
o o Now  =  =
0 0
Similarly for minimum flux the wire should be 20. B
placed along height (h). qin q2  q3
  = - 36  103
o o
 h<b<l
21. A
Charge revolve only due to electric field of
Qmin h inner shell.
 min   (2)
o o  2k  q
 =   q, v= 20m
 r 
From (1) and (2)
22. A
 max l 2  b 2  h2 In a conductor given charge is distributed
 uniformly on the outer surface of sphere
 min h
23. B
\ (A)
Depends on body either conductor or non-
conducting.

www.motion.ac.in
90 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

24. A 29. D
Remain in the car, which provide electrostatic Let the spherical conductors B and C have
shielding. As we know that effect of external same charge as q. The electric force between
them is
electric field inside conductor is zero.
1 q2
F
4 o r 2
25. B
Here r, being the distance between them.
F1 = F2 (inside Conductor E = 0) When third uncharged conductor A is brought
k qd (qb + qc ) in contact with B,then charge on each
F3 = conductor
r2
q  qB 0q q
qA  qB  A  
2 2 2
26. C When this conductor A is now brought in
The dotted lines may be surface boundary of contanct wi th C, then charge on each
a conductor. Electric lines of force do not conductor
enter a conductor. Potential of a conductor q  qC (q / 2)  q 3q
qA  qC  A  
is constant but not necessarily zero. 2 2 4
It may be zero also. So, Point P may be inside Here, electric force acting between B and C
a conductor (solid or hollow). is
1 qB qC 1 (q / 2)(3q / 4)
F'  
27. A 4o r 2
4o r2
The distribution of charge on the outer 3  1 q2  3F
  
surface, depends onl y on the charges 8  4 o r 2  8
outside, and it distributes itself such that
the net electric field inside the outer surface 30. D

due to the charge on outer surface and all 31. A


the outer charges is zero. Similarly the
KQ
distribution of charge on the inner surface, V'  V
a
depends only on the charges inside the inner
volume = 4a 2 t a
surface, and it distributes itself such that t
Now bubble of radius R then
the net, electric field outside the inner
kQ
surface due to the charge on inner surface V' ' 
R
and all the inner charges is zero.
Also the force on charge inside the cavity 4
Volume is const.  R 3  4a 3 t
is due to the charge on the inner surface. 3
Hence answer is option (A). 1/3
Va  a
R = (3a2t)1/3  V ''  2 1/3
  V
28. C (3a t)  3t 
At p due to shell, potential
P
q
V1 
4 oR R/2
At P due to Q, potential
q R
RO
Q
V2  2Q
R 
4o 4 oR
2
 Net potential at p
q 2Q
V  V1  V2  4 R  4 R
o o

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-II 91

32. C 37. A
Electrostatic shielding.
q1 So VA – VB doesn't change.

38. C
From concept of uniformly charged solid
q sphere
3 kQ
VC =
2 R
Potential at distance r is V
The net potential on the surface of earthed Vc
conductor is zero. Now V =
2
q1 q kQ 3 kQ 4R
V = 4 r  4 d  0 = r=
0 0
r 4 R 3
4R R
q1 q Distance from surface = R =
– 3 3
4 0r 4 0d
39. A
40µC 20µC
qr
 q1 = –
d

33. B
k(40)(20)
+Q F1 =
–Q d2
+Q –q After touching the charge on sphere = 10µC
–Q Will force
aQ 10µC 10µC
k(10)(10)
b F2 =
d2
From distribution of charge
F1 : F2 = 8 : 1
Charge on inner surface of outer shell = –Q
and outer surface = Q – q 40. D
Radius of single drop = r
34. D 4
Potential at every point inside then total volume = n r3
3
= potential at surface Now radius of big drop = R
k(Q  q) 4
VS = Volume = R3
b 3
4 4
 n r3 = R3
35. B 3 3
R = n1/3r .... (i)
v = const.
rV
k
Q
Charge on single drop q =
= 10V  vin = 10V K
R
m
5c

nrV
Total charge = nq =
k
36. C Final potential of big drop
– + knq knrV
– + Vfinal = = = n2/3 V
+ ++ – C + R kn1/3r
++
+ ––
++ ++ 41. D
Use above formula in Q.26
V' = n2/3 V
= (1000)2/3 (1)
VC = +VC (due to charge body)
V' = 100 V

www.motion.ac.in
92 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

42. A 47. D
As we connect A and B through wire with C.
43. A Then all the charge on A and B move towards
From notes electric + + C so qA = 0, qB = 0
+
field in a cavity 3 + + + qC = Q + q1 + q2
c/m +
  + 48. D
+
E = 3 
0

+ + + It is clear from figure q' charge given to earth
+
q + + + surface and also Vc = 0
F = qE =
3 0 + + b = 2a, c = 3a, d = 4a
kq kq kq'
44. A Vc =   0
3a 4a 3a
Given potential at A is 5V
10V and potential at B is q
10V q' =–
5V Now potential at 4
a
centre is 10V because kq kq kq '
b Now vA =  
i n hol l ow s phere 2a 4a 3a
potential is constant kq
from centre of surface. VA =
6a

45. B –q
q1 –q2
R q q'
R
a
r = 0.5 m b
kq1q2 c
Given = 0.108 .... (i)
r2
d
Now after connecting through a conducting
wire the final charge gets half
q1  q2 q1  q2 kq kq
VA – VC = –0=
2 2 6a 6a
49. C
Electric field lines enter and exit perpendicular
to the conductor body.
r = 0.5m
50. D
k(q1  q2 )2
Given = 0.036 .... (2)  
4r 2 dV
After solving equation (1) & (2) will get the E=  = 
2 0 x 2 0 3a  x  dx
answer.
 dx dx
46. C    dV  2   x  3a  x
Potential of shell A is 0

kQ A kQB kQC 
=
a
+
b
+
c
...(i) =
2 0

ln x 2a a  ln 3a  x 2aa 
Now QA = –4a 2

QB = 4b2
C
B
A –

+
a 

 C

b
= ln 2  ln 2 =  ·2 ln 2 = VA– VB
2 0 2 0
QC = –4c2
q0 ln 2
1  work = (VA – VB) q0 =
k = 4  0
0
Put QA, QB, QC and k in equation (i)

VA = b  a  c
0
394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
Electrostatics Part-II 93

Exercise - II

Level - I
1. C q in a
  and   …(1)
=   . ds  
which is answer (A).
N
=   m2
C
= volt – m

2. D
Since field is uniform, the net flux for the a a a
closed surface is zero.
(A) (B) (C)
\ (D)
In case the string is kept parallel to the
diagonal of a face, as shown in Fig. (B), the
3. B
length of string inside will be
Qenc
From Gauss’s law E   a2  a2  2 a
0 Therefore, the flux will be
4. D q in 2 a
  …(2)
Qenc = 100 × s  
σ which is answer (B).
E= Þ s = 200 × 2Î0 However, if the string is kept along a
2 0
diagonal of the cube, as shown in Fig. (C),
= 4 × 104 Î0 = 35.4 × 10–8 C the length of the string inside becomes

a2  a 2  a2  3 a
5. A This is the maximum length that can fit in
Body diagonal of a cube the cube. Hence,
= HB = DF = a 3 q in 3 a
  …(3)
a 3
 
FN = which is answer (D).
2
Obviously, out of (1), (2) and (3), the flux in
The Gaussian surface will be a cylinder of
(3) is maximum. Hence answer (D) is
a 3 correct.
radius and lenght .
2
a 3  7. C
E.2  2   
  0 Electric field at any point on the surface of
Gaussian surface is due to enclosed charge
 as well as charge placed outside it.
E= 3a 0
8. A
6. D    4xˆi  6 yˆj
As per Gauss’ law, the total flux through a
closed surface equal s the net charge qin
.dA  4  6  2 
enclosed by the surface divided by e0, 0
q in qin  20


If the string is kept parallel to one edge, as
shown in the length of string inside the cube
will be a. So,
qin = la

www.motion.ac.in
94 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

9. B 17. B
1  2 1  cos 60  =  1 1
E 2  times
r 4
2  2(1  cos 90) = 2
q1 18. D
Flux from q1 = 4
0

q2 kq
v1 
Flux from q2 = 2 r1 v1 r2
0
kq  v = r
Outward = inward v2  2 2 1
r
q1 2

q2 1
19. D
V' = (n)–2/3V
10. A
20. B
11. A
 = E. ds V'
= EdS × cos  = (n)–2/3
V
= 20 × 8 × cos 60° = 80
21. B
12. A
Since qen = 0; =0

13. C 22. D
Electric flux due to outside charge will be Electric field inside the conductor will be zero.
zero. But elecric field will be due to all the Either external electric field is present or not.
charges. Hence potential at every point must be same.
Charge distribution depends on external field
14. D 1
and  (when no electric field)
KQr r
E=
R3
23. D
15. D +Q +++
++++

+
Enet = 0
+ ++
–5Q +2Q v=0 Q
+4Q –2Q –5Q –Q
–2Q –4Q +
4Q –2Q + ++
4Q
24. D

25. C +q

Charge on inner surface of outer shell = –2Q –q


a q
16. C
b
k3Q
Electric field at point P =
r2
(W.D.)ext = Uf – Ui
–Q Ui = 0 (at )
b 3Q
kQ2
P Self energy of a conducting sphere =
a 2R
kq2 kq2 kq2 kq2
 Uf = –  W.D. = –
2b 2a 2b 2a

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-II 95

26. A
In the charge reach at point B then it will 2
automatically reach at point C. F= A
2 0

A B C at equilibrium
R/2
 2 
2 2  4 R 
2
(4R ) =
+Q 2 0 2 0  4 
 
 Energy Conservation between A & B ' = 2 (–ve)
1
qvA + mv2 = qvB
2
 2 R2  29. D
kQ  3R   = 11kQ
VB =  
2R 3  4  8R
+Q –3Q
1 11kQ kQ  R R
Now mv2 = q  
2  8R R 
A B
6kQ
v= ...(i)
8Rm KQ   kQ kQ  3
EB = 2  Enet = EA  EB = 2 
4 1 r r r2
Now put Q =  × R3 and k = 4 4 4
3 0
Put value of Q and k in equation (i) we get
30. A
R 2
v=
4m 0 Kq RV
V= ;q=
R K
27. B
Kq K  RV RV
A E= = =
R r e2 Kr 2 r2

C d
31. B
d cos  = r
kp kp cos 2 
vA = vC = =
d2 r2
R R
28. A
Balancing occur only when –ve charge occur
in inside conductor. Kq 4Kq
E= = 2
(r / 2)2 r
F
++
++ 2Kq 2  Er 2
+ Vtotal = = = Er
+ r /2 4r / 2
F
++++

–––
++++

V = Er
–––
––

––
+

+
++ ++
+

2
Pelec. =
2 0

www.motion.ac.in
96 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

32. B 34. C
P1 P2 P3
E.F. between P1 and
P2 is zero q0 0 –q q q
r1 r2

E1 = E2
v
Kq1 Kq2 q1  r1 
2 35. B 
= or q =   Vcos
2 2 + + + +
r1 r2 2  r2 
u
E
V1 Kq1 r2  r1 
2
 r2  – – – –
 
V2 = Kq2 × r1 =  r2  ×  r  u cos 
 1
Since, No force acts along hori zontal
direction.
V1 r1
V2 = r2  Horizontal comp. of velocity remains same,
u cos  = V cos 

33. A u cos 
Q Q V=
cos 


mu2
10d – d/2
K.Ei 2 u2
10d
K.Ef = 1 = 2
kqQ mv2 2 cos 
Net force on charge q = 2 u
(10d  d / 2)2 cos2 
qQ K.Ei 2
  cos  
 
361  0 d2 K.Ef =  cos  

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-II 97

Exercise - II

Level - II

1. A,B,C 12. AC
E = 100 r qin = 0
 q
E . dA  in
 0
qin
E A Circle is perpendicular
bisector to dipole.
EdA cos 180° = –q +q
0
 qin = –ve
|qin| = EdA 0 = 3 × 10–13 C

2. A,B,C
 q
E . dA  in Q2
 0 Q1 13. A,C,D
Fl ux e l e ct ri c 100V 75V
fi e l d d ue t o A B
charge lie inside R 5cm
or out side the surface. But  is only due to R + 10
charge lie inside the surface.
kQ
Given 100 = ..... (1)
3. A, C R  0.05
kQ
4. ABCD 75 = ..... (2)
Gauss law R  0.10
from (1) & (2) R = 10 cm
5. A,D 5
Flux due to charge which is outside will be zero. Q= × 10–9 C
  q 3
 . dA  in
 0
Again VS =
KQ
= 150 V
electric field due to all the charges. R
6. A,B 3 kQ
In conductor given charge inside is spread VC = = 225 V
2 R
its outer surface
1 kQ
  Potential will be same E= = 1500 V/m
rc R2

Electric field near the surface = 14. A,C,D
0
Where  = Local charge density 2Q
+Q+Q=2Q =
1
 4R 2
r
7. ABC Q
Q A =
Charge is distributed over the surface of B 2R 2
conductor in such a way that net field due
to this charge and outside charge q is zero 1
EA only due to inside charge 
inside. Field due to only q is non-zero. r2
EB due to charge (inside + outside)
8. BC

9. ACD 15. A,C,D


B
Opposite charge of rod is induced on water
and it gets attracted.
+ + +
Q=0
+

+
++

+ ++

10. A,B,C A
+

+
+ ++

11. C,D

www.motion.ac.in
98 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

Exercise - III JEE ADVANCED

1. There is a positive charge in the close 5. –8.85 × 10–7C


surface. Incoming flux = –
qen
Outgoing flux = + = 
0
q qen = 105 × 8.86 × 10–12
2. 24 0 = –8.86 × 10–7

R
3. a= 6. 40 V-m
3 
E = 2 × 10 k̂
3


a  = E. ds
 cos  =
R 2  a2 = 2 × 103 k̂ .0 × 20 × 10–4 × k̂
So solid angle = 2 (1 – cos ) = 4 × 10 = 40 V – m
 a 
7. /2
 = 2 1  
 a2  R 2 
q
Let flux from 4 solid angle =  = 
0
then from flux in 
  a    q
 2 1  
= (Halved) (halved)
4   a2  R 2  
 a 
  = 
Now given 2 1 
4 
 a  R2
2  4 8. 3 /0
2
3a = R 2

qmax  3
max =  0 = 0
R
4.
2 0
+
+ 9. q / 20
+
+ x dx
10. q / 20
+ R

dx 11. E
Flux passing through the area 2 × dx
Kq 1 q
k E= 2 = 4 × 2
= (2 × dx) R 0 R
x
R

Now compute flux  = 2k dx  E=  E
0 0
R
 = 2kR = 2 Since  = const.
0
 E = const.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-II 99

12. – Q, non-uniformly distributed Q 


16. K  R
R 4 0
qR Due to presence of charged sheet, the charge
13. 
 distribution on sphere would be non-uniform.
As in electrostatics potential of conductor is
1 Q
14. same at every point so,
40 r
When a conductor is placed in an external
electric field (here in the electric field A Q
produced by point charges –q and +q) then
the free charges will redistribute within the
conducting medium. Here potential at center O
is due to charge on sphere and due to point
charges.
1 Q
V = 4 because resultant potential due
0 r Q
Vconductor = V0 = 4  R + V’0
to –q and +q would be zero. 0
Where V’0 is potential at O due to electric
field of plate.
Q
15. charge on one side is – EA0 and other Due to electric field of plate alone the potential
2 difference between A & O is.
Q  R
side + EA0 V’0 – V’A = – 2  × R cos 0 = – 4 
2
0 0
Let there is x charge on left side of plate and
Potential at A = Potential at O
Q – x charge on right side of plate.
 V’A + potential at A due to charge on sphere
Q
= 4  R + V’0
0

 Potential at A due to charge on sphere


x Q–x Q
Qx x = 4  R + V’0 – V’A
E 0
2A0 P 2 A 0
Q R
= 4  R – 4 
0 0

Q
17. 4 0 R
EP = 0 Applying generator principle, total charge of
inner conductor transfers to outer one on
x Qx
+ E = Q
2A0 2A 0 connection and hence VB = 4  R
0
x Q
 A = 2A – E
0 0
18. –2C
Q Q
x= – EA0 and Q – x = + EA0 Kq kq1
2 2 Potential at the inner sphere, V = +
3r r
Q
So charge on one side is – EA0 and other
2 q
Q q1
side + EA0
2

www.motion.ac.in
100 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

q kqQ mR 3
Now, V = 0  q1 = = –2C F  qE   x, T  2
3 R3 KQq
kqQ
ma =  3 x
q Qq R
19. 2 (Non Uniform), (Uniform) kqQ
4R 1 4R 22 =
mR 3
+ + 1 kqQ
+ n=
+ Q+q 2 mR 3
+
+
+ – – ––
–q – 23. 9V0
– q – +
+ – Let us assume radius of smaller drop is r and

– –– bigger drop is R.
+ – – –– +
4 4
+ +  27 r3 = R3
+ 3 3
+ + R = 3r ....(1)
kq V0r
Due to induction, –q will induce on inner Now = V0  q0 =
surface of shell. As the total charge of shell is r k
Q so charge on outer surface in electrostatic 27V0r
Total charge Q = 27q0 =
equilibrium condition is Q + q. k
The charge distribution on inner surface of shell kQ
Now potential of bigger drop V =
would be NU, because electric field at any R
outside point, (r > R1) due to inside charges k  27V0r
(q & –q) has to be zero which is possible only V= = 9V0
3r k
when –q is distributed non - uniformly.
 r1 
24. (i)  r q
 q2  1 1   2
20. A   
 8  a b  r 
 0  (ii) Charge on inner shell = –  1  q and
 r2 
charge on the outer shell = q
Q
21. 2 0 r 
(iii) Charge flown in to the earth =  1  q
 r2 
q + q'
 /2 –q'
q'

r1
Flux minimum when length minimum. r2
half length of rod inside the cube so it contain
Q/2 charge we know that potential of grounded sphere
qin Q is zero.
=    = 2 Potential of inner sphere = 0
0 0
q' charge redistribute exact distribution shown
in figure
1 qQ
22. kq kq'  r1 
2 4 0mR 3  + = 0 , q' = –q  
r 
r2 r1  2
+++
+++++ (i) charge on inner surface of outer shell =
+++
x
+ r 
+++ ++ q 1 
++++
 r2 
kQr r 
EF inside the sphere = (ii) charge on inner shall = – q  1 
R3  r2 
force at distance x from centre is r 
(iii) charge flow into the earth = – q  1 
 r2 

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-II 101

kq kq1 b kq1
25. v VQ = –
r r a r

+q aV
27.
b
O –q
q Let charge on inner conductor is Q, then V =
P
Q
K . Using generator principle, the entire
a
charge Q transfers to outer sphere, then
kq kq kq kq potential of outer sphere is given by,
VP = – + , VP =
r r r r Q Va
V’ = k =
b b
b
26. (i) q2  – q1 ; (ii)
a
28. 1.125 q
 q1  1 1 Spheres are identical then after touching
 Vr   –  ; ar b charge on each sphere is same.
 4  0 r a
 q  1 1 6q  3q 3q
 Vb  1  –  ; r  b Ist A & B then q1 = =
4  0  b a  2 2

 nd
3q / 2  0 3q
II A & C then q2 = =
 Vr  1  q1  q2  ; r  b 2 4
 4 0  r r  3q / 4  3q / 2 9
IIIrd C & B then q3 = = q
2 8
Charge given = Q
Q + q1 29. zero
–q1

q1 30. Q/4 & 3Q/4


a
31. –Q/3
b

Potential of inner sphere = 0


kQ kq1
 + =0
b a
b
Q= q
a 1

q1  b q1
q1 a
–q 1

a P
r

b r
Q

 bq 
k  q1  1 
kq1 kq1  a 
VP = – +
r b b
kq1 kq1
VP = –
r a
 b 
k  q1  q1 
kq1 kq1  a 
VQ = – +
r r r

www.motion.ac.in
102 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. 2 5. 105 NC–1 m2
When net electric field is zero. Electric field strength at a point in plane of
Kq a K(2 / 5)3 / 2 q a ring depends upon its distance from centre
 2 2 3/2
 of the ring. Magnitude of electric field is same
(a  a ) (b2  a2 )3 / 2
at all those points which are equidistant from
1 1 the centre and co-planer with the ring.
2 3/2 = Therefore, consider a coplanar and concentric
(2a ) 2
3/2

5 (b2  a2 )3 / 2 ring of radius x and radial thickness dx as


 
shown in Fig.

1 53 / 2 E
 
23 / 2 a3 23 / 2 (b2  a2 )3 / 2 r
x
q 
(b + a ) = 5
2 2 3/2 3/2
a3
R
b2 + a2 = 5a2
b = 2a
a

Its area is dS = 2x dx


2. E0r2
Distance of every point of this ring from point
Effective area = A = r2
Change is r = a 2  x 2
  = E0A = E0r2
Electric field strength at circumference of
this
3. E 2R
The flux passing through curved surface = 1 q
ring is E = 4
flux through the plane ABCD = E 2R 0 r2

Inclination  of 
E with the normal to surface
4. 40aR.
of the ring
In accordance with the Gauss theorem, the
a
required charge is equal to the flux of E considered is given by cos  =
r
through this sphere, divided by 0. In our case,
Flux passing through this ring is d =
we can determine the flux as follows. Since

the field E is axisymmetric (as the field of a E dS
uniformly charged filament), we arrive at the or d = E dS cos 
conclusion that the flux through the sphere  
 1 q   a 
of radius R is equal to the flux through the =  4 2 2
 (2x dx)  
0 (a  x )  2 2
lateral surface of a cylinder having the same   a x 
radius and the height 2R, and arranged as Hence, total flux passing through the given
shown in Fig. Then ring is

x R aq x dx qa 1 1 
q = 0  E dS =  0
ErS, = x 0 2 0 (a 2  x 2 )3 / 2
= 2
0
 
 a a2  R2


where Er = a/R and S = 2R•2R = 4R2.
= 105 NC–1 m2 Ans.
Finally, we get
q = 40aR.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-II 103

2K 1000e
6. 0, ,0  v (velocity of one electron)
r m
for r < a
q ne ne
  qin Given i
 t=
  E.ds 
0
t t i
Now Impulse = change in momentum
F.t = n mv
a nmv nm i 1000e
b  F= =
t ne m
Gaussian surface of  F = 7.5 × 10–9 N.
radius r < a

Qq
qin = 0 8. 2 0 L
E=0
dq =  2  r dx
for b > r > a
  K2rdx
dv 
 E.ds  q  in 0 (r 2  x 2 )1/ 2

l r R xR
2r.E     r
0 x n h

 cb / m
Gaussian surface of L
radius r < a R dx
r
r x
– cb / m

h
2k
E
r
K  2 xRdx 2 KRdx
(small part of length l of long cyclinder) dv   dv 
for r > b x R2 2

1/ 2
(R 2  h2 )1/ 2
n 2  x 2 
 cb / m  n 
Gaussian after integration
surface
2 KRL
v
r (R2  h2 )1/2
– cb / m
Q
  & R2 + h2 = L2
R(R   h2 )1/ 2
qin = 0 (because equal & opposite charge on
Q
cyclinder) v
E=0 2 0L
qQ
7. 7.5 × 10–9 N So now energy required = qv =
2 0L
v 500
E= =
d d
qE 500e 9. [3, 19.6 ms–2 downward, 5.7 × 10–5 ms–1.]
a= 
m dm
from v2 – u2 = 2ad 10. [10(1/4)1/3 cm]
1000e
v2 
m

www.motion.ac.in
104 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1/ 2
 2KQq  r – R 3   6 2mr 0
11.     13.
 mR  r 8 ea

kQ kQ R  r  a ea
v A – vB = – = kQ   F  e  ae 
r R  rR  3 0 3  0m
kQ d  2r
 vC – vB = (R 2  r 2 )
2R 3 1
{in derivation}  from d = aet2
2
kQ  2 R 2  3kQ
 v C  vB R   F=qE
2R 3  4  8R d Cavity
conservation of energy r r e
45°
1 2
Now q(vc – vA) = mv
2
 3kQ kQ(R  r )  1 2
 q    2 mv
 8R rR 
1/ 2 1 e a 2
2qkQ  r  R 3  2r  t
 v   2 3 0m
mR  r 8
6 2 r 0m
12. Proof  t
ea
r
(a) dq = (4 r2 dr)  0
R
    b 3   
Q R
r a 
dq  4r 2 dr 0 14. (1) 3 ,(2)a. 3 r      (r  a)
 
0 0
 R 0 0   r  a 
r
  0  R 3   b 3   
R 
b. 3   r      (r  a)
dr 0  r   r  a 
r (i) The electric field within the cavity or outside
is the superposition of the electric field due
to the original uncut sphere, plus the electric
R field due to a sphere of the size of the cavity
R
but with a uniform negative charge density.
40 3 4 the effective charge distribution is composed
Q r dr  Q  40 . R =   R3...(1)

R 0 R 4 0 of a uniformly charged sphere of radius R,
charge density , superposed on it is a charge
density – filling the cavity. An electric field
 qin 
(b)  E.ds   0
is E1 is caused by the charge distribution +
q in r
at a point r inside the spherical cavity..
2 0 r  0r 4
 dq   (4r dr ) R
0
in
0
 qin =
R

Gaussian P
surface s E1

r O' E2
r
a
P P P
s s
r
O r
a
 0r 4 0 r 2 O O O
 E(4 r2) =  E ...(2)
R 0 4R0
from eq. (1) and (2)
k Qr 2
E
R4

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-II 105

  (b) Electric field at points outside the large


r r
E1  ˆ
r sphere,
30 30
4 3 
where r̂ is a unit vector in radial direction.   3 R   
 Qtotal    r  R  r
3
E1  r
Similarly, the electric field E2 formed by the 40 r 3
40 r 3
30 r3
charge density – inside the cavity is
  4 
(s)    b3 
E2  Qtotal   3   
30 E2  3
s   3 (r  a)
40 s 40 ( r  a)

Here, s is the radius vector from the cavity
center to the point P. From vector triangle b3  
         (r  a)
r  a  s or s  r  a 30 ( r  a)3
   The resultant electric field is
(r  a)
 E2 
30    3 3
  R    b    
E  E1  E2    r      (r  a)
The resultant electric field inside the cavity 30  r   r  a 
is, therefore, given by the superposition of
 
E1 and E2 , So

     a
    r  (r  a)  a Electric field inside
E  E1  E2       costant 
30  30  30  30 the cavity

     3 Electric field outside
a     
 E2 
 
E(r)   r    b   (r  a) the cavity but inside
30  r a
 30 
   
 the large cavity
(ii) (a) Electric field at points inside the large 
  3 Electric field
sphere but outside the cavity :   b    
3
   R 
  r      (r  a) outside the
   3 ra
r  r    
E1   0   l arg e sphere
3 and
0

4 3  
   b  (r  a)
1 q(s) 3
E2   
 3 Section D - Plates
40 s3 40 r  a
The resultant electric field is
15. 3Q and 4Q
      b    
3

E  E1  E2  r      (r  a)
30   r  a 

www.motion.ac.in
106 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

Exercise - IV PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS

LEVEL - I JEE MAIN


1. C 6. A
When the two conducting spheres are
connected by a conducting wire, charge will Statement I is dimensionally wrong while from
flow from one sphere (having higher potential) Gauss' law,
to other (having lower potential) till both 4
acquire the same potential. . r 3 r
Therefore E(4r )  3
2  E
3o
o
V E r 2
E  1  1   2 :1 gives statement II is correct.
r E 2 r2 1
7. C
2. A Electric field inside the uniformly charged
For uniformly charged spherical shell, kQ
Q sphere varies linearly, E  3 .r , (r  R)
R
E=0, r<R = 4 r2 r  R ,while outside the sphere, it varies as
o
kQ
3. C inverse square of distance, E  2 ;(r  R )
r1 r
Q P Which is correctly represented in option(c).
 R 4
r4r2 dr
r 8. B
E4r12  0

o KQ
Formula v= n2
Qr12 R L
E 
4 oR 4

4. B
Apply shell theorem, the total charge upto dx
x
distance r can be calculated as followed
dq = 4r2.dr. K  dQ  KQ
dv = =  dx
5 r  5 r3  x x L
 4r 2.dr. o     4o  r 2dr  dr 
4 2 4 R  KQ
2L
dx KQ
r v=  = n2
5 r3  L x L
dq  q  4o  r 2dr  dr 

L

0 
4 R  9. 4
3 4
5 r 1r 
 4o   
4 3 R 4 
Q P
kq 1 1  5  r3  r 4 
E 2  .4  o     
r 4 o r 2  4  3  4R 
 r 5 r 
E o    1
r
A
r
A  r2 
r
4 o  4 R  r2dr ; E (r2) =
2
E(r ) = 
0

a
0 
a
rdr =  
0  2  a
5. C
d A A kQ
Electric field, E = -  2ar E (r2) = 2  [r2 – a2] ; E = 2  r 2 (r2 – a2) + 2
dt 0 0 r
By Gauss's theorem
q A  a2  kQ
E (4r ) = 
2
 q   8oar 3 E = 2  1  r 2  + 2
o
0   r
dq dq dr
  x dE a2 A
dV dr dV =0; = kQ
dr 2 0
 1 
 (24 oar 2 ) 
2
 4r  2kQ 0 2 Q0 Q
A= ; = 4 =
= -60a a2 0 a2 2a2

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-II 107

LEVEL - II JEE ADVANCED

1. C 4. A

 / 2 0
+ –+ +–+
 / 2 0 + –+ +–+
+ –+ +–+
+ –+ +–+
+ –+ +–+
2 –+
2 / 2 0 E net   + +–+
0 + –+ +–+
+ –+ +–+
KQ + –+ +–+
2. V'   V = potential of bubble ....(1)
a
kQ=Va Potential difference occur when charge is
volume of bubble = 4a 2 t given to inner cylinder.

bu bble 5. D

+ + + +
a
t q

consider drop of radius R then


+
dro p
Net charge on sphere = 0
R
6. B

kQ
potential of drop = V' '  .....(2)
R 

4 3 3
Volume is const. so  R  4a t
3
R = (3a2t)1/3
 Put R and kQ from above into equation (2)
1/3 
Va  a  
V ''   V E
(3a2 t)1 / 3  3t  3 0

3. A,B,C,D 7. B
for practical purposes earthing part of
electrical curcuit have zero potential
+ + + +
+
+
+ + +

v=const
+ + +

kq/r=V
r
+

+
+ + +

O a R r

www.motion.ac.in
108 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

8. A from II, III


Total charge on the nucleus = Ze 9(Q2  Q1 )
1
4(Q2  Q1  Q3 )
r from eq. (1) Q2 = 3Q1

R Q3
then 5 ...(2)
Q1
kZe from (1) & (2)
electric field at distance r = Q1 : Q2 : Q3 = 1 : 3 : 5
r2
12. 2
K(Ze)
E.F at surface = (independent of a) Given  = Kra
R2
r
4kr 3  a
9. B qin = k 4 x 2 a dx 
 3a
for a = 0 0
  qin
d
 (r) = – r  d  dq = 4r2 (r) dr
Now  E.ds   0
R
R R
d
Q  4r 2(r ) dr  4 r2   r  d  dr
 dx
0 0  R  x
(r )
d
R

r 4kr 3 a kr a 1
E(4r2) = ,E
 0 ( 3  a) 0 (3  a)
O R r dr
According to given condition
R 3 R
dr 1 k R a 1 k Ra 1
4  dr  4 dr 2 dr  Ze
 
0
R 0
8 0 (3  a) 0 (3  a)2a 1
2a + 1 = 8 a=2
  dR 3 dR 3  3Ze
 4    Ze = d
 4 3  R 3 13. A
10. C qin
r
=
0
In a non-conductor if  is uniform then E 
30 qin =charge on half disc + charge of point
We make the nucleus uniformly charge
distributed then a = R in which  = d (uniform) a a 
 ,  , 0
We make the nucleus uniformly charge  4 4 
distributed then a = R in which  = d (uniform)
+ charge of rod in the cubical surface
11. B
Q1 Q 2  Q1 Q  Q1  Q 3 6 8 a a
   2   ( 7 )     = – 2C   =
2  5a a  2 4
4R 2 16R 2 36R 2   
 4 4
4Q1 Q 2  Q1 –2C
from I, II 1 1
Q2  Q1  4Q1 0

Q2 14. A
3 ...(1)
Q1 2 2R 2
F = Pelec. A  F  R2  F 
Q2+Q1 + Q3 20 0
Q1 Q2+Q1

R 2R 3R

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electrostatics Part-II 109

15. C 19. A,C,D


From the given figure For the charge distribution
 a a2
| A | a. 
2 2
 2 2
 
A  a î  a k̂ flux = E.A = E0a2

16. A,B,C,D
Initially
Q Q
VA VB for x = +a/2 and x = -a/2
flux is symmetric & same
RB also flux is same through
RA y = +a/2 and y = -a/2
qin 3q  q  q
for net flux     q / 0
Fig - 1 0 0
R A > RB
VA < VB z = +a/2 and x = +a/2 are
Q+q Q–q similar so same flux.
V
V
20. 6
RA RB
For c yl i nde r  =

M R 2 
 = R2
 
Fig - 2
(A) In conductor Enet = 0 at
(B) from fig : 2 QA > QB (To make the E = Ecylinder + Esphere
potential same)  =  × R2
KQA KQB
(C) R  (after connecting) 4 R3
A RB 2k kQ 2 k  
2kR  3 8
= 2R  2R 2 = –
K A 4R 2A KB 4R 2B A B   2R 2R 
2

=  R R
RA RB A B

  1  R 23 23R
(D) Use E = =  kR 1 –  = 4  24  16  6 ...(2)

0  24  0 0

17. C,D
23 R
Also E = 16 K .....(1)
18. A,C,D 0

For the charge distribution From equatio (1) and (2) K= 6

21. C
KQ 2KQ
E1 = E2 =
R2 R2
4KQ.R KQ
E3 = =  E2 > E1 > E3
(2R)3 2R 2

22. C
for x = +a/2 and x = -a/2
flux is symmetric & same  r  KQ 4KQ
E1  0   2
 2
also flux is same through  2   r0  r0
y = +a/2 and y = -a/2 2
 
qin 3q  q  q 4K 8K
for net flux      q / 0   2r0 
0 0 r02 r0
z = +a/2 and x = +a/2 are
similar so same flux.

www.motion.ac.in
110 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

23. C
 r  KQ 4KQ 26. 6
E1  0    2
 2   r0 
2
r0 2n
2n
2
 
360 
r
; 60  r  60
360
4K 8K R 
  2r0  
2
r0 r0 3r 40  3r
n=6
24. D Since angle is 60° hence total flux will be
1/6th of total flux.
R2

a 27. A
R1
+ +

 
t
E is uniform & both its magnitude & direction I  I0e RC
 
depends on a due to the vector nature of E . j(t)

25. C

(1) (2) (1) (2)


(0, 0) t
It is discharging of cylindrical capacitor.
F1 F2
2k
d d
–q
+q

Right  d  Right  d 
 force due to (2)  force due to (2)
 & due to (1)   while due to (1) .
Thus Fnet is leftwards. This Fnet is rightwards
 SHM  No SHM

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 111

1. D 8. C

Given that v d1 = v,, v d2 = ?


2. B
We know that
3RT I = neAvd
v v T
m
1 1 1
 Vd   
A d2 d2
3. C 4

i
j current density inversely proportional
A Vd 1 (d / 2)2 1
 
to area of cross section Vd 2 d2 4

Vd2  4V
4. C
In series circuit current is same
9. D
n1 Vd2 4 R = AB × 10C ± x %
i = n1eA Vd1 , i = n2eA Vd2 , n = V =
2 d1 1 colour - code
brown – 1

5. C black – 0

Given that vd' = 2vd green – 5

I = neAvd , A = r2  R = 10 × 105 ± 5 % 

r 2 10. B
I' = neA'vd' , A' =
4
R  (Resistance decreases which increase of
r 2
temperature)
I' = ne v'
4 d
11. B
r2
I' = ne . 2Vd Given that l = 5 m, d = 10 cm. = 0.1 m.
4
I' = I/2 l 17  108  5
R    5.7  105 
A   0.0952
6. D 4
i1 = neAV , i2 = n(2e) Av/4

3neAV
i = i1 + i2 =
4

7. C
i = neAVd
i is same so
A Vd

www.motion.ac.in
112 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

12. B 15. B
During stretching volume remains constant
V I 1
R=  =
 I V R T1
R
 A tan = 1/R= w +  T2
A
 1 > 2 1
x x
 R 1 < R2 2
A'
 T1 < T2
A'  T R
x
(0.5  x)
16. A
1.5

R=
R'= 4R A
Ax = A'(0.5 + x)
3.5  10 5  50  102
Ax Rsquare =
A' = ....(1) (10 2 )2
0.5  x

4 (  x) (0.5  x) 35


=  102 
 = + ....(2) 2
A A A'
Put value of A' in equation (2) from equation
3.5  105  2[1  102 ]
(1) Rrectangle =
(50  10  4 )
4 (  x) (0.5  x)2 = 7 × 10–5
 = +
A A Ax
 4x = x – x2 + (0.5)2 + x + x2 17. B
After solving x = (1/8)
2 O
Q O
4V
3
13. D 2V = 2V
4V 1A
2 1A 3  2A 5
P
l 1 2A –2V 4V –1V 1V
We know that R = 1V
A
Now Vp = + 2 – 4 + VQ
4a 2  VP – VQ = 2V
x 
2a2 a 

a   
y 2
  From R 
8a 8a  A
(2a)  
z  
4a2 2a 
x>z>y

14. D
B'coz copper is a conductor
But germanium & Si are semi conductors.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 113

18. B 21. C
A E + ir = 12.5 Volt
2 x
B E + (0.5 × 1) = 12.5
E = 12 volt
8 25 
y y 22. D
E – ir = 0
50  50 
E – ir = V (Discharging)
x E + ir = V (Charging)

A 2 x
23. A
L
25 50 50 2A R=
= A 2L 2A
R=
A
8
1V
y
B 8V

25 45 2L L
Req. = 2 + +8= 
2 2
8V 2.4V
1V
junction
R R/4
19. B
Let I be the current flow
V V
R1 2 R1 4 8 – IR – IR/4 = 1
A
v
28
R2 R2 I=
5R

R 28
8– × R = Vj
5R
V V V
Vj = 2.4V
2R1 = 2R 2 + 4R1

1 1 1 R2 24. A
R1 = R 2 + 2R1  R1 = 2
4
i= = 1 Amp
4
20. D V = E + ir = 2 + 1 × 3 = 5V
2
R
3 25. B
In b V = E + ir
R
R 2
R
3
26. D
R
A From graph I = 0  Open ckt.
B
V=y=E
11R When V = 0 . Imax
Req. =
18 E = ir
y = xr
r = y/x

www.motion.ac.in
114 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

27. D 30. A

E – ir = V
31. A
E
V=E– .r
R r
32. C
at R = 0
E r
V=0 33. C

28. C V2 240  240


P   115 .2KW
R 0.5
O
–4V 115.2  15
  100  89%
0.8 115.2
0.8 i2 i1

x 34. C
4V 0.8 i3
R i = 10A
i1 + i2 + i3 = 0

x4 x x4 +
+ + =0
0.8 0 .8 0.8 120V –
x=0
– +
i.e. there is no curent in 0.8  resistor
1
100V
4
i1 = i3 = i = = 5A 20
0.8 = = 10
R 1
 V = E – ir = 1 – (5) (0.2) = 0
R = 1

29. C
35. A
a b
R
3V 1 15V 2

R V r
From circuit analysis we get
V
i=
18 Rr
i=
R3
move in the circuit from point b to a

18
Vb = – (1) + 3 + Va
R3
Vb – Va = 0 = – 18 + 3R + 9
 3R = 9
R = 3

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 115

36. B 40. A
R

v2 dQ
Initially H = i= = 2 – 16t
R dt

Now after cutting 1/ 8


2 R
Power in one branch V Heat = R  (2  16t) .dt ,
6
0
2 2
V nV
= =
R/n R
41. B
Total power R/n
V2 
nV2 nV2 P= R=
= + + ... R/n R A
R R
V2 (   0.1)
2 2 P' = R' =
n V 0.9R A
= V
R
1.11V 2  0.9
P' = , R' = 0.9 =
37. B R A A

v2   11 
H= t, & R = P' = 1  P
R A  100 

P' increses by 11 %.
AV2
H t

42. D

A V2
H We know that P 
 R

r2
H (200 )2 RA RB
 Then RA =
300
Heat is doubled only when r,  doubled
(200 )2
RB =
38. C 600 200 V D.C.

In series
2
Vrated 2
R=  R  Vrated
Prated
( 200)2
Req = RA + RB, P =
 In series I is same. ( 200)2 (200 )2

300 600
2
Power = I2R  Vrated
P = 200 Watt

39. C
P=V.i, P = E.  . JA

P
= EJ
A

www.motion.ac.in
116 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

43. C High resistance in series 45. A


Net current
Voltmeter 60 
RV I1
A 120
I= = 1.2A I 60  I2
60  40 V
Rv  120 
1 1
R I1 : I2 = :
60 120
=2:1
44. C
2
I1 = × 1.2 = 0.8 Amp..
1volt 3
V
hence Reading V = 0.8 × 60 = 48 V

x y 46. D

O
i=0
r

E
=1 ...(1) 
rxy
12 O
10 volt 12
O From circuit diagram voltmeter reading will
x
be 12V

47. A
r
R1 × 60 = R2 × 40 ....(1)
E.r
E = 10 volt R 2  10
x r
R1 × 50 = R  10 × 50 ....(2)
2
Ex
= 10 volt ...(2)
xr 50R1 10R2  50
Devide (2) by (1) 60R  R  10
1 2
E R 2  40
= 1 volt ...(3)
rxy

 x = 1 10 
R2 = 5 ,R1 =
3
12  1
= 10
1 r
 r = 0.2 48. A

6
Potential gradient x =
1

2
6 = 4   = m
3

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 117

49. B 52. B
case 1 1
12 × (100 – x) = 18 × x
1200 – 12x = 18x 11 volt
V = 1volt
30x = 1200 R  10
x = 40 cm
A
case 2
12 × (100 – x) = 8 x
1200 – 12x = 8x V
I
r R
 x = 60cm
11
I= = 1 Amp,,
50. A 10  1

11 1 1 volt
Potential gradient = x = =
10 m
R
R
A A 53. A
I0 I0
V From V : IR
P
Voltmeter  E  3E
Potentiometer (finite Resistance) When S1 is closed V1 =  4R  3R = = 0.75E
  4

In case of voltmeter Req < R hence E 6E


When S2 is closed V2 = . 6R = = 0.85E
7R 7
I > I0
As voltmeter always take some current When both S1 & S2 are closed

from the circuit V < V0 E 2E


V3 = × 2R = = 0.6E
3R 3
51. C V2> V1 > V3
0 R  8
1.5
– +
0.5A 12V
8 6 7.5
N O
A
8V B
1 r1
3V
2V 6 2 G
8
 2 12 r2
6
=4V

8  4m
1m  2 Volt
1 Volt  0.5 m
0.5 volt  25 cm

www.motion.ac.in
118 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. C 8. C
Given that l1 = 20 cm, R1 = 5  ,
2. C l2 = 40 cm, R2 = ?
Due to random motion During stretching volume of wire is constant
of e , vmean = 0
-
20A  40A'  A'  A / 2

3. D l
We know that R 
A
i = neAVd
V = iR
R 2 l2 A 40 A
   
R 1 l1 A' 20 A
4. B 2
we no that I = neAvd
R 2  20
I I
Vd   2
neA r
9. C
2 2
y :  = 0 (1 + T)
Vd1  I  r   4  2 
  1  2       16  is –ve for semi conductor
Vd2  I2  r1   1  1 
z : temp    Hence rate of collision 

5. B 10. A
in this question n p
B B
A  s, e q R1 = (1 + BT)
A
i = neAVd
C C
i R2 = (1 + CT)
= Vd A
sq
Req. = R1 + R2

6. D B B B B    
Req. = + BT + C C + C C CT
A A A A

F = –e E Net resistance is independent of temp.
So e – moves randomly but slowly drift
B  BB T    T
opposite to E.  + C C C =0
A A

7. B B CC
Given that l = 15 m, A = 6.0 × 10-7 m2.
  C = B B
R = 5 ,  = ?

RA 5  6  107
   0.2  106 m
l 15

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 119

11. D 18. D
Apply current density concept
  1
A B
I  j . dA V
1
1 1

E
x dx D (1 – x) V x C

( 2  x )1 2
x= , x – 4x + 2 = 0
3x

x=2± 2
 x 
 J0   1  for 0  x  R /2
 R 
 CE 2 2
I=  x R =
 J0 R for
2
x R ED 2 1

CE ( 2  2 )( 2  1) 2 2 22 2
R /2 R = =
x  x ED ( 2  1)( 2  1) 1
i= 
0
J0   1 2xdx +
R 

R /2
J0 2xdx
R
CE
= 2
ED
5
i= J0R2
12
19. B

12. D A

13. D x x

y y
14. D
B

15. A Folding symmetry

16. C 20. B

B i/3 C
17. C
i/6
2i
A D 3
i/3 i=0
i/6 i/3
i/2
G
F
i/3 i/6
i/2
H
i/6 E

www.motion.ac.in
120 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

21. A 24. B
R
5 3 3 L R
2L  2R
2A 1A 1A 0.5
Q' = 2Q
10 10 4 to rai s e T
28V 2R
t em pe rature i n
same time t.
4 2 3 I'2 R't = 2I2 RT
After circuit Analysis we get Req = 14  I'2 (2R) T = 2I2RT

28
 I' = I
I= = 2 amp..
14
nE 3E
= n=6
2R R
22. C
In parallel combination equivalent resistance 25. B
Req is less then the minimum value of any of
resistance R1< R
In series Req is greater than maximum of E1 r1 E2 r2
resistance. R2 > R. O

E2 – ir2
23. A

2R 2R R
2R

P r r Q E1  E2
i
R  r1  r2
2R 2R
So for E2 – ir2 < 0 (for increasing i)

Due to mirror symmetry circuit becomes as


 E1  E2 
like E2 –  R  r  r  r2 < 0
 1 2

2R 2R  E2 (R2 + r1) < E1r2

P r r Q

2R 2R

Req = 2rR/r+R

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 121

26. D
x  10 x6 x5
Now + + =0
10 20 30
(E + ir)A B
10  8
n–2 x = 8V, i1 = = 0.2A
10

30. A
Eneq = (n – 4) . E rneq = nr
V = E – ir
From circuit analysis we get
 v = -ir + E
V = E + ir ....(1)
V
(n  4)E E  (n  4)E .r  2  r
i= ,
nr  = 2E 1  n  i
nr    
10
r r  5
27. B 2

r1 1
31. C In parallel resistance   i 

R x r2 2 O
E nE
A B 32. A i= =
r /n r
r3 3

33. A
x  1 x  2 x  3 For power maximum
r1 + r2 + r
3
=0
 rmax
x = 2 volt P = i 2r
Current through each network is same

r i2r
28. C In first case Req = , P1 =
3 3
In series V = V1 + V2 = 20V
In second case Req = 3r, P2 = i23r

29. B 3r i2 3r
In third case Req = , P3 =
Let potential of junction is x , then current 2 2
shown in circuit
2r i2 2r
6V In forth case Req = , P4 =
3 3

From above four cases P2 > P3 > P4 > P1



20
i1 x i2
10V 10 i3
30

5V

www.motion.ac.in
122 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

34. A 37. A
I2R is maximum for R1 resistance As I > I1 & I2
V2
Situation shown in diagram P =
R 50 I2
Case I Case II I I1
3V 50 20

(200)2 (200)2
R1  R2 
60 100
maximum power dissipation in R1.

38. B
P = V.I V  I2

200 V
39. B
As Req decreases Inet increases hence current
In series combination
through X increases but as Inet will now be
distributed in Y & Z, current in Y decreases.
200 2 200 2 200 2  160
R eq  R 1  R 2   
60 100 60  100
40. A
2002  160 i = At B
P  37.5 W
60  100
at t = T, i = 0 R
 0 = AT + B
35. A  AT = –B
R = (120)2 /60
+ – + – + – T T
40 40 40

P=
(40) 2
× 60 ,
q=  dq =  (t  AT) dt
2 0 0
(120 )
120
= 6.7 Watt
AT 2
 q= – BT2
2
36. D
AT 2 2q
 q=– A=
R
2 T 2
2i/3
T T 2
i 3R  2qt 2q 
2R 2

i/3 0

Heat = i R.dt 
0   
 T2  T  Rdt

T 2
V2 4I2R 4q2  t 
P1   I2R  =  1   .R.dt
R 9 T 2  T 
0

P 2  I2  3R
4q2  ( T )3 2( T )2  2
= T  2
  R = 4q R
P1 4 2 
T  3( T ) 2T  3T

P2 27

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 123

41. D 43. B
All resistances are parallel so potential is S2 is open
same
6V
V = 0.3 × 20 = 6V

1 1 1 G
i1 : i1 : i3 = R : :
1 20 15

A B
= 60 : 3R1 : 4R1 L/2 /2

3R1 ()
 0.3 = 60  7R × (0.8) O
1
According to diagram
 R1 = 60 

= 6V  = 12V
2
42. C
L  12V

7L
 7 volt
12

10

6V r
12 7 Volt
5L/12 G
12 O
For balanced condition 7L/12
R 1 R 3 = R4 R 2 O
12V
(A) No effect of emf of battery
6 – ir = 5
(B) (R1 + 10) (R3 + 10)  (R2 +10) (R4 + 10)
Incorrect 6
6– r=5
(C) (5R1) (5R3) = (5R2) (5R4) 10  r
R 1 R 3 = R2 R 4 correct.  6r = 10 + r r = 2
(D) Balanced
44. D
R1 R4 r = ig (R + rg)

G
45. C
R2 R3 V
R=
i i1
4A
i1 < 4A
20 = i1R 4A
i2
20 A
R = i > 5
1 20V

www.motion.ac.in
124 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

46. A

D R
+ –

J
A
B
r
C G

(A) Zero deflection does not depend on r


(B) If R > R0 then drop across potentiometer
is negligible
 We will not get zero deflection
(C) Notes
(D) Notes

47. A
We can observer that 10, 10 and 20 are
shorted and bypassed, so no current will flow

45V
in then and I = = 0.5 A.
90

+
90
45V 10
A 10

20

Alternative :

90 I
+ A
– –
10 –
– 10

20
45V
I  0.5A
90

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 125

1. A,D
i = neAVd , R  l
i = neAVd  dq = neAVd . dt A
 V i.R i..dx
E1 = = =
is fixed. dx dx A.dx
i. 1
2. ABCD = constant E1  A
A 1

   E1 A 2

R= = = same E2 A1
t t
V = iR = same dx
i same P = i 2R  i 2
A
i2R same.
6. A,C
3. A,B,C
Current should be maximum in 2
A B
O 8
E+ir

R
4. A,C,D Should be minimum
1V 2V
A 3  R = 0 (power should be maximum
1 –1 when r = 0)
i3
O Power = 72 watt.
D x
i1 B
7. A,C
2

3 4 i2 V 10V 
3V 1V R1    1k 
I 10mA
220 V   (A) and (C)
Let potention of point B is x then from R2   4.4 k 
kirchhoff's first law 50mA 
i1+i2+i3 = 0 8. A,D
To ensure maxi mum c urrent through
x x2 x 1
+ + =0 ammeter its resistance should be small.
2 4 3 To e ns ure mi ni mum current throug h
6x  3 x  6  4x  4 voltmeter its resistance must be very large.
=0
12
9. B,C
 13x = 2
Given R = 100 , ig =50 A
2
x= volt  rg 
13 i = ig 1  R 
 
5. A,B,C,D V = ig (r + Rg)

E2 10. A,B
E1
As emf of E1 is distributed over the wire AB.
(1) dr (2) Hence A is correct E2 is balanced by fraction
dx of length of wire E1 > E2.
We only balance potential difference hence
B is correct.

www.motion.ac.in
126 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. 1.5625 × 1019 9. 0 I | 1 – 2 |

Net charge per second = i = icu + iSo4 I


E1 = 1
A
icu = iSo  = i1
4

I
0.5 E2 = 2
i = 2i1 = 0.5  i1 = A
2

i1t 0.5 5
 I
So total Cu++ = =  10 = × 1019 E0 + = 1
ze 2e 3.2 2 0 A

 I
– E0 + =– 2
2. 1.56×10-2m/s 2 0 A

 I
2 = ( – 2)
3. 1.25 × 1017, (b) × 106 A/m2 0 A 1

A = I0 (1 – 2)
 i V
e
No. of = =
sec e Re 10. 1127 K

20 2
= =  1017 11. 1
1000  1.6  10 19 1.6

i V 2 A
J  =  10 6 Amp/m2
A Rr 2 
2

O 1
1 1
4. 25 V/m 1
x x
V = IR = 10 × 5 = 50 Volt
1
2 2
V 50 y 1 y
E= = = 25 V/m
 2
Due to folding symmetry circuit is as like
5. R/9 A

2
6. 27:6:1
1 1
1 1
7. 544  D

2 2

8. 84.5°C
1 1 1 1 4
   
R AD 4 2 4 4

RAD = 1

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 127

Apply kirchhoff's first law


12. (a) 7.5 V, (b) 24 mA(c) greater than 12 V
x  4.5 x0 x3
Discharging condition + + =0x=3
3 6 10
V = E – ir = 12 – 90 × 5 × 10–2
V = 7.5 volt 33
So i across 10 = =0A
10
E
(b) i =
r R
16. 19 V
For imax  R = 0
Using KVL
E 12 30 – 2 – 1 – V1 – 3 – 5 = 0
So imax = = = 24 mA
r 500  V1 = 19V
(c) greater then 12 V, V = E + ir
17. (a) 3.7 V (b) 3.7 V

22
13.  2
35 X b
4V
– +
3 3 5

+ 2V
4V 4
i i
8
2 a y
i=
5

2 4
Vx + 3 × + 4 – 3 × = Vy
5 8

6 3
Vx + + 4 – = Vy
5 2
Vx – Vy = 3.7 V
22
RAB =  No current in branch ab so there is no change
35
in Vx – Vy.

3r 18. 1
14.
5
FD & EC will be removed due to symmetry 4 R x 4

because D & F are symmetric to E & C. 6

RAB = 3r/5 2
4V 10
10
15. zero 0 0 0

3 6 10
4.5 3
4.5V
3V
O

www.motion.ac.in
128 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

19. 1V
  R2
For imin Rmax . So S1 is open,
R1  r = R 2  r . R1
S2 is open & S3 is open

 r= R1R 2
6 3 2A
a
6
1A 1A
1 9 22. 90 watt
1 1
2A
2
24V b 10  E  E2
=   R = (when in series)
O O O 3  3R  9R

From circuit analysis we get


E2
Req = 12  = 30 ...(1)
R
I = 24/12 = 2 A
Va – Vb = 1 V E2
In Parallel = 30
R
20. (a) 12 W (b) 4W (c) 8 W So total 3 × 30 = 90 watt
(d) 4 (e) 4W

2 1
23. 12A, – 20 W
 Req = 3
25 25 25
25
E 6
i = R = = 2A 10V 5V 20V 30V
eq 3 25V
15 30 5V 55
12A
1 1 1 5 10 5 11
i1 : i2 : i3 :: : :
8 4 8 3A 3A 1 5A
 1:2:1 O O O

1
 i1 = i3 = × i = 0.5 A
4 50 22  11
24. (a)  4.55A (b)  48.4 
11 5
2 (c) 1000 W (d) 240 cal s–1
i2 = i = 1A
4
(e) 80/3 gm min-1
P1 = i2 R = 0.25 × 8 = 2W
(a) P = VI
P2 = 4W
 1000 = 220 × I
P3 = 16W
(a) 12W (b) 4W (c) 8W 50
 I= A = 4.55 A
11
(d) 4 (e) 4W

V2 220  220 22  11
(b) R = = =  = 48.4
21. R1 R 2 P 1000 5
(c) P = 1 kWatt
2 2
     
  . R . t =   . R . t P 1000 cal 240cal
(d) Joule/sec. = _
~
 R1  r   R2  r 
1 2
4.2 4.2 sec . sec

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 129

(B) 10 + ir – V = 0
dm
(e) P = L V = 11 volt
dt
(H) (A) P = – [Vbox I] (B) Vbox I
dm dm 12 = – [9 × 1] = 11 × 1
240 = 540 ×  = gm / sec
dt dt 27 = – 9 Watt = 11 Watt
27. 4
12 80
× 60 gm/minute = gm / min ute
27 3
i3 5 i4 5

25. 90% 6
4
i2
iR i5
60 = × 100  3 (R + r) = 5R i 1 2
i(R  r )
i
3r = 2R
V
i(6R) 6R
now  = × 100 = × 100
i(6R  r ) 2R
6R  1 1 1
3 i1 : i2 : i3 = : : = 15 : 5 : 6
2 6 5
= 90
15 5 6 4
i1 = × i, i2 = × i, i3 = × i, i4 = × i
26. (a) E = 10 V each 26 26 26 9
(b) (A) act as a source and
5
(B) act as load i5 = check i2R for all
9
(c) VA = 9V, VB = 11 V
(d) PA = 9 W, PB = 11 W
28. 600
(e) Heat rate = 1 W each
(f) 10 watt.
100
(g) 9V, 11 V A

(h) –9W, 11 W
(a) E = 10V in each case R 50
(b) (A) as source (B) as load
+ –
(C) (A) E – ir = 10 –1 = 9V
300 1.5 V
(B) E + ir
= 10 + 1 = 11 volt
When both switches open then
(D) (A) output (B) Output
P = VI P = VI 1.5 1
i= i= Amp..
= 9 × 1 = 9 watt = 11 × 1 450 300
= 11 watt When closed
(E) (A) i R
2
(B) i R
2

= 1 Watt = 1Watt 1
volt A O
3 1/300
(F) EI = 10 × 1 = 10 (in ech case) R
1
volt O
(G) (A) 10 – ir – V = 0 3
V = 10 – 1 1
volt O
3 300 1.5V
= 9 volt

www.motion.ac.in
130 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

From circuit analysis we get


1 1
× R =  R = 600
6  300 3 12  48
Req = + 0.4 + 6 = 16 
12  48
1
= 1.5 – i × 300
3 60  20
I= = 2.5 Amp
16
7
 i=
6  300 1
I1 = × 2.5 = 0.5 Amp..
5
V = 7 × 0.5 = 3.5 Volt
3 3  5 .5
29.  0.15 A ,  0.83 A
20 20
25 5
31. V  2.78 V, A  0.278 A
9 18
5.5V

x
i4 i3 i2 i1
5 10 2 1 5A
A 10A

10  20 20 r
 i1 + i2 + i3 + i4 + 5 = 10
20  10 3
x x x x
+ + + + 5 = 10
1 2 10 5

For imax (rmin = 0)


50 25  50  1 5
x= = V, i10 =  18  = A
E 18 9   10 18
5 .5
imax = = = 0.825 A
20 20
 rmin 0
3 3
32. 20 ohm
For imin (rmax = 30) 5A 24/5
96 1
i= = Ampere
E 5 .5 480 5
imin = = = 0.15 A
20 20 O
 rmax  30 96 480
3 3 24
 +R = 96
5
 R = 20
30. I = 2.5 A, V = 3.5 volts

5 7
60 V

I 0.4
41 7
20V V
4 8
2 10

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 131

36. 7.5 m, 8.75 m


50
33. A
73 480
i2 2V

V
i= R G
eq i 20 i1
10m
O
2volt
20 30
i= 20V G
10  20  480
500 1 1.5 volt

20  500 10m  2volt


= ,
5000  9600
1 volt  5 meter
50 A 1.5 volt  7.5 meter
i= (Reading of Ammeter)
73

(a) 2V 5
34. 46.67 cm
2
 0  10V 10 35
10m
O 30
2
 30
35
2V 12 G
5V  volt
1 O 7
3V 3
V G
+ – B
2V
1 12 70
A volt  10m, 1 volt  m
3 7 12
4V 5
70
1.5 V  × 1.5 m = 8.75m
35. 4 ohm 12

10V
10 O
(b)

40 cm
10
O
G
5V
– +
10
5 1 G
5
5  1  6Volt
R 1 R
5

5
5+ × 1 = 6 Volt
1 R
5 = 1 + R  R = 4

www.motion.ac.in
132 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. 5×1028/m3, 2×10-3 m/s


V V0 A  e 
 i   
R  0L  e  1 
2. (a) J0A/3; (b) 2J0 A/3
A (b) V(x) = I R (x)

(a) from I = JA vx x
v 0 A  e  0 x / L

I R
r
 dv   
0L  e  1 A e dx
 v0 0

0 dI  0 J0 1  R  2rdr r dr

v 0  e    L  x /L
 v x  v0   
L  e  1  1 
e  
x
0
J0R 2
I
3
v0e
v x  v0  [e  x / L  1]
J0 A (1  e)
I
3
 (e  x / L  1) 
I R  vx  v0  1
 1
J0r  (1  e ) 
(b)  dI   R .2rdr
0 0

 e  x / L  e 1 
 v x  v0  1 
2J0  R3  2
  2 2J0 A  1 e 
I  3   3 J0R  I
R   3

5
4.  eff  
 0L  1 V0 A  e  4
3. R 1   ; I   ;
A  e  0L  e  1
1 1 1
 
R eq R1 R 2
V0 (e  x/L  e 1)
V
1  e 1
1 1 1
Given  = 0 e–x/L   
R eq (1   eff ) R (1  t ) 3R (1  2t )

 0 e  x / L dx
(a) dR  3R
A  R eq 
4
L
1
R 0 e  x / L dx = L  0 [e  x / L ]L0
 4 1 1
A0 A  
3(1  eff t) (1  t) 3(1  2t)

4 1
(1   eff t)1  (1   t)1  (1  2t)1
3 3
V0 0
x (using binomial theorm
dx
4 1
 (1   eff t)  (1  t)  (1  2 t)
3 3
 0L  1 
R 1
A  e 

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 133

Case - II
4 3  3t  1  2t
(1   eff t) 
3 3 r
r r r r
5 r
 4 – 4 eff t= 4 – 5 t, eff = 
4 r

Wheat stone bridge valid


5. 300%

R 2  r  2r 2r  r  3r 
6. (3/11) (with the help of W.S.B)

1 3 1 R2 3
Now Re q     
  x  5  x R1 5

d  1 
 0 for (Req )max 8. 7/5 times the length of any side of the square
dx  R eq 
Given circuit is
Applying KVL : in closed loop ABEFA

A A 2r I1 + I3 r – I2 r = 0
 2I1 + I3 – I2 = 0 ...(1)
3  3 Applying KVL in closed loop BCDEB
  /3
(I1 – I3) r – ( I2 + I3) 2r – I3 r = 0
/3

D C r
B C 2 r
x 2  x r i1–i3 C
A i1 2r B r r
i3 r
i I
r
r r
1 1 i2 r
  0
(5  x)2 (  x)2 F E 2r i2+i3 D r

 x=2
 I1 – 2 I2 – 4 I3 = 0 ...(2)
3
Now circuit is R eq     Solving (1) & (2), we get
 11 
I2 = – 3 I3 , 4I1 = – 2I3
i = i1 + i2 = – 3.5i3
R2 3
7.  i3 1 2
R1 5   
i 3.5 7
Case-I

r r r r

R1 = 5r

www.motion.ac.in
134 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

(k  1)2
;
k (k  1) /k  V
2
0
9. (i) (ii)
k (k  1) R3

 1  V0 V0 V0  1 
(i) 1  K  R  KR  KR 1  K 
  1 2 1  

K 1 1 K 1 vb – va = 12 V
 
R1 R 2 KR1

K  1 1 1
1   (ii)
R1  K  R 2
V0 R1 R1 R1
V0/k V0/k2 V0/kn–2 V0/kn–1 V0/kn

V 0/k[1 – 1/k]
V 0/R 1K[1 – 1/k]

V0/KR2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R3

R1 (K  1)2

R2 K
36
Now from again apply KCL i= = 9A
4
R
 V0 V0  1 V0 V0
 k n 2  K n 1  R  k n 1R  k nR
  1 2 3

I1
11.  E = I1R
k2  k k 1
  
R1 R2 R3 E
R
R2 R
K(K  1)  K  2
R1 R3
I2  2E = I2R
R2 K
 
R3 K  1
E E
V V (K  1) V0 K  1
(ii) i 0  0 2 = R
KR 2 K R3 R3 K 2

I3
10. (i) Vab = –12 V, (ii) 3 amp from b to a E  E = I3R
(i) When switch is open
E
36
i  8A
9/2 6E 2 6E 2
36 V Now 3I3I2 = , 2I1 (I2  I3 ) 
R2 R2

6 3 22
12.  Volt
9
KCL at point P, Q, R, S then find out
3 6
4
9x = 4  x=
9
0V

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 135

4 15. 11  6 2
 vB – 1 – 1 – = vA
9 Let us assume each wire have cross sectional
area is A and square of length  then
x+4 1V x+3 1V x+2 1V x+1 1V x R
i2 i1 S  D C
P i3 Q R R=
A

V2 R R
PAB 
1V 1V 1V 1V 0 R

22
for power in DC
A B
v A – vB = – volt R
9
 R 2 
v 
 2  1
v1     V 2 v 12
13. (i) 10.52 ; (ii) 0.3125 
R 2 3 2  2 , PDC  R
(a) 0.44 = 0.2 V 5/2  2R
2 1
 V5/2 = 2.2 ...(1)
6 – V = 0.44 R ...(2)
R
Solving (1) & (2), we get D C
R R
0.2V5/2 R
V
2R
V1
6V

PAB (3 2  2)2
  11  6 2
R = 10.52  PDC 2
Prod = 2 Presistance
(VI)rod = 2 (I2R)resistance
16. 7.2 m
(b) 0.2 V5/2 × V = 2 × (0.2 V5/2)2 R
Resistane of potentiometer wire
0.2 V7/2 = 0.08 V5 R
= 11.5 × 10 = 115
1 = 0.4 V3/2 R
6 – V = 0.2 V5/2 R 2
Current in the circuit i = A
6 = V(1.5) 115

 V = 4V Now cell is balanced at 6.9 m

1
 R=  0.3125 2V
3 .2

14. 4/9 kg/sec, 450 sec 2V 0


Power given to turbines is x G
 90% of x = 40 W V

400 400 4
x= W , mgh =  m = kg/sec. So i (6.9 × 11.5) = V,
9 9 9
2
200 V  6.9  11.5   1.38 V
t=  9 = 450 sec. 115
4
after 5  is also connected then

www.motion.ac.in
136 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

2V 5 18. RA=8/3R, RV=8R


2
i
120

At Balanced l
2 0
condt.
G
i ( × 11.5)
V
= 1.38,  = 7.2 m

17. 233.3, 144V

300
Current sensitivity = = 6 mA/div..
50

 
 E 
I  Amp.
10 r
 100  
 10  r 

(effective resistance of circuit = 100 + (10r/


10+r))
s  10

90 
G
ig rg=r
I

10

current through galvanometer

 
10 I 10  E 
ig    
(10  r ) (10  r )  10 r 
100 
 10  r 

In this situation ig = 9 × 6 = 54 mA

10 E
 54 × 10–3 = ...(1)
 10 r 
(10  r )100 
 10  r 

Similarly

50 E ...(2)
30  6  10 3 
 50 r 
(50  r )100 
 50  r 

from eq. (1) & (2)


r = 233.33 
E = 144 V

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 137

1. B 4. C
X Y
The galvanometer shows G
E
zero deflection ie, current I=
R r
through XY is zero R 2V
12V
As a result potential drop E
I=  cons tan t
across R is 2V. Circuit can R
be redrawn as
Where, R = external resistance
Y
12 r = internal resistance = 0
I
500  R I
R 2V
Voltage across R, V=IR 12V 5. D
The internal resistance of the cell
12
2  xR
500  R
 l1  l2  240  120
or 1000 + 2R = 12R r =  l R  x 2  2
 2  120
or R = 100

6. A
2. B
Req = R1+R2+R R1 R2 V2
p=
A B R
2E
I 
R1  R2  R E E V2 200 x 200
R hot    400
P 100
According to the
R
question, 400
R cold   40
- (VA-VB) = E - IR2 10
 0 = E - IR2
or E = IR2 7. C

2E V2
or E = R  R  R R2 Rsistance of electric bulb R = , where
1 2 P
subscripts denote for rated parameters.
or R 1  R 2  R  2R 2
or R = R2-R1 (220)2
R=
100

3. A Power consumed at 110 V,

V2 V2 V2
H1  t and H2  t Pconsumed =
R (R / 2) R

H2 (110)2
 2 Pconsumed =  25W
H1 or H2 = 2H1 (220)2 / 100

www.motion.ac.in
138 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

8. B 11. B
Let resistance of bulb filament is R0 at 0 C0
The given circuit can be redrawn as
then from expression
R = R0(1+)
we have, 100 = R0[1+0.005 x 100]
and 200 = R0[1+0.05x]
where x is temperature in 0 C at which I

resistance become 200.


+ -
Dividing the above two equations
5V
200 1  0.005 x Which is a balanced Wheatstone's bridge and
 0
100 1  0.005 x100  x  400 C hence, no current flows in the middle resistor,
so equivalent circuit would be as shown
below.
9. B
For balanced wheatstone's bridge

P R

Q S
I

S1S2 P R(S1  S2 )
here S  S1 S2   
S1  S2 Q S1S2 + -

10. D 30 15  10


Kirchhoff's 1st law or KCL states that the
algebraic sum of current meeting at any I I
junction is equal to zero. In other words, we
can say that "the sum of all the currents + - + -

directed towards a junction in a circuit is 5V

equal to the sum of all the currents directed


V 5
away from that junction." Thus, no charge So, I    0.5A
R 10
has been accumulated at any junction ie,
charge is conserved, and hence, we can say
12. C
that KCL (  i  0) is based on conservation
From Rt = R0 (1+t)
of charge.
 5 = Ro (1+50) ...(i)
Kirchhoff's IInd law or KVL states that
algebraic sum of changes in potential around and 6 = R0(1+100) ...(ii)
any closed resistor loop must be zero. In other
5 1  50
words, "around any closed loop, voltage drops  
6 1  100
are equal to voltages rises". No energy is
gained or lost in circulating a charge around 1
or 
a loop, thus, we can say that KVL is based 200
on conservation of energy. putting value of  in Eq. (i) we get

 1 
5  R o 1  50  
 200 

or R0 = 4 .

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 139

13. D d. (C)
Let (A, lA, rA, AA) and (B, lB, rB, AB) are specific Choosing A as origin,
resistances, lengths, radii and areas of wires
A and B rspectively. 1
E  j  
2 r 2
 A lA  A lA
Resistance of A = RA= A  r2
A A (a  b)
1 1 l  1 1
VC  VB    2
dr    
BlB B lB 2 r 2   (a  b) a 
Resistance of B = RB= A  r2
a
B B

From given information, 1  1 1 


VB  VC   
B = 2A 2  a (a  b) 
rB = 2rA and R A = RB

 A lA B lB 16. (C)
 
rA2 rB2
A dksew
y fcUnwds: i esapq
uusi j
 A lA 2A  lB 1
or 2
 E  j  
rA (2rA )2 2 r 2

lB 2 (a  b)
or   2 :1 1 1 l  1 1
lA 1 VC  VB    2
dr    
2 a
r 2   (a  b) a 

14. B 1  1 1 
VB  VC   
From balanced Wheatstone bridge concept, 2  a (a  b) 
55 20
 or R = 220 
R 80
17. (C)

15. C 18. D
Let potential at P1 is 0 V and potential at P2 is
V0. Now apply KCL at P2.
19. D
let R 0 be the initial resistance of both
P1
conductors
At temperture  their resistances will be,
5V -2V R1 = R0 (1+1)
5V 2V
P2 and R2 = R0 (1+2)
For series combination,
Rs = R1+R2
Vo  5 Vo  0 Vo  (2)
  0 Rso (1+s) = Ro (1+1)+Ro (1+2)
2 10 1
Where Rso = Ro +Ro =2Ro
5  2R0(1+s)=2Ro+Ro(1+2)
or Vo 
16
1  2
or  s 
Vo 2
Sox, current through 10 resistor is from
10
for parallel combination,
P2 to P1.

www.motion.ac.in
140 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

23. A
R1R 2
R 
R1  R 2 Sl Sl 2
R   (V  volume)
A V
R 0 (1  1)R o (1  2 )
R Po (1  p)  R l
R o (1  1)  R o (1  2 )  2  0.2 %
R l
Where,

R oR o R 24. C
R PO   o
Ro  R o 2 As the rated power of 25 W is less than 100
W, it implies that 25 W bulb has higher
Ro R 2 (1  1  2   12 2 ) resistance. As in series connection, current
(1  p )  0
2 R o (2  1  2 ) through both the bulbs is same but heating
in 25 W bulb is more than that of 100W bulb.
as 1 and 2 are small quantities So, 25 W bulb will get fused.
 1 2 is negligible
25. A
1  2
or P  2  (   ) From Ohm's law,
1 2

V
R  ln R  ln V  ln i
  2   1  2   i
 1 1   
2   2  
R V i
    3%  3%  6%
2
As (1  2 ) is negligible R V i

1  2
 P  26. B + –
2
120
v1 =  240 = 117.07
246
20. B 120 v
at t = 0 Inductor behaves as open circuit. 120
v2 =  48 = 106.67
so, I = V/R2 at t = 0 54

v = v1 – v2
21. B
= 117.073 – 106.67
Resistance of combination Re = 4R 120 v
= 10.4
R e R 5 x 100
    5%
Re R 100 27. B
Statement-I  (False)

22. D  G
I = Ig  1  
Potential gradient of a potentiometer,  R

I  0.2 x 4 x 10
7 If R  More
K 7 = 0.1 V/m
A 8 x 10 I  Less
Statement-II  (True)
Addition shunt in parallel decreases the
resistance.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 141

28. A 30. A
1
V2
P= 6V
R P0

(200)2
R1 = 9V
40
Total current x
Q
V V V V
= R × 15 + R × 5 + R × 5 + R × 1 x9 x6 x
1 2 3 4 + + =0
5 3 1
R = V2/P
3x  27  5x  30  15x
 =0
40  15 100  5 80  5 1000 15
= + + +
220 220 220 220
3
= 11.3626 A  x= A
23
Minimum value is 12 A.
from Q to P

29. B
31. D
i = neAVd
S
V l
 = neAV
Vd {R  }
R A
i-ig
VA


= neAV
Vd G
i ig

5 G = 100, ig = 1 mA
 i = 10
  0.1

= 8 × 1028 × 1.6 × 10–19 × 2.5 × 10–4 Gig 100  1  103 100  10 3


10–5 Sc = i  i = =
  = 1.56 × m g 10  103 (104  1)10 3
  1.6 ×
~ 10–5 m
100
= = 10–2 = 0.01 
104

32. B
For cu, resistance increases linearly
For Si, resistance decreases exponentially

www.motion.ac.in
142 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. D x 2

 100    rg  G
i =100×10–6 1  0.1  i  ig 1  
    R (y + 20)
(80 – y)
= 100.1 mA x > 2
2(100 – y) = xy ...(i)
2. Error Ka sawal hai.
x (80 – y) = 2(y + 20) ...(ii)
x. 1 = R × 2 After solving we get x = 3
x 1 R 2
R=  x= 
2 1 5. A - 's, q' or 's' alone
B - 'q'
R.d 2 R.d1. 2 C - 'p, q' or 'p' alone
dx =  –
1 12 D - 'q, r' or 'r' alone
For error
6. C
dx d 2 d 1
=  +  For R1
x 2 1
Wheat stone Bridge valid
for minimum error 1 = 2 R1 = 1
for R2 = 0.5 (Wheat stone Bridge valid)
3. A for R3 = 2(from simple circuit annalysis)

R= V2
A R1 R2 Power P =
R
 P2 > P1 > P3
R1 =
2(2r )2
7. D
 R
R2 = = 1 x
2r 2 4 R.B.

P1 = i2 R1 ...(i) G n.d.
P2 = i R2 = i R1/4
2 2
...(ii)
From (i) and (ii) P1 = 4 P2 If x & null deflection remains same R.B.
should increase.
4. A
2 x 8. A,D

a 6  1.5
Rtotal = 2 + = 3.2 k
6  1.5
y (100 – y)
24 V
(A) I = = 7.5 mA = IR1
3.2k

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 143

11. C
RL
IR2 = I = 1.5 mA
RL  R 2
V R1
V = G1
IRL = 6mA A
RT
A = G2
(B) VRL = ( IRL ) (RL) = 9V
V R2
2
PR1 IR R1
1 25
(C) P = 2 =
R2 I R
R 2 3
2 12. 4
(D) When R1 & R2 are interchanged ,1

R 2RL 6 ,1
R 2  RL = 7 k

Earlier it was 9V R

PV 2

Since Pot. difference decreases three times


therefore, power dissipated will decreases 9
times.
2
 2 
J1   R
9. C  R  2 

L
R=   
2
A J2    R
R 1/2 
L
R= L
Lt t J1
 = 2.25  R = 4
L J2

R=
t
13. B

10. D  = 52 + 1 = 53
 = 48 + 2 = 50
V2
P= & 100 W > 60 W > 40 W
R X 10

V2 V2 V2
> >
R100 R 60 R 40

1 1 1 52 48
 R100 > R 60 > R 40
x  530
 x= = 10.6 ohm
10  ' 50

www.motion.ac.in
144 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

14. 5
V2
Since P =
R
6v 6v 0v

B
R
A Series : Req = time  half
2
1A

R 1
6v 3v 3v 1V Parallel : Req = time  times
8 8

vA–6–i–2i+3 = vA
i = –1A 18. 5

vA –vB= 5 V

15. A,B,C,D
By symmetry the 1 resistances don't get
any current so circuit reduces to ig = 0.006 Amp.

6
30 = [4990+ Rg]
1000

 4990 + Rg = 5000
 Rg = 10

s 0.006 6
 
10 1.494 1494

60 10
s=  
1494 249
12
I1 
6  12 = 3A  n=5
6  12

19. B
16. A,B,D The connection is in parallel
VA = VB
 A  A  A 
V1 = iR1 .....(i) RA  = A = 6
A (49  10  4  106 )
V2 = iR3 .....(ii)
(i)/(ii)
2.7  108  50  10 3
= = 3 × 10–5
V1 R 1 45  106

V2 R 3
Fe  Fe F  10 7  50  10 3
RFe = A = 6 =
Fe (4  10 ) 4  10 6
17. B,D
25 25
= × 10–7–3+6 = × 10–4
2 2

25
3  105   10 4
R A RFe 2
R= =
R A  FFe 25
3  105   10  4
2

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Current - 145

24. A,B,C,D
3  105  12.5  10 4
=
3  105  12.5  10  4 0V

12.5  3  109 25k


= 5
128  10
5 – 0
375 375 V
 × 10–10+5  × 10–5 +
128 128
50F
3750 1875
 × 10–6   A
128 64 (a) 5V 

20. 1 Amp. + –
(Using two times wheatstone bridge) Key 5V

21. A 5V

at t = 0 25k

+ + –
5 0
V
+

50F
t

A
I  I0e RC
0V

j(t) + –
Key 5V

(0, 0) t

It is discharging of cylindrical capacitor.


(b)

22. C,D
As the temperature increases, m decreases.
So frequency of radiation increases with
increase in temperature and resistance
increases. So current decreases and hence
power consumed (P = Vi) decreases (V is
constant given)

V = 5 (1 – e–t/RC)
23. A,C RC = 1
V = Ig (Rg + S) V = 5 (1 – e–ln(2))
if Rg and S is large V  V = 2.5 V
 Potential difference is zero.
 Rg  (c) I = I0(e–t/RC)
I  Ig  1   RC = 1
 s 
at t = 1 sec.
if s  Rg  I = I0/e
Then I  (d) at = 
I=0

www.motion.ac.in
146 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. A capacitance is 2 F. So 8 branches are needed


C = 4oR
C in parallel. So a total of 8 × 4 = 32 capacitors
R = 4  = 1 × 10–6 × 9 × 109 = 9 km
0 are required.

2. D 8 8 8 8
Charge / Current flows from higher to lower
potential or Q/C ratio. 8 section Total : 32

3. A
Charge / Current flows from higher to lower
potential or Q/C ratio. 8. B
Solving the circuit using following steps
KQ KQ
VA  , VB   VA > VB V C x
C
R 2R
AB C C C

4. B 0 0 0
0 A A
Given C = C C/2
d C C
If separation is halved d' = d/2 
0 A  2 B
C' = 0A/d' = = 2C C
d A
3C/2
C

5. C
Q1  900C Q2  2500C B
When the two capaci tors are connected A
1 . 5C
together let the common potential is V.
C 2 .5
3400 
900  2500  (3  5)V V  425V
8 B
Resultant capacitance of the circuit = 1.6C

6. C 9. C
Ci = 40r 1
Cf = 40R U CV2
2
The volume of the n drops is equal to the bigger 1
drop. = × 4 × 10–6 × (1 × 103)2
2
4 3 4 = 2 Joules.
N r = R3
3 3
R = N1/3r 10. A
Cf = N1/3 40r Initially
1 1
7. D Ui  CV2   0.5  106  10 4  0.25  10 2 J
2 2
To form a composite of 1000 V we need 4 When the 0.5 F capacitor is connected to an
capacitance in series. uncharged capacitor let the common potential
is V.
4 capacitance in series means in each branch

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Capacitance - 147

0.5 × 100 = 0.7 V 13. D


0.5  100 500 5µF 4µF
V  Volt b 2 2
0.7 7 a c d e
2µF 3µF
1 500 500
Uf = × 0.7 × 10–6 × ×
2 7 7
= 1.78 × 10–3 J 100V
Loss = Uf – Ui = 0.72 × 10–3 J Since potential of point d & e is same. No charge
will be stored on 5µF capacitor.

11. B 14. A
1 1
Ui = CV2 + 2C × (2V)2 A10V
2 2
When the two capaci tors are connected
together let the common potential is Vf.
CV –CV
O
q q 3CV V
= Vf
3C D
–4CV +4CV B
In final situation
–CV CV
From junction law
–V + 1
Uf = 3C × V2 (V – 10)1 + (V – 20)3 + (V – 25)2 = 0
2 6V = 120
–2CV 2CV
V = 20 Volt

15. B
12. B Let q be the charge on all the capacitor
10V –q +q –q +q –q +q
+ –
+ –
– M
+ –
+ –

+ –
– 7V 31V
C = 2µF
– N
– +
– + +q –q +q –q
– + Apply KVL

– +
– 4µF +
– q q q q q
20V 31 – – – –7– – =0
Before connection 4 2 4 6 12
Q1 = 2 × 10 = 20, Q2 = 4 × 20 = 80
 3  6  3  2  10 
1 1 24 =  q
Ui = 2(10)2 + 4 (20)2 = 900 J  12 
2 2
q = 12 µC
Since connected as shown
q q
After Qnet = – 20 + 80 Now VN + +7+ = VM
Connection =60 6 4
VM – VN = 12 V
60
V= = 10 Volt
24 16. D
1 2V 0 –2V
Uf = 6(10)2 = 300 J
2
2F
Heat generated = –Uf + Ui = 600 J

2F x 2F
Applying junction law
(x – 2)2 + (x – 0)2 + [x – (–2)]2 = 0
x=0

www.motion.ac.in
148 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

6V 4F 19. C

0 12V 2F 1 1
x V1 : V2 = : =2:1
3 6
24V 1F 1
V2 = × 24 = 8
Applying junction law 3
(x – 6)4 + (x – 12)2 + (x – 24)1 = 0 1
72 E= (1) (8)2 = 32µJ
7x = 72  x = volt 2
7
72
So, Va – Vb = 0 – x = – Volt 20. A
7
1 1
V1 : V2  :
C1 C2 = C2:C1
17. (i) B (ii) A
(i) Charge is constant V1 C2 1
 
V2 C1 4
q
E=
2S0
21. C
q2 For charge in 5F capacitor
So, F = qE = C1 : C2 = 2 : 5
2S0
So, W.D. = F [x2 – x1] q1 C1
2 =
q q2 C2
= (x – x1)
2S0 2
5  18
S q2 =
10

(ii) charge on 5F capacitor is 9C


charge on 4F capacitor is 24C
0S Ratio of charges = 9 : 24 = 3 : 8
C=
x
2µF
1 1   0S  2 3µF
U= CV2 =  V
2 2  x  6V O
2 5µF
dU 1  0SV
F=– = 6 O
dx 2 x2 4µF
x
x2
1  1 2 6V
W =  F .dx = 0SV2    
x
2  x  x1
1

1 1 1 22. D
W= 0SV2  x  x  Q Q2
2  1 2
Q1
18. A 60V C C/2

–q1 q1
5µF 3µF 3
Q= C × 60 = 90C
–20µC 2
+20µC –q2 q2
Q1 : Q2 = C1 : C2 = 2 : 1
4µF 1
Q2 = × 90 = 30 C
q1 : q2 = 3 : 4 3
30C
3 Potential difference across C = = 30 V
q1 = × 20µC C
7

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Capacitance - 149

23. B V V1 V
-Q2 Q2 Q1 -Q1 3Q
7µF 2
3Q d 2d
35µF 2
0
A B
x y
2µF

10µF E1 × 2d = E2 × d
As the resulting circuit is a Wheat stone bridge
1 1 2
hence current in 13F capacitor is zero. Hence E1 =  , V1 – V =  2d =  d
the circuit now reduces to 0 0 0

21 = 2
2Q1 = Q2

A B Q1 + Q2 = 2Q
 3Q1 = 2Q

2Q 4Q
 Q1 = and Q2 =
3 3
35 10 45
The resultant capacitance is + =
6 6 6
15 –4Q/3 2Q/3
= F
2 1.5Q 1.5Q
4Q/3 –2Q/3

24. B
Initial charge on third plate = 0
C1C2
For capacitors in series C eq  3Q 2Q 5Q
C1  C2 Final Charge = – =
2 3 6
As C1 = C2 .................. = Cn hence
C 5Q
C eq   Charge flown =
6
n
For capacitors in parallel
26. B
C eq  C1  C2  C3  .................Cn
E
1 1 1 1 B
C eq  1     ............ A
2 4 8 16
1 2 3 4 5 C
1 4
  2F C
1
1 1
2 2 3
C

25. A
Initially 2C  C 2 0 A
C eq  =
3C 3d
Q 2Q
-Q Q 3Q -3Q 3Q 2 0 A
2 2 2 2 2 Q= × ×E
3Q 3 d
d 2d
2

K
After closing key first and third plate come at
same potential.

www.motion.ac.in
150 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

27. B 29. A
10V Q1max = 3 C × 103 C.
Q2max = 4 C × 103 C.
10V O Qmax for first branch 3 C × 103 C
A
B –20 20 0V
10V 20 –20 3C  103  5C
5
Vmax  KV =
C 1 2 2
20 –20 6C
D –20 20 0V Similarly for second branch
10V E
0 Q3max = 7C ×103 C Q4max = 6C × 103C
Total charge on plate C = 40 C
6C  103 20
28. (i) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) C Vmax2 =  10C =
kV
2 7
21C
Initial (when S is open)
The two branches are in parallel. So in order to
C /2 C/2 find max value of voltage for which no capacitor
+ – + –
breaks down Vmax < Vmax .
1 2


30. B
Finally (When S is closed) 2µF 3µF 5µF
C C
3V 2V 1V
– C O O Max charge 6µC 6µC 5µC
+C
Hence maximum charge that the series can with

31
stand is 5 C. So break down voltage = 5 ×
30
So charge flown = [charge finally – charge 31
initially] = volt
6
=  C –  C/2
=  C/2
31. C
C 2 C
Work done by battery =    For metal k = 
2 2
Hence from formula.
(iii) Initial energy
oA
1 Q2 1 Q2 Ceq =
d  t  t /k
Ui  
2 C 2 C
0 A
2 C
 C  1 1 2 (d  t)

2  C4C
 
1 32. B
Uf  C 2
2 0 A
1 2 Initially Ci =
Change = C  d
4
(iv) Heat = Work done by battery - (Uf-Ui ) Finally after plate is inserted

1 1  1 oA
= C 2   C 2   C 2 Cf = for metals K = and t = d/2
2 4  4 d  t  t /k

o A
C'   2C
d /2

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Capacitance - 151

33. B 36. B
Electric field between two plates of capacitor is
0 A
 C=
given by K  t
0
dt
k
 0 A 3 0 A
When K = 1 then E = Now =
0 t 2 d
dt 
 k
then K = K then E =
K 0  t 2d t 2
d   =  =
When K=  then E = 0. From the formula  2  3 d 3
V = E.d.
Now positive plate at x = 0 is at higher potential
and potential drops linearly as E is constant.
But as E is the slope of potential v/s distance 37. A
curve hence inside the dielectric as E decreases Vmax = Emax dmax = 4000
hence slope of v v/s x curve for the interval 4000
d=
x = 3d to x = 4d also decreases. 18  106
  0 KAmin
Now, C = dmax
= 7 × 10–2 µf

7  10 2  10 6  4000
A= = 0.63 m2
8.85  10 12  2.8  18  106

V O
38. B
34. A C
Electric field between two plates of capacitor is Initially Ceq =
2
 C
given by K  So, Q1 = Ceq V = E
0 2
 C(KC) KC
When K = 1 then E =  Finally Ceq = =
C  CK 1K
0
 KCE
So, Q2 = C'eq E =
then K = K then E = K  1K
0 So, change flow throw battery = Q2 – Q1
On increasing dielectric constant electric field
 K 1
decreases. q = C E   
 1  K 2
CE(K  1)
K=2 q =
2(1  K)
K=4


0 .2
0.4
39. A
(d,0) (3d,0)
0 A
Charge on capacitor Q = CV = V
d
1 0 A 2
Initial energy = CV2 = V
2 2d
35. C
 Q2 C2 V 2 1 CV 2
Final energy = = =
Vi = Ei d =  d = 3000 2CK 2CK 2 K
0 So,
 work done = [Final energy – Initial energy]
Vf = Efd = d = 1000
 1 2 1 
 = CV   1
  = 3   = 30 = 27 × 10–12 C2/Nm2 2 K 
0
0 AV 2 1 
=  K  1
2d  

www.motion.ac.in
152 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

40. D 45. C
Initially Finally
E E B
+ – + –
6µf 2µf

100V 0V
1µf
C C C CK i=0
C CK
Cneq = Cneq = A 0V
2 K 1 100V 30
CE CEK
qi = qf = By dividing protential across 6F & 2F
2 K 1
CEK CE 100
qf – qi = qflown = – VA – VB = V6µf = ×2
K 1 2 (6  2)
CE(K  1)
= VA – VB = V6µf = 25V
2(K  1)
Now, VB – VC = V2µf = 100 – 25 = 75 Volt
CE CEK
<
2 K 1
So charge flows from C to B.
46. D
After steady state capacitor acts as an open
41. C circuit.
 q
Initially E =  = A  47. C
0 0 After steady state capacitor acts as an open
= 200 × 102 V/m circuit.
Q Q t= 12
C= =
V E.d 1A

Q 2A 9 3A
C= ....... (1) 3A
200  102  0.05
15V
In final situation Req = 5
charge remains uncharged
15
Q i= = 3A
C' = ....... (2) 5
V'
From (1) & (2) Hence potential across capacitor is 12 volt.
0 A 0 A
2 V = × 200 × 102 × 0.05
3  10 5  102
V = 3 × 10–2 × 200 × 102 = 600 V 48. (i) A (ii) A
In steady state i1 = 0
2 1
So i2 = i3 = = Amp.
10  20 15

2
So VC = i2 × 10 = Volt = Q/c
V – + O 3
x 2cmy
2
Q= × 6 = 4µC
3
42. B

43. C

44. D

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Capacitance - 153

49. D 52. D
To calculate charge on capacitor consider that Initally the capacitor acts a closed circuit
capacitor acts as open circuit when completely 2
charged and calculate drop across it which i= = 2 mA
1000
comes out to be 3V. After steady state capacitor acts as an open
When s is opened i.e. discharging circuit
2
circuit i = = 1 mA
300µC 2000
3A
3V 0 at t = 0, I = 2mA and at t =  I = 1mA
3A

9V 6A 1/2
  R eqC 53. B
The energy dissipated in the 10 resistor is equal
1
=  100  10 6  103 = 50  10 3 = 50 ms. to initial energy stored is capacitor
2
Q2
3.6 × 10–3 =
2  2  10  6
50. C Q = 120 µC
Steps to calculate time constant.
Replace battery by simple wire to find Req.
Apply formula   = ReqC. 54 C
3R 7R
+R= = Req 55. D
4 4

51. B
V -t/RC V -t/RC2
i1 = e 1 , i
2 =
e
R R
 1 1 
 t /R 
i1  
 C1 C2 
e
i2
 1 
= e t /R   2C2 

 e 2RC2
With increase in time i1/i2 also increases.

www.motion.ac.in
154 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. D 7. B
The curve shown is for a function xy = constant
Q = CV 10

30 2
0
A x y B
2. D
k 0 A
C=
d 6
where k = dielectric constant of medium
between the plates As the resulting circuit is a Wheat stone bridge
A = Area, d = distance between the plates hence current in 5F capacitor is zero. Hence
the circuit now reduces to

3. C
1 1
V1 : V2  :  C2 : C2
C1 C2
C2
V1  V A B
C2  C1

4. B

2 0 2 0 2 0
C= = +
nb / a n 2R / R 2 2
n R V 30 6
2R The resultant capacitance is + = 9F
V 0 4 4
2 0 6 0
= [1 + 2] = Parallel 8. (i) A (ii) B (iii) C
n 2 n 2
V V V V
5. A
V C2 C3
Maximum charge on first capacitor q1max = 160C C1
0 0 0 0
Maximum charge on second capacitor q2max =1280
C. (i) Q1 = C1V = 2 × 10 = 20µF
As capacitors are connected in series. Hence
maximum charge they can store is 160C. Q2 = C2V = 4 × 10 = 40µF
Q3 = C3V = 6 × 10 = 60µF
6. D
Maximum charge on 1st capacitor = 6×10–3C. (ii)Total charge flown = Q1 + Q2 + Q3 = 120µC
Maximum charge on 2nd capacitor = 8 × 10–3C.
In series the maximum charge they can have is So W.D. = (120 × 10–6) × 10 = 1200 µJ
6 × 10–3C 1
1µF 2µF (iii) Total energy stored = (C1 + C2 + C3)V2
2
–3 –3
6 × 10 C 6 × 10 C 1
Hence maximum voltage = = (2 + 4 + 6) × 10–6 × 102
2
6  10 3 6  10 3
V= + = 9KV = 600 µJ
1  10  6 2  10  6

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Capacitance - 155

9. B
Q1  Q2
10V  Q0 =
A 0V
2
B
C 10V 10V 1
Initial energy U0 = CV2 = U1 = U2
0 A 8.85  10  0.1m 12 2 2
C=  1×10-9F But U1 + U2  U0
d 0.885  103
1 2
U1 + U2 = CV2
Energy stored =  C1  C2  V
2
= 10-9×100 = 10-7 Joule
1 1 13. C
Ceq. V2 = 2CV2 CV –CV
2 2
CV –CV
Q Q Q Q
10. B Q 2
CV+
2
–CV–
2 2
1
V
2 O Q
O C V
A 3 2C
4 O
14. B
1,4 2,3
C CV 2CV
V 0 CV –CV
2 0 A 3CV
Ceq = 2C =
d
2V
11. B
12V 1 2 1 2
O Heat = 6CV2 –  C(2V)  CV 
12
2 2 
–q +q
C1 C2
+q –q 15. D
The two capacitance C1 & C2 behave as a series
6V
In series charge will be same arrangment as both the capacitors have equal
q q charge on them
12 – +6– =0 AK1
8 4
C1 = 0
d /2
q = 48 µC
AK2
48 C2 = 0
VC2 
d /2
= 6V
8 C1C2
C eq 
C1  C2
48
VC1  = 12 V o AK1  o AK 2
4 
d/2 d /2 2 A  K K 
  o  1 2 
  o AK1    o AK 2  d  K1  K 2 
12. D   
 d/2   d /2 

V C 1 Q0 C2 16. B
V0 Negative W.D. by external agent
Correct statement Q2
C1 and C2 are parallel So, V1 = V2 Energy = 
2C
C1 = C2 and V1 = V2  Q1 = Q2
Initial change Q0 = CV
Now, Q1 = CV, Q2 = CV

www.motion.ac.in
156 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

17. B 20. C
Initially C KC
K
o A Q1
C  2.5 
d
Q2
=K
The two capacitanes act as a paralllel connection
E
 A / 2 K o A / 2 C C
C'  o 
d d
o A K o A KC
5F   C eq 
2d 2d K 1
2.5 2.5 E
5 K KCE
2 2 Q2 = CeqV = , Q2' = EC/2
10 K 1
 K 1  K  3
2.5 Q'2 EC
= = (K + 1)/2K
Q2  KCE 
2 
18. B K  1
We can express this arrangement as circuit
C 2C 21. C
2
(1,4) 3 As the potential difference is constant hence
we can say that
Q1 = 60 C = V × C ....(1)
C Now there is already 60 C on the capacitor.
When equivalent capacitance is calculated
More 120 C charge flows from battery. Hence
between 1 & 3 then
net charge on capacitor is
C 2C
2 Q2 = 180 C = V × KC ....(2)
(1,4) 3
Equation (2) / (1)  3 = K

22. C
C
2
2C 5C
C1 =
3
+C=
3 Ui =

1 60  10
6

When equi val ent capacitance cal cul ated 2 2  106
between 2 & 4. = 900 × 10–6 J
C 2C 2

(1,4)
2
3 Uf =

1 180  10
6

C 2 3  2  106
180  180  106
C eq= 5C/3 = = 2700 × 10–6 J
62
2C 5C V = 30 volts
Hence C2 = +C=
3 3 Heat produced = 1800 × 10–6 J
So C1 : C2 equal to 1 : 1.

19. C 23. C
The charge stored in the capacitor before and
after the dielectric is inserted is same so
Qi = CV 24. C
V
Qf = (KC)   25. C
8
Qi = Qf
KCV
Hence CV = 26. B
8
K=8

27. A

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Capacitance - 157

28. D 30. A
V0 c = 5F
2

V0

q = cv
q q0  t Rc
 e  dq q0 RC t

c c q = q0 e t RC i   e 
 dt Rc 
v = v0 e t Rc
P =i2 R
v0 t dE = i2 R dt
 v0 e 100.1
2
Rq20 2t RC
dE = e dt
1 R2C2
= e-t
2 2t
q20 RC
1  dE  Rc  e
2
dt
Ln  2  = Lne(–t) = (-t)
  2t 50 
-q20 R  C  RC 
t = Ln (2) = 0.693sec E= 2 e 
RC 2  25
29. B = 4.7 J
V
3

31. A

32. B
Just after switch S is closed capacitor act as
R
conducting wire.
v = v0 e t RC
6
i1 = = 3A
1 t 2
 e  RC = e–2.2
3 i3 = i2 = 0
After long time capacitor act as open circuit
2.2 2.2 2.2
Ln(3)   R 
R 
I1 = I3 = 0.6 A
Ln(3) 1.09
R = 2.00
33. A

34. A

www.motion.ac.in
158 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. BD 3. BCD C
(5–q) + – (–5+q) Q1 = CV1
Q2 = CV2
q q Net charge = const. C
[B correct]
(q–15) – + (15–q) 2CV = C(V1 + V2)
C1V1  C2 V2 (1  3)5 V1  V2
V= = = 2.5V (common V= [C correct]
C1  C 2 4 2
potential) As charge flows energy will certainly be lost.
[D correct]
1 1 2 1 2
H = (C1 + C2)V2 –  C1V  C 2 V  Net charge on the connected plates is equal
2 2 2 
sum of initial charges because charge is
1 1 2
conserved.
= (1 + 3) (2.5)2 –  (1  3)(5) 
2 2 
4. ABC
1
= × 4 [6.25 – 25] 1.5µf
2 q -q q
= 2 × 18.75 = 37.5 {W.D. by battery = 0} (300+q) - +
V1 q
+ - -(360+q)
150V V
2. ABCD q– 2 + 120V
–2µf V3
Initially –(300+q) 360+q
Q -Q q
0 A V1 + V2 + V3 = 0
 C 0 Q -Q 0
d Q1 Q2 Q3
+ + =0
C1 C2 C3
Q
V 
C 300  q q 360  q
d + + =0
2 1.5 3
Qd

0 A 900  3q  4q  720  2q
Finally 0
Q +Q –Q 6

C1 C2
9q = –1620
q = –180
Q/2 Q/2 –Q/2 3Q/2 Q1 = 120C
–3Q/2 Q/2 Q2 = 180C
Flow of charge from right to left through A
V1 V2
A C B 5. ABCD
2 0 A
C1  C2  kQ kQ
A (a) Vi = V0 =
Qd 3R 3R
V1  (b) Earthing means V = 0
2.2 0 A
3Q d kq' kq
V2  (c)   0  q' = –q/3
2.2 0 A R 3R
d (d) energy between the spheres increases.
V  V1  V2 
0 A
Vf  Vi

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Capacitance - 159

6. AD = 4(20 – 12) + 2 (8 – 12)


As the capactitance are in series hence charge = 32 – 8 = 24 = 2VB
on both of them will be same.
(C) 2(VA – VD) + 2(VB – VD)
Q2 = 2(20 – 8) + 2(12 – 8)
E= E1 = 50, E2 = 25
2C
= 24 + 8 = 32 = 4VD
1 1 2 (D) VB + VD = 12 + 8 = 20 = VA
V1 : V2 = : , V1 = × 15 = 10V
1 2 3
V2 = 5V
10. BC
7. BCD VB = 12 VD = 8
From the diagram
Q=78+42=120µC 11. C
20 20
q1 = 4(20 – 12) = 32µC
12µF V = 6V
V=Q/C=10V 7µF q2 = 2(20 – 8) = 24µC
Q = CV = 42µC
E 3.9µF q3 = 2(12 – 8) = 8µC
Q=CV Q = 42
=78µC 3µF
V = Q/C = 14Volt
12. AC
0 0 0 4 × 500 – 2 × 500 = 6 × V
8. BC
Let us assume potential at B to be x & D to be y.
4µF 2µF 13. AD
Bx 2C
Ci = Cf = 2C
3
2µF
Capacitance increases so charge increases and
A D
0 hence charge is supplied from battery to circuit.
20 y
2µF 4µF
Qi = 2CE/3 , Qf = 2CE
+ – Charge flowing is = (2 – 2/3) × CE = 4/3 CE.
20V
14. AC
(x – 20)4 + (x – y)2 + 2x = 0
Charge will be stored but some energy will be
4x – y = 40 .......(1) lost in form of heat.
2(y – x) + (y – 20)2 + y(4) = 0
Q
 4y – x = 20 .......(2) A  Correct, V = Increase rapidly initially
C
Solving (1) and (2)
C  Correct
x = 12 ; y = 8
4µF 2µF 15. BCD
Bx=12
x Z
32 –32 – +
2µF
A D 32 –32
0 + –
20 y=8
2µF 4µF y
V V
+ –
1 1 1
20V = CV2  = CV2 = CV2
2 2 2
VB – VD = 12 – 8 = 4 > 0

9. ABCD
(A) As from figure VA = 20V (B) In XWY charge increases
(B) 4(VA – VB) + 2(VD – VB)

www.motion.ac.in
160 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

19. ABCD
F R1= 2 E D

R3= 1
R2= 2
In XYW  = 10V
CV –CV
A B C
Just afterclosing switch DC will act as wire
Q = const. i = 10 A
After t =  DC will be open circuit
CV
t =  1 i
Q2
(C) = 5V
2C Qmax=5 × 0.1
5V 1V
10V
k 2 C2 V 2 1
= = KCV2 i = 10
2KC 2

20. BD
CV –CV

Q2 C2 V 2 1 CV 2
= = = 1 2 3
2C 2KC 2 K
100 60
i1
Now insert dielectric
120 0
–CV
i2
CV
80 60

16. ABD Req = 3


i = 40 A
CKE CE i1 = i2 = 20A
At t =  capacitor act as open circuit
Charge stored in C1 = VC1
= 20 × 2c
CE (k – 1) = 40 c
21. AC
C2V1 = C2V2
17. ACD
q
1 qmax
V = const. Ui = CV2
2
1
2
1 1
Energy = C'V2 = kCV2 = k(Ui)
2 2 t
O
Qf = CV = kQi
As qmax for both is same hence A is corrent
18. BC As C1V1 = C2V2 Hence EMF's of the cells may
30C0 = (C0 + KVC0).V be different

22. D
R2C2 > R1C2

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Capacitance - 161

5. 60 c, A to B
8
1. F
3 24µC
1 120 120
1
A C B Qf =120
x 1 y 60V 144µC
60µC 2µC
60 60
2
36µC
60V Qf =180 144µC
Ceq in ACB = 2/3 F
Ceq between x & y = 2/3 + 2 = 8/3 F
O O

2. 3Q/2C 6. 150 J

After connecting 2µF


3Q/2
Q Q 10V 3µF
Before connecting
Q –3Q Q –3Q/2
3Q/2 5V
3Q

–3Q/2
V = 3Q\2C 4µF
After closing switch only change in charge is at
3µF

3. 0.05 Nt 1
 × 3 × 102 = 150 µJ
Force between the plates is given by 2
2 A
or 7. 10 C
2 0 10 10
0
E 1  106  105
F= q 
2 2
E 10
[ as electric field is due to charges on a
2
0.1
single plate is to be written] N  0.05Nt
2 10 0

10µC
4. (a) 20 C, (b) 0.3 mJ, (c) 0.6 mJ. (d) 60 C
2C
Ci = Cf = C
3 Q = CV = 1 F × 10 V = 10 C
2CV CV
Qi = Qf = CV [flown = = 20µC]
3 3

1 2 1 2C 2 
Heat = 30 × 20 –  CV   V 
2 2 3 

 CV 2 
= 30 × 20 –  6  = (600 – 300) µJ
 
(d) 40 due to discharging (220 due to extra
charge flown)

www.motion.ac.in
162 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

100 32
8. (a) volts ; (b) 28.56 C, 42.84 C, 11. F
7 23
71.4 C, 22.88 C
C
A
60
8/3 8/9
10
3
x B
2 (x–20) 4
C  32/9
5 50
A

B
2x + 3x + 5x + 4(x – 20) = 120
39
14x = 200 C 32
 9 =1C=
100 32 23
C
x= Volt 9
7

9. 30 V A 0 V 2 A 0 V
12. , –
d d
O O
3C CV
b O CV CV CV O –
a V
–CV –CV –CV –CV +
C V V
V

P q
1 1
V1 : V2 = : 1 q2 d
3C C 13.
V1 : V2 = 1 : 3 2 0 A
1
V1 = V'  V' = 8V 2Q 2Q
4 q –q
4 1 8 4
V3 : V4 = :  V =
15C C 4 15
V4 = 30V
q2
Energy =
10. C 2C
1 1 1 1
 C  C  2C  4C ......
eq
14. 9J
1 Energy in the capacitor is Released as
=  1 
C 1  .... 1 (20  10 6 )2
 2  heat = × (0.1)
2 4 0 (0.2  0.1)
1 1 C
C eq =  1
 Ceq =
2 9  109  4  10 10
C1   = = 9 Joule
 2 6.4
C/2

15. yes
0 A 0 A C
C/2 Ci = = C, Cf = =
Ceq = C d 2d 2
During pulling charge remains same.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Capacitance - 163

20. 0 A/2d


25  0 A dy
16. y
24 d

C 3C
 0A sec(y / 2d)
dc =
dy
All the elements are in series

d
1 dy  y 
2C 4C Hence C n =
eq

0 0 A  cos  
 2d 
0 A
Let =C {Area = A/2}
2d
d
2d   y 
3C 2
(2C)(4C) = sin 
Ceq = +  0 A   2d  0
C  3C 2C  4C

3 4 25  0 A  0 A
= C+ C= Ceq =
4 3 24 d 2d

17. Proof
21. 800 volt
+q –q
Charge on 15 F capacitor A = 1500 C.
d Charge on capacitor B = 100 C.
i
When they are connected with dielectric
removed from A the capacitor.
d Capacitance of A now becomes 1 F.
R 
A
 0 A.15
qAd q Ci = = 15C = 15µF,, 1500 + – –1500
q/C d
i= = d  Ak =   K
R 0 0 0 A
Cf = C = 1µF
d
Q remains constant
18. Yes,Yes 100V + –
Qnet = Ceq × Vcommon 1µF
dielectric slab
1500 + 100 = 2V
V = 800 Volt

22. C is increases

V = const. V –t/RC logI (2)


i= e
0kA R
(1)
C= C  Q = CV
d
V t
log I = log –
V R RC t
e= = const.
d
at t = 0, log I = const.
For both only one quantity is changed V, R are
constant and C changes from 1 to 2. Slope
19. Yes
increases magnitude wise and hence C increases.
0 A
C=
d  t  t /K
Independent of Position

www.motion.ac.in
164 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

23. R1 is smallest
q20
V = RI = k× 10-1
2C
1
I 4  10 3  4  10 3
R
= K × 10–1
2  40  10  6
Q 1
 k=2
t R
from graph, it is clear that R1 is smallest.
29. 2
q = q0 (1-e-t/RC)
24. 0.2 A, 20 c
dq
V 10 i=
I=  = 0.2A dt
R 50
Q = CV q0 -t/RC
i= e
RC
Q = (2F) × 10
Q = 20C q02 -2t/RC
i2 = e
R 2C2
q02 -2t/RC
25.  = 3 RC P = i 2R = e
RC2
Req = 3R
q02 = RC2 × 360
 = 3RC
q0 = 3600  C2
q0 = 60×C
26.
2
 105
i RC
C = 2×10-6
q0 = 60×2×10-6 C
K=2
L

30. 0
27. 10 70 = 7 × Vf
Q = Q0 e-t/RC Vf = 10V

63 5  103  1 2 1  (50)2 1 
2
q0  e Heat =  2  2 (20)  2  5  2  7  (10)  = 0
100 RC  
t
63
=  e 2Rc
100
5  103 t
 t  10 m sec.
RC 2RC

28. 2
q = cv = 40×10-6×100 = 4 × 10–3 C
q = q0 (1  et /RC )

1 q2
E=
2 c
1 2t
E= 2 = k ×10-1 (1-e-125f)
2C q0(1  e )
RC

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Capacitance - 165

31 = 80.5 × 10–6 J ,10 W


Since, in steady state no current flows
through capacitors, therefore, current
through 1  resistor becomes zero.

3 3 I
A C
I I
G H
I 2µF 2µF I
I
F +q – E +q – D
1 2
2
I + 1 + 2
q
10V – – 3
1µF
M
I L K I J

Current through resistors and charges on


capacitors will be as shown in Fig. Applying
KVL on mesh ABCHJMGA,
3I + 3I + 2I – 10 + 2I = 0
I = 1 A
 q1 
Mesh GFELMG, +   + (1 × 0) – 10
 2  10 6 
+2I=0 q1 = 16 µC
 q2 
Mesh EDHJLE, +   + 2 I + (1 × 0)
 2  10 6 
= 0 q2 = – 4 µC
q3
Mesh BCHJKB, 3I+2I – =0 q3= 5 µC
(1  10 6 )

q2
Energy stored in capacitors, U = 
2C

q12 q 22 q 32
= + +
2  ( 2  10 6 ) 2  ( 2  10 6 ) 2  (1  10  6 )
= 80.5 × 10–6 J Ans.
Rate of supply of energy by battery is P = EI
= 10 × 1 watt = 10 W Ans.

www.motion.ac.in
166 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. Proof q q C Vq q
For Ist contact   1 V
C3 C2 C1 C1
Qq q

C1 C2  1 1 1  V
q   V  q
Q qmax C
 1 C 2 C 3 1 1 1
Potential of plate  V0    
C1 C2 C1 C 2 C 3
C2 Qq
 qmax  Q.  4. Proof
C1 Q q
2 k
(i)  Eb . (E will be maximum at the surface
a
5  0 A  of inner cylinder)
2. (i)   ;
3 d  b b
Vab  2 k   n  a Eb  n
a a
4  0 AV  2  0 AV 
(ii) Q3 = 3  d  , Q5 = 3  d  for V  max
   
dV b
Equivalent circuit 0  a
da e
1 2 V 5 4
+ – + –
C dx
V0 2 – O
3 +
3 4 m
+ –
x

V0
2C C
5 4
2 k
(ii) Eb 
a

C 5C dv  2x dx  1
3 3 b b 2
1   aEb 
 E   0 E 2 dv  0    2x dx
V0  V V0  V V 2 2  x 
a a
   2V0  3V
C C C 2   0 a 2 E b2 b
 n
2 2 a
 V V0
3 dE b
q3  C( V0  V )  ( V0 – 0) C 0  a
da 2
 2  4
 C (2V0  V )  C  2V0  V0   CV0
 3  3
2
q5  C V  CV0
3

C12V(C2  C3 ) C1C2C3V
3. q1= q =q3 C1C2  C2C3  C3C1
C1C2  C2C3  C1C3 2

–q
C2 +q
–C1V –
C1
+
+C1V C1V – q –q
C3 +q

Final
Initial
394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
Capacitance - 167

5. 69 C
2q q1 2 q3
  0
x x x x 5r r 7r
10V
3 F 14 q  35 q1  10 q3  0 ...(1)
3 F
(y – 5) 6 F

5V
3 F

y –5 r3 q3
O 5V q
q1
r2
6 F 6 F r1

10 O O
10V

 (x  y  5)  3  (x  y)  3  (x  10)3  (x  5)6  0
k q1 k q k q3
 5x  2y   5   0
r3 r3 r3
...(1)
( y  5  x ) 3  ( y  x )  3  ( y  10) 6  0 q1  q  q3  0

4 y  2x  25 4
 q1  q
...(2) 25 – 21
q  q  q1
25
from eq. (1) & (2) 1
10x – 2x = – 10 + 25 (3.5r  2.5r) 
CII  40   21
q
8x = 15  x = 15/8, and  3.5r  2.5r  3.5r 25
2.5r
4 y  15 / 4  25
35 r
115 
y 4k
16
After Connection (q1  q)2 2k(q1  q)2
x x x x
UII  
2C 35r
3  r  2.5 r  5r
3 F 10V C I  4 0   
6 F
–5 (x –10)
 2.5 r  r  3k
5
3 F
q12 3 k q12
UI  
O –5 2C 10 r
O O 5V

6 F 6 F

400
7. – C
10 O O 7
10V Equivalent Circuit :
5F 5F 5F

x  5  3  3 x  ( x  10)  3  ( x  5)  6  0
5x = – 5
x = – 1 volt
Now you can calculate charge flown with the help of 20V
x and y

3kq12 5
4q Ceq 
6. UI = where q 1 = – ; U II = 3
10 r 25
Charge distribution
2K(q  q1)2 / 35 r

k q kq1 k q3
  0
r2 r1 r3

www.motion.ac.in
168 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

– + – + – +
V1 75
E1    15000 V / m
100/3 C 100/3 C 100/3 C
d 0.5  10 2
V 225
E2  2   45000 V / m
d 0.5  10  2
20V
Q
 1   2 
A
5
 0 (12)
 × 300 = 9000 0  8  10 7 c / m 2
5 8  0.5  10  2
5

5 5
1  1
9. W= C0 V02  1 – 
2 K

1 (CV )2 1  1
WE  CV 2   CV 2 1  
2 2 KC 2  K
20V
25
 C eq  10. 12 volt
7 Q = CV0
Charge distribution : q
Qq q
  V [V is the final voltage]
C CV
– + – + – +
– + + –  (Q  q) V  q  (CV0  CV 2 ) V  CV2
200 200 100 100 500
7 7 7 7 7
 V V0  V 3  V 2  V 2  V  V0  0

 1  1  4 V0 1 25
 V  = 12 V
2 2
20V
400
q  C
7 3 1 1
11. (i) CV 2 ; (ii) – CV 2 (K – 1) ; (K + 2)
2 2 6
8. (i) 1.5 × 104 V/m, 4.5 × 104 V/m, (ii) 75 V, (K – 1) CV2 ;

225 V, (iii) 8 × 10– 7 C/m2 1 n 2


 Ceq V  Heat
2
A 0k g A  0k p
C1  , C2  1
d d 3CV 2  Heat
2
2
 A 0  1 1 2
  k g kp 2 2
C1 C 2  d  A 0 (k g  k p ) Heat  (K  1) CV   KCV  CV 
C eff    2 2 
C1  C 2 A  0 d (k g  k p ) 1 1
(k g  k p )  KCV 2  CV 2  CV 2  KCV 2
d 2 2
C1 C2 1
1 CV 2
KCV 2 C 2
2
V O

1
300V  CV 2 K  1
Q  Ceff  V0 2

kp 2C
C eff V0 2
V1   V0   300  75 V (K–1).CV
C1 k g  kp 8
1
C V 6  CV 2 K  1  W.D.
V2  eff 0   300  225 V 2
C2 8 Slowly means. Heat loss is zero
1 2
Initial  (2C  KC).V
2

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Capacitance - 169

KC d
KCV
  tan  / 4  tan  / 4
  0 sk 1
1 2d

Ceq  0 sk 1
1
 CV 2 (K  2)
2
 1 CV
13. q = CE  1  e  + 2
2CV e

From Charge conservation 


CV

CV
e e
KCV  2CV  3CV  C
(K  2)V
V 
3 (R1+R2)
C
at t = R1C

 t 
 (R1 R 2 )C 
q  CE 1  e
 
 
  t1 
2C CV  (R1  R 2 )C 
  CE 1  e
1 3C(K  2)2 V 2 C e  
Final energy   (K  2)2 V 2  
2 32 6  V 
 t1  (R1  R 2 ) C n 1  

 K  2 (K  2)2  E
W.D. = CV  2 
2
  e 
 6   ( t  t1 ) 

1 2  q  CE 1  e (R1 R2 ) C 
 CV (K  2)(K  1)  
2  
0SK1 Putting t  2 R 1C  R 2 C  R1 C  (R 1  R 2 ) C , we
12. C get
2d
All the capacitor having capacitance dC are in series.   
 1  n  1
V  
 
 
  E e   
1 dx q  CE 1  e 
  
dC     
0 sk1 1  sin   .x 
 d  V
 
1 1 dx  1 E 
 
dC 0 sk1    
 CE 1 
 e
e   1  CV
  CE  1  e   2 Ans.
1  cos    .x      e
 2 d   

 0 . s .k 1[1  sin  x [
 d
dc 
dx
dx CV  1 – t / RC 
14. q 1 – e 
x 2  2 

1 dx i R  ( i  i1 ) R  V

 0 sk 1 2  x 
 2 iR  i1 R  V ...(i)
2 cos   
 4 2a 
1    q
 sec 2  
 x . dx  (i  i1 ) R ...(ii)
2 0 sk 1  4 2d  2C
d
d     
 tan   x 
  0 sk 1   4 2d  0

www.motion.ac.in
170 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

i R
i1 q    I1R 
i – i1 or – +  I1  R = 0
CV C  2R
 
2
V R q 2C

CV q    I1R  2I1R 
2 or – + R=0
C  2R 
from (1) & (2)
q    I1R 
or – + =0
 q  C  2 
2   i1 R   i1 R  V
 2 C   q IR 1
q or – =
dq dt 2 C 2

q
 i1 R  V
  CV  q  RC
CV dq
C But I1 =
2 dt
 1  t 
 q  CV 1  e RC   q R dq
 2   – =
2 C 2 dt
t 2 RC dq
q CV  1  RC  or C – 2q =
 q   1  e  2 dt
2 2  2 

q dq t dt
15. R
or 0 C  2q
= 0 RC
In an R – C decay circuit After integrating, we get
E – t /RC E t
I= ln I = ln   – C
e R RC q= (1 – e–2t/RC)
R 2
When value of R is halved then slope
become more negative & the intercept q 
or = (1 – e–2t/RC)
increases. Hence R option represents the C 2
variation of logeI with time.

V = (1 – e–2t/RC)
2

 17 Time constant = 7RC/6.


16. V= (1 – e–2t/RC)
2 By finding the time varying charging equa-
This is an example of R – C circuit in parallel. tion, relaxation time or time constant can be
The distribution of charge and current in cir- calculated. Kirchoff’s current and voltage laws
cuit at an instant t is shown in fig. are used to find the equation.
A B D There is only one capacitor and the relax-
ation time has to be found for the same.
(I–I1) I1
The circuit diagram with nodes and current
+q
R C flow is shown below.
 –q
(1) (2)

G R I F E R i1–i2 D R i1

In loop (1) (ABFGA), i2 i1


. (I – I1) R – IR = 0 C C A
or  – IR + I1R – IR = 0 i–i1 i
or  – 2IR + I1R = 0
B i–i1
  I1R R i–i1+i2 2R
I =
2R
q E
In loop BDEFB, – + (I – I1) R = 0
C

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Capacitance - 171

Writing the potential drop equations for vari- Rewriting the above equation,
ous loops in the circuit,
CE 7 RC dq 2
E = q2 +
6 6 dt
Loop EABCE: = 2(i – i1) + (i – i1 + i2)
R
dq 2
E CE 6dt
= 3i – 3i1 + i2 ….. (1) or  q 2 = 7 RC
R 6
E Integrating both sides,
Loop EADCE: = i1 + (i1 – i2)
R dq
E  CE 2q =
6dt
 7RC
= 2i1 – i2 ….. (2) 6
2
R
q2  EC  6dt
Loop EADBCE: E = i1R + (i – i1 + i2) R + ln  q 2  =– + K (integration constant)
C  6  7 RC
E q2 Apply the boundary condition to find K. At
= i + i2 + ….. (3) time t = 0, q2 = 0.
R RC
 CE 
1  E K = – ln   
From 2, i1 =  i 2   ….. (4)  6 
2  R 
Therefore, the time varying charge
Substituting (4) in (1) to find i in terms of i2, equation is:
1  5E  6t
i= i2   ….. (5) CE
6  R  q2 =
6 1(e 7 RC )
Substituting (5) in (3), The maximum charge that can be stored by
E q 2 5E 7i 2 the capacitor = CE/6.
= + + Time constant = 7RC/6.
R RC 6R 6
But the current flowing through the
dq 2
capacitor (i2) = .
dt

www.motion.ac.in
172 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

2d/3 d/3
1. A 5. C
Each plate is taking part in the formation of C1C2
C
two capacitors except the plates at the ends. C1  C2 ...(i)
Where
K2 K1
K A
A C1  1 0 ...(ii)
d/3
K2  0 A
and C2  ...(iii)
2d / 3
B o A
It is given that,  9pF
d
These capacitors are in parallel and n plates On substituting Eqs. (ii) and (iii) in Eq (i), we
fron (n-1) capacitors. get the result Ceq = 40.5 pF
Thus, equivalent capacitance between A and B
= (n-1) C 6. C
1 q2 1 q2
U  (qo e t /  )2  0 e 2t / 
2 C 2C 2C
2. D
(Where  = CR)
1
E   CV 2 ....(1) U  Uie2t / 
2
1 2 / 
The energy stored in capacitor is lost in form of Ui  Uie t1
2
heat energy.
1 
H = ms T ....(2)  e 2t1 /   t1  ln2
2 2
From Eqs (i) and (ii), We have
1
Now q  qo e t /  , qo  qoe t2 / 
1 2 2mST 4
msT =  2 CV or V 
  C t2   ln 4  2 ln 2
t1 1
 
t2 4
3. D
On introduction and removal and again on in- 7. B
Neon bulb is filled with gas, so its resistance is
troduction, the capacity and potential remain
infinite, hence no current flows through it.
same. so, net work done by the system in this B
process
R
W=Uf-Ui
C
1 1
Cv2  CV2  0
2 2
( )
E S
4. D Now, Vc  E(1  e t / RC )
Ratio of energy stored in the capacitor and the
 120  200 (1  e t / RC )
work done by the battery
1 2
qV  e  t / RC   t  RC ln2.5
1 5
 2 
qV 2 t t
R    2.7 x 106 
C ln2.5 2.303 C log 2.5

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Capacitance - 173

8. D 11. C
q = q0(1-e-t/RC) Q

CV = 2CV (1-e-10/RC) A
10 CV
RC = 
1n2 A
Now, q = q0 e-t/RC
  kA  Ed
   0 .
CV CV  t / RC  d  A
 e
4 2
 = 0 KE
1  = 8.85×10-12×2.2×3×104
 e  t /RC
2  = 6×10-7 C/m2
t
In2 =  In2
10
t = 10 sec. 12. D
Charge
9. B
In one time constant Q2
Voltage becomes 0.37 times maximum voltage
V = 0.37 × 25 = 9.25
So time is between 100 sec to 150 sec. C
1mf 3mp

10. D
Q1 = 120 C1 (i)
Q2 = 200 C2 (ii)
Now, (1) = (2)
Q1 = Q2

120 c1 = 200 c2
3 c 1 = 5 c2

www.motion.ac.in
174 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

CVR 2 R1  R 2 For fig. 2 Req = R1 + R2 = 3


1. Q0 = R  R and a = CR R Ceq = C1+C2 = 6   = 18
1 2 1 2
2
CV 
 R2 3
Q0 =
R1  R 2
1 R  R2
  1
R eqC R1R 2C 6f

CV R1R 2
Qmax = R  R × R2, Req = R  R
1 2 1 2
R1R 2 2
For fig. 3 R eq  
2. B R1  R 2 3
4V = 12  V= 3 volt 2
Ceq = C1+ C2 = 6    6 4
and 3V = 9 volt 3
q = 36C
 q = CV (1 – e–t/RC) 4. C
36 C = 4f × 12 (1 – e–t/) When S open
V1 V2
q1 q2
3V V
3f 6f
9 0

 = 4 × 2.5 = 10
3 0
= (1 – e–t/10)
4 q1 = 18f  q2 = 18f
1 t 1 1
e–t/10 = – = – ln 22 ;
t = 13.86 sec. V1 : V2 = :
4 10 3 6
V1 : V2 = 2 : 1

3 D 2
V1 = × 9 = 6 volt ; V2 = 3 volt
3

9f 6V 36f
9f
9 27f 0
3 6
6
0
R1R 2 2 When S closed
For fig. 1 R eq   
R1  R 2 3
5. A
C1C2 4 4 2 8
Ceq   Þ   
C1  C2 3 3 3 9 d   2d 
1  – Vt    Vt  1
6f =  3  +  3  =
C eqn 2 0 A
2 0 A 0 A

d 4d 
 – Vt   2Vt 
3 3 

3

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Capacitance - 175

1 1  5d  8. C
C eqn = 2 A  3  vt 
0

6 0 A 6 0 AR V x 0
 Ceqn = =
(5d  3Vt ) (5d  3Vt )

6. 2 sec

1m 4 F 3  2   4 20
Ceq = 3  2  4  9
A B  
Q  Q0 (1  e  t / RC ) 80
v = q/c =  9 = 36 Volt
20
16 Q = 40 Q (1 – e  t / 4 )
t = 2 sec Apply charge conservation
(x – 36)4 + 3 x + 2 x = 0
x = 16.
7. D
When connected to 1 Q2 = C2V2 =3 × 16 = 48 C

1 9. BD
Energy stored  2  10  6  v 2 v2 J
2 Hint.

+ 2CV0 0
+ V'
V –

2CV0 =2CV’
V’ = V0
When connected to 2  Final situation

+ + CV0 –CV0
V CV0
– – –CV0

C1 C2

If common potential is V' then from charge


conservation (8 + 2) V' = 2V 10. A,D
V 0 A
V' = 5 C0 
d
Tot al fi nal e ne rg y =

1 V2 1 v 2 v2
2 + ×8× =
2 25 2 25 5

v2  v 2 / 5
Energy dissipated =  100
v2

4v 2 q = C0 V
=  100 = 80 %
5v2 q  C0

www.motion.ac.in
176 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

q1 k
q2 = 2

E1
E2 = 1

k 2 (K  2)
C= C0 + C0 = C0
3 3 3

C (K  2) 4 7
= 1 =
C1 K 3 3
7C
11. C,D C2 
3

13. B

14. C
A
–V0 e=0

V0
I = I0 cos t +
I0 1 1 +V0
V0 = = =
c 50.0  20  10 6 10  10 3
1 Balls placed on +ve plate become positive
= = 100 charge and move upward due to electric field.
10 2
These balls on colliding with negative plate
V = 100 cos (t – /2)
become negati vel y charged and move
V = 100 sin t opposite to the direction of electric field.
q0 = CV = 20 × 10–6 × 100
15. D
7
= 2 × 10–3 sin  × qv
6 F  qE 
d
7
= 2 × 10–3 sin qv
6 ma 
 d
  
= 2 × 10–3   sin    qv
  6  a
= –10 C
–3 md
1 2
12. D  d at
2
1 qv 2
d t
2 md
1
t2 
qv
 qv
1
t2 
 A v2
C1  0  C
d 1
 t
v
q
 i
t
i 0 v2

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 177

1. A To find the minima


B at t = 0
dB
=0
at t = 0 dx
di= = di
at t = t
B at t = t Which gives x = d/3.

Only single charge is there so no continuous Hence there is a minima close to 1.


current therefore at any instant only small
current at that particular instant and par- 6. B
ticular place and ring.
 0i
B=
2 r
2. B P
Zero, because magnetic field due to each Now, r

wire will be cancelled by another wire. B1 r2 4


 
B2 r1 3
3. A
Always exists in pairs.

7. B
4. C
At point P
P

LM
 0i 1 1 OP i i

.P
(2,3)
N
2 x r  x Q
x

r
8. B
The field due to arc at the centre is given by
0 I 0 I 0I  0i
Bnet =
bg
2 2 –
bg
2 3 , Bnet = 12
 B=
4r

 Bnet =
0i1   i 2  
 + 0 2
b

g
5. C 4r 4 r

4I
x i2
I
x 2d-x i i
M.F. will add i1

In b/w wire
Bnet = VA – VB = i1 R1 = i2R2
 0i 4  0i
B= 
2x 2 2 d  x b g or
R1 L1
i2 = i1 R = i1 L
2 2

www.motion.ac.in
178 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

11. B
i
i2 = 1 [L = r]
2  

 0 i1  0 i a
Bnet =  +  =0
4r 4r a
30°
i.e. the field at the centre of the coil is zero 30°
and is independent of 

9. C
Due to first square
FG
 0i 2 sin 30 IJ FG 1  1  1 IJ
B1 
0I
a
 1

 2

1 
 4
2
=
H
4 cos 30 K H a 2 a 3a K
4 
 2
 0i  0i
= ln22 = ln4
  i 8 4 3a 4 a 3
B1  0  
a 2
4
2
12. A
Due to second square
R/ 2
  0i 8
B2   B=0
4  (a ) 2
45°
     = 45°
So net B  B1  B 2  B3  .... 2

 1= 90°
d=R
2
0i 8 2 1 2 1 
      ......
4 2  a a 3a 2a 

After solving this  0iFG 1 IJ


Induction of magnetic field =
4
R H1
2 K
 0i 2 2 n2
B 
  2
a

13. A
10. D

i i i
Add Add
× × ×
i i

Inside the conductor magnetic field due to


both have same direction so we add them.
Out side the conductor magnetic field due to
both have op pos i te d i re ct i on. s o we
subtract them.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 179

14. D 19. A
B = ni
3.14 × 10–2 = 4 × 10–7 × n × 10
n = 2500 turns/ m. m0 5 2 × 100 = B Bnet
2
2×5
15. B
× × × × B1 = m0 5 × 100
× × × ×
2×2×5
+
× × × ×

× × × ×
–  0 100 1
× × × × Bnet = 2
2 2
 

Eind = v  B .dl 
5
=  4   10 5 T
2 5
16. B
Behaves as solenoid
B = ni 20. B

B = 
4
3
17. A
2
Magnetic field inside a
y 5
1
 0 ir 6
cylinder =
4R 2 z x a

R  i
r=  B = 0
2 4R ×××
×× ××× ×× B due to (a), (1), (3), (5) is zero
Top view –z ×× ××× ××
××× ××× ×××
××× ××× ×××  0i   i
  i × × ×r/2
×× ××× B due to 2 = k , B due to 4 = 0 k
B  0 i  k
4R
e j x × × ××× ××
×× ××× ××
× ××× ×
8R 16 R

 0i   0i LMFG 1  1 IJ k  1 jOP
18. A
B due to 6 =
4 R
j , Bnet =
4R NH 2 4 K  Q
F 1
E= 00 =
q C2 21. B
Top view
F ×
B= ×
il  0i ×
B=
2 x ×
Hence the dimensions ×
due to this ×
B ×
L2 ×
are L2 T 2   T 2  =M0L0T0  0i ×
   Bout =
2 r
Dimensionless. Bin = 0

www.motion.ac.in
180 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

22. B O 26. C
Figure shows infinitely, long, Magnetic field due to Arc i
straight, thi n-wal led pi pe
carrying current I. Let P be B1 =
 0i
4R
b2  2 g
any point at a P

2
distance r from the axis OO1
of the pipe. Let B be magnetic B1 =
 0i
2 R
b  g
field at P. Consider a closed
Magnetic field due to straight wire
circular path O1
passi ng through poi nt P as shown i n  0i
B2 = 2 sin 
figure. From Ampere’s Circuital Theorem, 4R cos 

 B.dl   i0
 0i
B2 = tan  
i = current enclosed by the closed path. 2 R
Obviously, i = 0 Bnet = B1 + B2
 2rB = 0 or B = 0
 0i
 Bnet =     tan 
2 R
23. C
If we c onst ruct a b i g s quare whos e
27. A
centre is on the wire and side is 2a, with
 
PQR as quarter of its part, then  B.dr over 2 
  for each arc
8 4
this bigger square is 0I.

  1 1 40i  1 1   3 0 i
  =
So  B.dr over PQR = ( I), as PQR is th
4 0 4 4  r 2r  4 8r
of bigger square.
28. C
24. C
 0 ir
 q(v  r) 0e  2r  n  r 0ne up to R1 B= (st. line)
2R12
B= 0 = =
4  r3 4r3 2r
25. C  0 ir
from R1  R2 B = (hyperbola)
2 r
R

/2
e
 0 i r 2  R32 j
2 r e R j
R2 R3 B = 2
/2 3  R22

R R3  B = 0

 0i
B due to arc = .  29. A
4R

 0i
B due to wire = .2 sin  / 2
4Rcos  / 2

 0i
= 2 tan  / 2  Bwire > Barce
4R

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 181

30. A  
v is not parallel to B
mv  Path of the proton is helical
R=
qB
mv 
radius = = 0.1 m
1 qB
q × 12 × 103 = m (106)2
2 2m
T= = 2 × 10–7
m qB
= 24 × 10–9
q
35. B
24  10 –9  10 6 KEH = KEHe = KEO2
 R= = 12 cm
0.2
2K
velocity of a particle =
m
31. B

m mv 2Km
R R= =
q qB qB

mP me 4mP M
R P : Re : R = : : . As K & B are constant R 
q q 2q q

mv 1 4 16
RH : RHe : R0 = : :
R= 1 1 2
qB
RHe  : R O2 = 1 : 1
-particle has maximum R, so the path
followed is B.
36. B
32. C
Path of particle will be helical

/s
1 sin 30° 1m
Helical
v 30°
 1 cos 30°
B

Pitch = V||. T
33. B
2m 3
= V cos . =  2 = 3
mv qB 2
R= R v
qB

37. A
34. C
0i1i2
From =F
2d
B = 0.104 T
when current in same direction there is
V
attraction force.
V|| = 3 v
2
60° i1 i2
0 F
V = v F’ = 22 =
2 2d 4

www.motion.ac.in
182 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

38. C
R=p M1  M2 9
qB From (1) & (2) M  M =
2Rsin = y2  x 2 1 2 25

M1 17
2 R. x which gives =
= 2
y x 2 M2 8
y2  x 2 2 x
y
2 +
x

2P y x 2 2 41. A
=  
qB x y
Angle b/w B & A is zero

qB y 2 FG IJ so  = 0
P= 2 x
x
H K
42. A

39. B  = I
Torque on a current carrying loop is given by
mR 2
   BiR2 = 
  MB 2
Hence  does not depend on shape of loop.
2Bi
=
m
40. B
The formula for time period of a system of 2  10  4 
= = 40 rad/s2
2
I
magnets is given by T = 2
MBH
43. B mg sin 
Where I is moment of inertia M is magnetic mgsin = f f
moment & BH is Horizontal component of
f.R = i R2Bsin
magnetic field. mg
mgsin . R = i R2B sin M
Now in the sum
posi ti on i .e . mg
when like poles N S B=
iR
N S
are together

44. B
I1  I2
T = 2 M  M B = 3 .... (1)
 1 2 H
×
In difference position i.e. when opposite poles
are together

N S B

S N

I1  I2
Then T= The force on upper segment is in direction
M1  M2  BH inside the plane of paper while on the lower
= 5 sec .... (2) segment it is perpendicular to plane of paper
coming outwards.
[As 12 osci ll ati on i n 60 sec means 1
oscillation in 5 sec.]
394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota
Magnetism - 183

 
When we calculate   r  F the direction of 48. A

torq ue are as show n. T he v erti cal On observing the hyteresis curve we observe
components cancel out leaving horizontal that for steel even after removing external
components in left direction. magnetic field the material remains magnetised
for a long time.

45. B
49. A
 = 2n (2L) (2a) B sin30°
On increasing the magnetising field more
= 8 Ban I cos60°
domains are aligned in a ferromagnetic
material and hence its permeability also
46. A increases.

1
B
r3 50. B × ×
×
Top view ×
3
B1  3x  27 ×
    i ×
B2  x  1 B= 0 B ×
2 x ×
×
due to this
47. D mV
 0i
in time dt Bout =
2 r
q Bin = 0
i=
dt

v= 2gh

m . 2 gh = F.dt

q
m . 2 gh = ilBdt = lBdt
dt

m 2gh
q=
Bl

www.motion.ac.in
184 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. A
When resistance on both side are different.
So current is different and hence magnetic
field produced by both the segments is not 10 m
equal. Hence net magnetic field at centre is
nonzero.
60°

2. A

 0i M.M. = i r2 = i × × 10–4 = × 10–4


Magnetic field at centre of the ring
2R
 0M
As the three rings are mutually perpendicular. B= 1  3 cos 2 
4 r 3
Hence the magnetic field due to each one of
them will be mutually  to other. Hence 0 M
1  3 cos 2 60
magnitude of Bnet.  B = 4
10
3
b g
3 0 i
B=
2R 2 4
Ratio = 
1 3/ 4 7

3. C
d × d
6. D
0 i1  i2  i1 i2
Bnet 
2d r B
= 10 T .....(1) a
90
 0 i1  i2  90
B 
2d r B
= 30 T .....(1) x
from (1) & (2)
i1 i2 Bnet = 2B sin
i1
2 2  0 ia  0 ia
i2
 
2r. r r 2

4. B
 = 0,  = 45°
7. C
 0i FG
1 IJ l
B = 4 0 
H
2
,
K 45°
l i
net (zero)
2  0i i1
B=
8 
i2

5. C
Replace coil by magnet

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 185

8. C x axis gives
In (C) there is magnetic field at centre due 
to the straight wire. Nd2I 1
Pm   sin d  Nd2I

4 2

9. C
By using Ampere’s Circuit law 12. B
B × 2r1 = 0Ienc In thi s situation equivalent current is
flowing along the curved surface of the cyl-
r1
Ienc =  br × 2rdr inder as shown in figure.
0

 0br12
 B=
3

10. D

dx
O

Magnetic field on any axial point due to sole-


noid would be
R
 nI
B  0 sin   sin 
2

(a) For the shown element the charge is, dq


 
For Present case,   and   2  =  ×2Rdx. This element is equivalent to
2 4
current carrying cylinder with current along
 0nI  1  the curved surface given by,
So, B = 2 1  
 2
dq
i  v0dx
2R
11. C
v0
Take an element of length rd  containing

N Re qui red c urre nt p er uni t wi dt h i s ,


. rd turns as shown i n figure. Its
r
i
K=  v0
N  2 dx
magnetic moment is dM = d . d I
 4
normal to the plane of cross section. We (b ) Thi s s i tuati on i s eq ui val ent to a
resolve it along X & Y axis. The moment along solenoid with ni = K = v0. So magnetic field
Y axis becomes 0 while that along at any inside point is,

dM Y B = 0K = 0v0
(C) At any outside point, B = 0
O
X

2D view of toroid

www.motion.ac.in
186 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

13. B
0J
 (2x)   0 Jx
  0i  2
6 7
(a) B0   î  [10  10  10] î = 0
 2(2)  for point P outside the plane (x>d)

d
(b) B = (10  6 )2  (10  6 )2  10  6 2 T 0 Jdr
BB   =0Jd when x > d
d
2

y
B0 î 15. A
z
x I
=
2R Behave as
× wire
dI =  . Rd

 0 Rd
dB =
B0 î 2 R
45º

B = z
/2

0
dBsin  , =
 0
2
 i
 02
4 R

z
/2
B0 (k̂ ) 0i
B = dBcos  =
0 4 2 R
 0 î
(c) B0 + = 10–6 × 5 î 0i
2(0.5)
Bnet = 2
4 2 R

14. C
The linear current density along the plane of 16. B
sheet at a distance r from the central plane
of thickness dr is given by,

I Jldr
i
e
 =  b2  a 2 ,
j z 
Bdl   0 ir

   Jdr
l l
 0 ic 2
P
x
B(2c) =  b 2  a 2
e j a
c
r
dr  0 ic
The magnetic field at point P due to this e
B1 = 2  b 2  a 2
j
elemental sheet at a distance of x (<d) from
median plane is, when – is taken
B2 = 0
0 0 Jdr
dB    Bnet = B1
2 2

x d
0 Jdr  Jdr
B d 2 x 02
 2

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 187

17. A C   A  


and  BR.d l =  BR .d l = 120
B C

BP 1 BP 1
As B  I so B  3 and B  3
Q R

C   1 A  
r So  BP.d l   C B .d l = 50
dr B 3 Q

B   A  
and A BR .d l   C BQ.d l = 150
di = br.2 pr.dr
From ampere’s law -
  B   C   A  
 B.d l   A
B.d l   B.d l 
B 
C
B.d l = 0I

B = 2r =  iin  I = 13A

z z 2
di  2 br dr , iin = z
r

0
2 br 2 dr
20. A
  
 
F  q V  B  ma 
  1
2 br 3 S  t  a  2
= 2
3
21. B
 0 2 br 3
 br 2 The loop encl oses current I only and
B(2r) = , B= 0 direction of current is positive in accordance
3 3  
to Right handed screw rule. So  B.d l = 0I.
 0 2 bR 3  0 bR 3
(b) B.2r2 = = 22. C
3 3r2
Contact looses when N = 0
V = g sin . t
mg cos = q g sin t B [N = 0]
18. B
  m cot 
t=
 B.d l = 0(i1+i3+i6+i8) (as i2,i4,i5 and i7, do qB
not lie inside the loop)
= 0(1+3–6–8) i0 = –100i0 23. C

B
19. C 90°
V
From the symmetry of figure, and using the
fact that B  I we can find the line integral 53°
of BP, BQ & BR over various parts of closed
loop. From given information. 53°

R
B   A   R
 BP.d l = 40 &  B .d l  150
A C Q

d
From symmetry
B   A  
BP.d l =  BP.d l = 40 3mv mv
A C d= ,R=
5qB qB
B   C  
 BQ.d l =  BQ.d l = – 120
A B

www.motion.ac.in
188 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

24. C 29. B
K.E of -particle = work done by electric
force. y

1 25
qEx0 = m5 2 , x0 = F1 a
2 2E0

×
a
F
25. D F

x
2V0 = V02  Vx2 F2 = 0

4V02 = V02  Vx2


For AB F = 0 as B = 0. For CD F1 = i a 2 ˆj
Vx2 = 3V02
As force created in AD & BC are equal &
qE0t
 3V0  opposite hence they get cancelled out and
m
hence net force on the loop is i a 2 ˆj .
3mV0
t=
qE0 F1 = a 2 ij

30. B
26. B
As the radius of the circle is constantly de- m
creasing hence we conclude that B is in- T0  2  0.57 s
61B
mv
creasing as r = .  = –MB = –iBl2
qB
M/4
A particle looses energy by ionising the air.

M/4 M/4
27. A
y M/4

M l2 Ml 2 Ml 2 Ml 2 Ml 2
× ×
I=    =
4 12 4  12 4  4 4  4 6

2mv
v0 x y= I Ml 2
qB T = 2 = 2
k
6  il 2B

z
M
= 2 = 0.57 s
6iB
28. B

Because it is a closed loop so Fres = 0.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 189

31. B 35. A
The field produced by magnet if it is kept
Q Q Q
=   along last of deflection magnetometer
Area Rh h2 tan
0 M
is while when kept along south the mag-
x 1 4 d 3

r tan 
0 M
 netometer is .
r = x tan 
x
4 d 3
dq = [2r dx]  dq  Magnetic field is proportional to tan 
r
=  [2 x tan  dx] dx 1
if tan  becomes half, then  = tan-1   .
 2

i = dqf = dq R
2
36. A
dm = i Ar = i. r = ix tan 
2 2 2
eL
 =
2m e

dm = x3 tan3  × 2 . dx .  .  L = nh
2
e
=
h

2m e (nh)
3
. x dx  n where n = 1,2,3 ............
M=  dm   tan 
0
37. A
W = – MB (cos 2 – cos 1)
.tan3 h4 .Q /(h2 tan).h4 tan3 
M 
4 4 38. A
(Theoretical)
Q.h2 tan 2 
M
4 39. D
Using formula r = (1 + Xm)
FB Where r = relative permeability of medium.
32. A
 = 2n and Xm = magnetic susceptibility of medium.

v = r = 2nr Binside material = Bexternal + Bmaterial


Fext
B = 0 (H + I) [As Xm = I/H]
FB = Fext = iB0
Wn = 1 = Fext . 2r = 2iB0r = 0 (H + XmH) = 0H [1 + Xm]

Wn = n = nWn = 1 = 2 i B0rn So flux density B = 3000 gauss


= 3000 × 10–4 Tesla

33. B and magnetic field intensity H = 200 oersted

 Magnetic Intensity B = BH tan  = 200 × 80 A-m2

= 0.34×10-4 × tan 30°  3000 × 10–4 = 0 200 × 80 (r)

= 0.34×10-4 × 0.577 = 1.96 ×10-5 T. r = 14.9 ~ 15


and hence Xm = 14.

34. B
(Theoretical) 40. B
Due to opposi te sp i n of el ec trons i n
diamagnetic material an atom does not
behave as a complete magnet in it self.

www.motion.ac.in
190 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. A, B, C line joining wire and point hence angle be-


both point tween xy plane & magnetic field is 45º.
Plane
a & b have a
same B. b 6. B,D
Field inside the solenoid = 0ni
2. B, D So the ne t magneti c fi el d i nsi de the
In point A & C solenoid is given by, B = 0n1i1 – 0n2i2.
r=1m As B = 0, so n1i1 = n2i2
In point B & D The above equality can be satisfied by the
r= 2 m conditions of option B and D.

3. A, B, C 7. A,B,C
The variation of B with r for solid current
E 
x= m/sec. z = m/sec carrying wi re (uni form di stri buti on of
B CR
current across the cross - section of wire) is
shown below.
1
y =   m/sec.
0 0 B

All have dimensions (LT–1)

4. A, B, C, D
(A) Direction of magnetic field produced due 1
r
to the two wires on x axis have opposite
direction  Bnet = 0.
r
R
B

(B) a × × b 8. A,B,C
Use the concept as illustrated by diagrams.
B
a & b have only z component.

Bnet
(C)
× ×
Bnet has only y component as z component Act as South Act as North
Pole current is Pole current is
gets cancelled
clockwise and clockwise
(D) Bx = 0 in net B
P will acquire North pole due to induction
Due to magnetic material of tube induction
5. A, D y y
effect is more prominent and initial force of
1
0i attraction increases.
B= B 2
2 2 l
As direction x x 9. B,C,D
of magnetic Use principle of super position and concept
field is  to z of magnetic field due to thick cylinder.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 191

10. B,D
 0R 3
outside the conductor is ; B2 =
dx 3r
Current flowing per unit length =  = v
dt A plot of B as a function of r is shown in
l figure.

12. A,D

2m T1
By Ampere’s law B + B = 0v T= ;T =1
qB 2
 0 v
B=
2 mV sin 30 mV sin 60
r1 = ; r2 =
qB qB

11. A,D
B 1
The p rob- b=
3
lem can be 3

sol v ed b y Pitch 1
= vcos30° T1
us i ng the Pitch2 = vcos60° T2
Ampere’s
abc = 1
law : R
r

  c= 3
 B.d l  0Ienc a = bc
Where the enclosed current Ienc is given by
  13. C,D
Ienc   J.dA   (r)(2rdr)
W. D. by mag. field is zero
(a) For r < R, the enclosed current is
 
r
e
Fmg = q v  B j
2r3
2
Ienc   2r dr 
0
3
14. B,C
Applying Ampere’s law, the magnetic field at
Work Done by magnetic force = 0
P1 is given by
 
2 0 r 3
0 2 e
f = q vB j
B1(2r)  or B1 = r
3 3
 15. A,B
The direction of the magnetic field B1 is tan-
g enti al t o the Am pe ri an l oop whi c h
encloses the current.
(b) For r > R, the enclosed current is :

R
2r3
Ienc   2r2dr 
0
3
In order to reverse the direction of electron
it should of electron it should turn back taking
2 0 R 3
which yields B2(2r) = a circular path. The necessary centripetal
3
force will be provided by magnetic force on
Thus, the magnetic field at a point P 2 the moving electron.Electron can turn if
Fcentripetal is in x-y or x-z plane

www.motion.ac.in
192 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. four time as the first value.


 0I
Here the field due to straight portion  B1
n1 r2 2r
Here n1×2r1 = n2×2r2 or = .
n2 r1 (say). this field by right hand palm rule is
directed  to the plane of paper and is
 0n1I 0 n 2 I outwares. Similarly the field due to circular
Also B1 = and B2=
2r1 2r2 0 I
loop, B2= and is also directed upwards.
2r
B1 n1 r2 n1 n1 n12 1
     
B2 n 2 r1 n 2 n 2 n 22 4  0I  1 
Total field B = B1 + B2 = 1 .
2r   
 B2 = 4B1.

2. Zero 5. 0.10 mT

Since the directions of current in two halves Magnetic induction at the centre of the rect-
are opposite and the magnitude is same, the angular frame is the sum of the magnetic
resultant intensity will be Zero. fields produced by the four sides of the
square. This field may be calculated w.r.t.
the given Figure as below
1/2

l
l
r

1/2

3. 4 105 T 0  2I
B 2. (sin 15° + sin 15°)
The field produced due to one side AB is 4  d cos 15°

 0I 2I
B= (sin1 + sin2) Here 1 = 60 = 2 and 
4r  (sin 75  sin 75°) 
d cos 75° 
r = l/2 cot 60°
and there are three sides  Total induction 0 I
or B (tan15  cot15)
d
3 10 7  1 2 3  3 3
    
4.5 10 2
 2 2  2  20 I 2  2  4107  5  2
 =
d sin 30°  0.16  1
3 107  2  3 i.e. B = 0.10 mT
B   4 105 T
4.5  102

6. 2B

 0I  1  Here, Resultant field = B2 + B2 = 2 B.


4.   1
2r   

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 193

7. Downwards at 45° 11. 1:4

 0i
B2 =
2R
0 I   2    
8. B 
4  b a  2R = 2R’ × 2

The resultant field at the centre of the curved R


R’ =
parts is the sum of the fields due to two 2
parts. The magnetic field at O due to part
subtending angle  and (2) are given as  0i  2
b g
B1 = 2 R / 2 = 4B1
 I
B1  0  ...(1)
4 b

0 I  0i  1 3 
B2  (2  ) 12.   
and ...(2) 8  R R' 
4 a
 Resultant magnetic field strength at the point  0i
O is given by B=
8R
B = B1 + B2
from the above in the
0 I   2     given Ques.
i.e. B  ...(3)
4  b a 
 0i 1 3LM OP
B = 8 R  R'
N Q
9. 5 × 10–4 T towards west
N
X  0I  1 1 
13.   
W E 4  R1 R 2 
Y

facing west
 0i  0i
Bnet = 4 R  4 R
S 1 2

 0 20  16
for X B=
2  16  10 2  0I
14.
= 4 × 10–4 T (East) 4 R 3

 0 25  18 B
for Y B= A
2  10  10 2
i
i
= 9 × 10–4 T (West)
C D

10. 0 0 i 30 i
B1  sin60   
4 2Rsin30  B R

Bnet = 0 0 i 0 i
B2  sin30  
4 2Rsin60 8 R 3

x x 0 i
Bnet  B1  B2 
4 3 R

www.motion.ac.in
194 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

15. 1 × 10–4 wb/m2, towards the reader.


0i
20. B 2(22  2  1)
20i 4R
Bnet 
4 r
y
2  10 7  10
  1  10 4 Wb/ m 2
0.02
i A i
z
16. B1 = B2 = B3 = B4 i
i
x
0I
B1 = B2 = B3 = B4 =
d
  0i 
e j 0i   0i 
e j
B = 2 R  i  4R  k  4 R  i e j
17.  iin = z 
B. dl
i
in = 1 A. 21.
Ane

z 
B. dl =  From formula
ne A Vd = i

i
Vd =
× × neA

18.
iB
22.
An
From formula
19. 1.3 ×10-4T
qiB iB
N = 10 N = 10 F = qVd B, = ,F=
neA An
4 cm
4 cm
1A
1A iB
23.
Ane
6 cm
qE = qVdB
10   0  1  16 8  4  10 4 E = VdB
B1 =
2  10 4
LM 16  36 OP 3/ 2 =
b52g 3/ 2
iB
N10 10 Q
4 4 =
neA

= 0.26 × 10–4 T

10   0  1  100 i Bd
B2 = = 1.5 × 10–4 24.
24 Ane

Bnet = 1.3 × 10–4 T = B2 – B1


V iB iBd
E= ,= ,V=
d neA neA

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 195

25. (0/2) dJ, in the +y direction


i 0 J0  1 d 
Assume + J and – J in empty space  Fnet = tan  
   2h 
m0Jd
4 m0dJ/ 4

28. ( a) 1.4 × 10 –4 m/s


(b) 4.5 × 10–23 N (down)
+ (c) 2.8 × 10–4 V/m (down)
(d) 5.7 × 10–6 V (top +, bottom–)
(e) same as (c)
(A) i = n × w × h × q × vd
 Jd
Bnet = 0
2 iq 50
vd = 
nwhq 1.11029  0.1102  0.021.6 1019

26.  vd = 1.43 × 10–4 m/sec


15 C
(B) Fm = qvdB = 2.3 × 10–23 × 2
Impulsive force F = iB – – ––
= 4.6 × 10–23 N qE

Now  Fdt  mv (C) qvdB = qE


q vd or i
E = VdB = 2.86 × 10–4 v/m

 B idt  mv  Bq = mv (D) v = hE = 5.72 × 10–6 V


 iB dt  mv  (E) so same as (C)
F
++++
q vd B

 Let height is h then

v2 Bq / m2 W  0I1I2 r2


h= =  ln
2g 2g 29. l 2 r1 = 27.6  J/m

2B2q2 m F 0i1i2
h= 2 q = 2gh 
2m g B  2

10  10 3
z z
r2
dw  0 i1i 2 dr
= 2  10  3  2  q = 15 C 
(20  10 )  0. 1  2 r
r1

i W  0 i1i 2 r2
 0iJ0  d
27. tan –1   (–k ) l
=
2
ln r
1
  2h  
dF
h
dF
so dFnet =2 cos  J0  0 iqv

x 30.
dx 2a
d
  J dx  h
0 0  0 i1i 2 q
= 2i  
F= .  , id = . v
 2 x 2  h2


 x  h2
2
2 a 

q
d/ 2 i= .v
2 i 0 J0 h dx 
Fnet =
2 x
0
2
 h2
F 0iqv  0 iqv
 ,F=
 2a 2 a

www.motion.ac.in
196 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

31. 10 k I
n=
Force on electron due to electric field is in e
+y direction. For undeviation force due to No. of e– in 1 sec.
magnetic field should be in -y direction.
 change in momentum in 1 sec. = nmv force
Hence by right hand thumb rule the magnetic
field should be in –z direction. mEI
=
Be
Magnetude : qE = qvB

5  107
B= = 10 T  0II' C  1 1
5  106 34. – to the left
2  a b 

3mv 2
32.
4qa F1

(0, a) ĵ
F4 c
F2

(2a, 0)
(a)
a
k̂ F3
2v

1 1 F1 = F3
qE 2a = m (2v)2 – mv2
2 2
0II' C 0II' C
F4 = ; F2 =
3mv 2 2a 2b
3mv 2
qE ,E=
2.2 a q 4a Fnet = F4 – F2

 0II' C  1 1 
3mv 3 = 
(b)
4a 2  a b 

3mv 3
F.v = qE v =
4a  dB q 

35. t=m , where  = sin–1   if d < R

qB  2mV 
(c) zero
; T / 2 if d > R
Zero (because angle b/w f & v is 90°)
mv 2mqv
r 
qB qB
mEl
33.
Be 2m
T
eE = evB qB

E  angle = t
v=
B
2
 t
I = ne nos of e– 1 sec. T

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 197

T  a2  
t
2 = î B 120   1  2(a2 cos30º )  cos60º ĵ
 2  180 2 
If d < R

d sin   dqB  3
sin   ,
2mqv = î Ba 2    ĵ
R
 3 4 

2
   t  .t
T 38. 2s

T 2m 1 m I
t       T  2
2 qB 2 aB MH

36. At angle 
M
 Magnetic moment of each part =
3
B = MB cos  = i l2 B cos 
mg = mg /2 sin   xy I
& Moment of inertia of each part =
 3
net  i l 2B cos  – mg / 2 sin 
 Magnetic moment of combination (M’)
/ 2
 = M and I’ = Moment of inertia of combina-
M
w net   d  0
0
mg tion
B
(  K = 0)
I
3× = I.
 3
 Bil2 sin 0 / 2 + mg cos 0 / 2  0
2
 Bil2 = mg /2 I' T'
T '  2  1
M 'H T
mg
B=
2i

39. decrease by 15°


37. (a) Bres = (B1 – B2) 
 I  tan   I  tan 45° ...(1)
 0I   I  (120   / 180)
= [2 sin 60º ]   0   I
4R cos 60º  2R  2  tan  ...(2)
3

 0I  2  Divide eqn. (2) by eqn. (1)


= 4R 2 3  3 
  •
1
60º tan   or  = 30°
(2) • 3
 0I   (1)
Bres =  3  
2R  3  Decrease = 45° – 30° = 15°

qV 0I
F = q (VB) = [ 3 3  ]
6a
 
(b)  = M  B  MB(  ĵ) = î AB(  ĵ)

www.motion.ac.in
198 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

8 2  0l  3 
1. 4.   1
2 4r  2 

Field at the centre of the square is

0I I  I 4 0 I
B= 2
.  0 2 .R  0 .  r
4R 4R 4R  / 2

If r is the radius of the circular coil 2r = 4 r

2
r=

I2
 0 i 3  0 i
0 I 0 I   0 I (o,d) B=  
x 4 R 2 4 R
 B'   
2r 2  2 4 I1

5. perpendicular to the plane of the paper,


B 4 0 I 4 8 2
    2 . directed into the paper. Curl the finger in the
B'  2  0 l 
direction of current then the thumb gives
the direction of magnetic field.

0I  3 2 6. 0.62 N < F < 0.88 N


2.   
4  2a b 
F i B  W
=
2 2
   
B0 = BStraight wire + BStraight wire + BArc fr
F
(Fneed)min = – Fr B
 0I 3 2
 I
= 0 [sin 45 – sin 0] × 2 + × F/2 F 3/2
4b 4a 2
F F 3 (iB  W )  F
= –
2 2
0I  1  3 0 I  0 I  2 3 
=   ×2+ =      30º
4b  2  8a 4  b 2a  = 0.6225 N

F
(Fneed)max = + Fr
2 +
 0i  
3.  
j–i F/2 fr
2a
=
F
2

1  3 
y = 0.88 N 30º .
J

(0,0,-a) x I z
x

 0i ˆ ˆ
Bnet =
2a
j  i

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 199

B  0i1i2 30  0i1i2
 dF 
2  tan d = nsec30
–60
v/2 S – 60  2

7. v x  0I1I2  0i1 i 2
 n 3  F n 3
3 2 4
v
2
2m
T=
qB   I2   L2  a2 
V
10. F   0  ln 
 2   a2 
 –k  , zero
T = 0.1
2

× ×
V 2m  2mK r
 . = = 0.1
2 qB qB

 ( 90  )
x dx
mv 2  
 . = 0.1 B
2 qB × × B
 B = 4.7 × 10 –3
T
 dF = i dx . 2B cos . = i dx . 2
2 0i
8. 0 i x  i2 x
3 a . = 0 2 .dx
2r 2 2 
a x  2 2
 a  x 
 
 0I1I2
9. ln (3) along – ve z direction
4
 2  a2
tan  = y/a dF = i2 dy B sin 
 0 i2 x  0 i2 t dl

y = a tan dF  i 2 dy
 0i1
sin 
=
 
0
a2  x 2
.dx =
 
a
t2
2a sec 
dy = a sec2d
a2 + x2 = t2
 i i sin  cos  0 i2   2  a2 
 
Now dF  0 1 2 .a sec2 d 2x dx = 2t dt = n  a2 
2  
2a
 
y II case zero B | | 

i2  0I0 3b
30° a 11.
2 (a 2  b2 )
60° x
i1

z d  a2  b2
Bvertical = (BR – BT) cos 

 0I0   2   2 
dy dF = 2d cos  sin t  3  – sin t – 3 
    
y

a

www.motion.ac.in
200 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

S  B2
R b T B1

 
a B1'
= 2R +  B'2

d
  0IR (2R–b)
BR 
2d
In y-axis
I
 BT  0 T
2d
 0 jR 2  0 ja 2
( i), B 2 
B1 = 2(2R)
 0I0  2 2 2 b 2  (2R)2
 cos sin t cos  cos t sin –
2 d  3 3
at angle  from y-axis.

2 2  So Bresultent = B12  B 22  2B1B 2 cos(90  )


– sin t cos  cos t sin 
3 3 

 0I0  2   0 j R2 a4 R a2
 cos 2 cos t sin  = 2   2  sin 
2 d 3  4 b 2  4R 2  2  b 2  4R 2

 0I0  3
BVertical  cos   2 cos  t  0 j R2 a4 a 2R 2R
2 d 2  = 2   .
 4 2 2 2 2
b  4R b  4R b  4R 2
2

 I 1 b 3 
=   cos t  0 j R 2 (b 2  4R 2 )  4a 2  8a 2R 2
00  .
2 2 2  =
 a b a2  b2  2 b 2  4R 2

 0I0b 3
(B vertical )amp  0 j R2b2  4(R4  a4 )  8a2R2
2(a 2  b 2 ) =
2 b2  4R2


B  B1(  î )  B 2 sin ( î )  B 2 cos ( ĵ)
 0 J  a2 R
12. (a) B =  – 
2  2R – b 2  ,  
2R b
  B1  B2  î  B2 ĵ
 b 2
 ( 2R ) 2
b 2
 ( 2R ) 2
 
1 a2 
 JR
(b) Bx = 0  4 – 2

2
 4R  b 
 0 j  a 2R R  j a 2b
=  2   î  0 ĵ
  b  4R 2 4  2 b 2  4R 2
 0 J  a 2b 
By = –  
2  4R2  b2  in x direction

J 2 2
  0JR 0Ja 
B  B1 'B 2 ' ( ĵ) =  2(2R)  2(2R  b)  ĵ
 
b
0J R a2 
    ĵ
2  2 2R  b 

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 201

v1  1r  1   Net field = 2(BD  BB )cos 45 ĵ = [4B cos 45] ĵ


13.  v  r   f 
 2
4 0i 0I
from previous question  ĵ  ĵ
2 2( 2a) a

kq 2
 m 2r .... (1) a a
r2 D A
×
kq 2 (BC+BA) (BD +BB)
 q1rB  m12r ....(2)
r2 2a

Now equation (2) – (1)


C ×
mr( 12  2 )  q1rB B

 mr (2)2 ( f12  f 2 )  q2f1rB


y
F3
 f1  f so f1 + f  2f1 ×A
F2
qB F1
so m2 (2f1) (f) = ± q f1 B f = ± (ii)
4m x
×B
e
kq 2   0i 2  0i 2
r 2 F1  F F2  F
2(2a) 2(2a)
r fB= qvB
14. B
 0i 2 F
F3  
2( 2 2a) 2

kq2 mv 2
(A)  .... (1)
r2 r

F/2
kq2 mv12 F+ F/2 
Now  qv1B  ....(2) 3F/2 F/2
2 r
r

 r = constant so v will increases F


so  will increases
1
(B) decreases tan =
3

16. (a) 20 min. (b) 5.94 × 10–2 Nm


 0  4I
15. (i) 4   a  along Y -axis, N=6
I = 2A
B = 70 mT
 0  I2  4  1
(ii) 4   2a  10 , tan     with positive  
  3   MB

axis = MB
 = NiAB
(i) | B A || BB || B C ' || BD | B
time = 20 min

www.motion.ac.in
202 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

17. (A)
 0i
BAB = [sin  + sin ]
4 x 2  (a / 2) 2

 0i 2( a / 2 )
• = .
2 2 2  2
4  x  ( a / 2) a 2 a
   x    
2   2  
B A
i
0i
=
B ( 4x  a )(2a 2  4 x 2 )
2 2
BA 2 2
 x  (a / 2)
only vertical component remain and add.
x
So Bresultant = BAB vertical = 4BAB sin 
i
AB 4 0ia a/2
a/2 
= 2 2 2 2
 (4 x  a )( 2a  x 4) x  (a / 2)2
2

 0 ia2
=
  ( 4x 2  a 2 )(2a 2  4x 2 )1/ 2

4 0 ia2 2 2 0i
(B) x = 0, B = 
2 2 1/ 2 a
a 
2 a (2a )
x2   
2 

B A (C) Neglecting a w.r.t. x in part a


a/2 a/2
0ia2
4 0ia 2
B= B=
( 4x 2 )(2x ) 2 x 3

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 203

1. D
4 x 107 x 3
Magnetic force F = qvB ...(i) 
2 x 0.02 
Centripetal force
 3 x 105 Wb / m2
mv2
F ...(ii)
r
B  B2P  B2Q  (4 x 10 5 )2  (3 x 105 )2
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
 5 x 105 Wb / m2
mv2
 qvB
r
4. A
mv
or r The force per unit length between the two
qB
wires is
The time taken by the particle to complete
one revolution, x x x x xv x F  2I2  I2
 o.  o
x x x x x x l 4 d 2d
2r x x x x x x
T The force will be attractive as current
v x x directions in both are same.
x x x x x x
2mv 2m
  x x x x x x
vqB qB 5. D
x x x x x x
Full scale deflection current

2. C 150
 mA  15mA
Magnetic needle is placed in non-uniform 10
magnetic field. It experiences force and torque Full scale deflection voltage
both due to unequal forces acting on poles.
150
 mV  75mV
2
3. C
Galvanometer resistance,
BP
B
75 mV
G   5
15 mA
I1=3A
Required full scale deflection voltage,
BQ
V = 1 x 150 = 150 volt
I 2=4A
Ig R G
Q V
Let resistance to be connected in series is
 I 4 x 107 x 4 R.
BP  o 2 
2R 2 x 0.02  V = Ig(R+G)

 4 x 105 Wb / m2  150  15 x 103 (R  5)

or 104 = R +5
 I
BQ  o 1 or R = 10000 - 5 = 9995
2R

www.motion.ac.in
204 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

6. B 10. A
  
Let E and B be along X-axis. When a -charged As v of charged parti cl e i s remai ning
particle is released from rest, it will experience constant, it means force acting on charged
an electric force along the direction of electric partical is zero.
field or opposite to the direction of electric field  
depending on the nature of charge. Due to this        ExB
So, q(vx B)  qE  vx B  E  v 
force, it acquires some velocity along X-axis. B2
Due to this motion of charge, magnetic force
cannot have non-zero value because angle 11. C
 
between v and B would be either 00 or 1800.
Y I
So, only electric force current density , J =
a2
is acting on particle
and hence, it will move B
From Ampere's circuital law
X
along a straight line. E

Z
 B.dl   .I
o enclosed

7. B For r <a
Ferromagnetic substances have strong
 oI r
tendency to get magneti sed (i nduced B x 2r = o x j x r2 B  x
a2 2
magnetic moment) in the same direction as
that of applied magnetic field, so magnet I
a
attracts N1 strongly. Paramagnetic substances At r  , B1  o
2 4r
get weakly magnetised (magnetic moment
induced is small) in the same direction as For r >a
that of applied magnetic field, so magnet r
 oI
attracts N2 weakly. Diamagnetic substances B x 2r  oI  B
2r
also get weakly magnetised when placed in
an external magnetic field but in opposite
direction and hence, N3 is weakly repelled by  oI
At r = 2a, B2  a
magnet. 4a

B1
8. A  B 1
2

In case of motion of a charged particle


perpendicular to the motion, ie, displacement,
12. B
the work done
the magnetic field inductions at a point P, at
 
a d i s tanc e d from O i n a di re ct i on

W  F . ds
perpendicular to the plane of the wires due
to currents through AOB and COD are

 Fds cos  (as   900 ) perpendicular to each other, is

and by work-energy theorem, W = KE, Hence, B = B12  B22


the kinetic energy and hence speed v remains

constant. But v changes so, momentum 1/2
A
  2I 2   2I 2 
changes.   o 1    o 2   d P
 4 d   4 d  
C D
O I2
9. C I1
Using Ampere's circuital law the magnetic field o
 (I12  I22 ) B
at any point inside the pipe is zero. 2d

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 205

13. C Towards x', net magnetic field will add up


W E
 oI and direction will be ( ĵ ) .
B
2R
Direction is given by Right hand palm rule No. 1 18. B
A moving conductor is equivalent to a
2 x 10 7 x 100
B= T , southward battery of emf
4
= v B  (motion emf)
= 5 x 10-6, southward
Equivalent circuit
I = I1 + I2
14. B
applying Kirchoff’s law
For diamagnatic material, 0<r < 1 and for
I1R + IR - vB = 0 ……………(1)
any material r >1.
I R + IR - vB = 0 ……………(2)
adding (1) & (2)
15. B
2IR + IR = 2vB
The forces on AD and BC are zero because
magnetic field due to a straight wire on AD 2VB
and BC is parallel to elementary length of the I=
3R
loop.
VB
I1  I2 
16. B 3R
Net magnetic field due to loop ABCD at O is
B = BAB+BBC+BCD+BOA 19. D
B
a A
Consider the wire to be made up of large
 I   I 
 0  o   0 o  I1 number of thin wires of infinite length.
4a 6 b 6 30
0
I
O Consider such wire of thickness dl subtending
D an angle d at centre.
 oI  I  oI b
  o  (b  a) C
24a 24b 24ab Current through this wire,

d
dI  I,
17. A 
The magnetic field in between because of  Magnetic field at centre due to this
each will be in opposite direction portion,

 oi  oi o 2dI
Bin between = ĵ  ( ĵ ) dB  .
2x 2(2d  x) 4 R
dB

 oi  1 1   oI
 d
= 2  x  2d  x ( ĵ ) 22R dB
 
Net magnetic field at the centre.
at x = d, Bin between=0
 /2
For x < d, = Bin between = ( ĵ )  oI
dB cos  
B = 
 / 2
22R
For x > d, = Bin between = ( ĵ )
 /2
Towards x, net magnetic field will add up and  oI
cos d 
direction will (ˆj )

 / 2
2R

www.motion.ac.in
206 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

20. C R  o Q R  Q
Induced emf B  dB  dr  o

0 2R 2 0 2R
e = BHlv = 0.5 x 10-5 x 2 x 1.50
= 0.15 10-3 V = 0.15 mV 1
i.e., B 
R

21. D
Let us consider the disc 23. B
to be made up of large For charged particle in magnetic field, radius
x
number of concentric
elementary rings. mv 2Km
r 
dx qB qB
Consider one such ring
of radius x and thicknes
dx. 1 m2v2
[as mv = p  K = mv2   p2 / 2m
2 2m
Charge on this elementary ring.
dq =  x 2xdx p = 2Km ]
= 2xdx
Current associated with this elementary ring. m
 r
q
dq
dI   dr x f  xdx
dt or md = 2mp and qd = qp :
m = 4mp
Magnetic moment of this elementary ring.
and q = 2qp
dM = dIx2 = x3dx
 Magnetic moment of the entire disc, mp 2mp 4mp
 rp ; rd : r = : :
R qp qp 2qp
M  dM 
0
 1 : 2 :1

R
 r = rp < rd
3 1
  x dx 
0
 R 4
4
24. A

B
22. A Coercivity   = 3 × 103 A/m
0
Taking an elemental ring of
radius r and thickness dr, B = 0 (3 × 103) = 0 nI
R or
we obtain magnetic field at
 100 
the centre of the ring dr = 0  0.1  I
 

Q
.2rdr 3  103  0.1
o  o dq  o R 2 I= =3A
dB  di  .  .
2r 2r T 2r 2 100

 oQ
 dr
2 R 2

So, Net magnetic field at the centre of disk,

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 207

25. A 28. C

For equilibrium  = 0

 = MB sin  n̂ I I

If, sin = 0;  = 0 2R = 4a
 
If angle between M and B is zero, then stable a 2 a 
= =
equilibrium R 4 R 2
 
If angle between M and B is , then unstable
equilibrium a
R
a
26. C
Cross-sectional view 0i i
(Both solenoids are i1
i2 BA= B = 0 2 2
2R B a
 
taken to be ideal in
BA 0i a
nature.) = ×
BB 2R 2 20i
Both wires will attract each other, but net
force on each wire will be zero. a   2
= =   =
Concept: 4 2R 4 2 2 8 2
Two current carrying
elements attract each
29. C
other if direction
For electromagnet & transformer hysteresis
of current is same.
loss is less.
F.B.D

F1  0

F2  0

27. D

L L

0i2
i x
d 2d

0i2
tan  =
2d
.g.
.g. sin 
i2 =  . cos  (2) d [d = 2L sin]
0

gL
i = 2 sin  0 cos 

www.motion.ac.in
208 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

At maximum deflection, whole kinetic energy


2 i0NAB
1. (a) k = N AB, (b) C = , (rotational) will be converted into potential

energy of spring.

NAB 1 2 1 2
Hence, I  kmax
(c) Q × 2 l i0 2 2
Substituting the values, we get
(a)  = MB = ki
BNA
max = q
 k  MB  
NiA  2I
B  NBA
i i

(b)  = k ·  = BiNA 3. A,C


M.F. due to wire on arc is parallel to wire
2BiNA
k  (as  = /2)  force on arc is zero due to wire

B
(c)  = BiNA
F
t t
or  dt  BNA  idt
0 0
×
i = BNAQ F B

BNAQ
or  ...(i)
I
4. A  P ; B  P,Q,S ; C  Q,S; D  Q,R
1 2 1 2
Hence, I  kmax 5. A
2 2
From x = a to x = 2a
BNA    z
max  Q F  q( v  B )  qv 0B 0 k̂
2I
so
from x = 2a to x = 3 a a 2a 3a x
2BiNA BNA 
2. (a) k = BNA (b) k = (c) Q F  qv 0B 0k̂
 2I

(a)  = MB = ki 6. (A) Q, R; (B) P; (C) Q, R; (D) Q


or (A) Q, R; (B) P; (C) Q, R; (D) Q, S
MB (NiA)B
 k   NBA
i i
(b)  = k .  = BiNA ×
(A) B=0 (B)
2BiNA
 k (as q = /2)

(c)  = BiNA
P
t t
×
or  dt  BNA 
0 0
i dt (C) (D)

I = BNAQ
Due to inner loop magnetic field due to
BNAQ
or  ...(i) outer loop magnetic field. ×
I

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 209

7. A  Q ; B  R,S ; C  S; D  P, Q, R For r
E = 0 [due to symmetry]
8. C
V+ < – V–  V+ + V– < 0
 = I+A1 – I1A2  I[A1 – A2]  0
9. A,C,D
In region II, the particle follows a circular B0
path of radius  I+ = I– but radius of loop are different.

mv For s
r – + –
qB E=0 P Q
V+ + V–  0 m
Therefore, the particle can enter region III if
– + –
r > . B0  B+  B–

qB  0 – –2+


i.e. if v  .
m For t E0
In region II, the maximum path length is  E+ & E– both are towards right of PQ
r = , V = 0  [+ & – c harge s are
qB symmetrically placed about M]
which gives v  .
m  and B = 0  I+ = – I–  I+ + I– = 0
The time period of the circular motion is

2r 2 mv 2m
T    12. A
v v qB qB
The particle will return to region I if the time As B  TC  By given graph B2 > B1 TC1  TC2

T m for smaller TC R  0 first. So A option cor-


spent by it in region II is  , which is rect.
2 qB
independent of the velocity.
13. B
10. 7
Tc
11. A  P, R, S, B  R, S, 100k
C  P, Q, T, D  R, S 75k

For P
 Symmetrically charges placed so B
E=0 7.5T

 V+ = V–  V+ + V– = 0
Inet = 0  B = 0 and  = 0 So B option is correct.

For q 14. C
2T sin d = i. 2R d
E1 E2
E3  = 2R
– + – + – +
 T
3 2 1 1 2 3 R= T
2

E1 + E3 – E2 > 0  E  0 IB 
T=
V+ = – V–  V+ + V– = 0 2
Inet = 0  B = 0,  = 0

www.motion.ac.in
210 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

15. B,D (ii) if Q = 0 no effect due to B. but due to E


Both e & p have e–  there is a force along E which Accelerates if
same change along +y direction so speed will increase in
(Magnitude) +y direction
P
Tm 19. 5

me > mp B = B1( 2a dimeter) – B2(a diameter)

So both will come out parallely but different


(J  a2 ) (J  a2 / 4) 5
time. – = .aJ = N = 5
2a 3a 12
2 
2
16. C
Correct answer is (c), because induced
20. B
electgric field lines (produced by change in
magnetic field) and magnetic field lines form
 a2 
closed loops. A = a2 + 4 4  2 
 
Induced Electric field & Magnetic field is in
closed loop. A = a2 + a2/2 = a2 (1+ /2)

M = iA = Ia2(1 + /2) k̂
17. A
If we take a small strip of dr at distance r
from centre, then number of turns in this 21. D
X
strip would be, X X
 B.dl   i0 in
X
r
X
 N 
dN    dr X X
b  a  2 R 2 
B . 2r = 0 × J  r – 4  ;
XR
 
Magnetic field due to this element at the
centre of the coil will be
0 J  2 R 2 
0 (dN)I  NI dr B = 2r  r – 4 
 0  
dB =
2r (b0a) r
As r = R/2 ; there fore B = 0
r b  0NI b
 B  dB 
r a
In  
2(b  a)  a  22. D

 Correct answer is (a). S N

20cm S

18. C,D S N

(i) The path of the particle will be helical


with increasing pitch in x-z plane . M0  M M 
B  B1  B2  B2   3   B
4  (r) (r)2 
Y
E0
1.2  1 
 10 7  3 
 3.6  10 5
 (0. 1) 
B0
 2.2  104  3.6  10 5 = 2.56 × 10
–4

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Magnetism - 211

23. A,C 26. B


 = MB sin 
1
tan = ,  = 30º
3 y
× × × ×
2 3 i + 2j
2 oi
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
× = ia2× sin 300
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
2 d
× × × ×
x
2M q,m
Also T = 12 × 10–3 = L
qB  oi2a2 1  oi2a2
=  
d 2 2d
2M 500M
B = q  12  10–3  3q
27. 3
Same direction:
24. AD
Bsolenoid = 0 nI 1 1 
0i  
Bcylinder = zero (inside) B1 = x  x  x 
2  1 0 1 

2R
0i (x 0  2x1 )
R = 2x (x  x )
1 0 1

Mv 2 MV
 0I qVB = r=
= (outside) r qB
2r
Opp. direction :

25. C 0i  1  1 
B2 =  
2  x1 x0  x1 
 0ia2  oi
 cos

2a h 2

2 3/2
2 a2  h2
0i  x0 
=  
2  x1(x 0  x1 ) 
0i
 cos
2 a2  h2 r1 B2 x0 (x0  x1 )x1
Thus r = B = x (x  x ) × (x  2x )
2 1 1 0 1 0 1
a 2

a 2
h 
2 3/2 
 a  h2
2
 r1 x0 3x1
r2 = (x0  2x1 ) = (3x1  2x1 ) = 3
a 2 a2 4

a 2
h 
2 1/ 2  
a 2
 h2   2
28. C
a = 0.4a + 0.4h
2 2 2
B
0.6a2 = 0.4h2 Coercivity   = 3 × 103 A/m
0

3 2 B = 0 (3 × 103) = 0 nI
h2 = a
2
h 1.2 a  100 
= 0  0.1  I
 

3  103  0.1
I= =3A
100

www.motion.ac.in
212 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

29. A,B,C 30. A,D


If magnetic field is uniform, then we can
 E V
define L (length vector) for whole of the wire. qE = q Vd B  Vd = =
B wB
I = neA Vd

Now, I1 = I2  A1 vd1 = A2 vd2

 V1 V2
L  w1 d2 w B = w2 d2 w B  d1 V1 = d2 V2
1 2

 d1 = 2d2  V2 = 2V1
L = 2 (L + R) d1 = d2  V1 = V2

  
Net force on wire will be F = i (L  B)
31. A,C
     I1 = I2
if L  B , then F =i | L | | B | = 2i (L + R) B
   n1 e A1 vd1 = n2 eA2 vd2
if L || B , then F = 0
 n1 vd1 = n2 vd2

V1 V2
n1 w B = n2 w B
1 1 2 2

If B1 = B2 then n1V1 = n2 V2

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electromagnetic Induction - 213

1. A 6. C S

 = BA cos In this situation field lines


through loop decreases so N
1 induced lines are in upward
10-13 = B(0.02)  2  S
  direction so a < g. N

B = 10-1 T = 0.1 T.
N
Fi e l d l i nes t hrough l oop
S
2. A increases so induced lines are
in downward direction so S
 = NBA
a < g.
= 500×5×10-3 ×2×10-3 N

= 50×102 ×10-6
= 5×10-3 Wb. 7. B
The loop is rotated in clockwise direction so
current flows in AC direction so the forces
3. C
on the poles are as shown and hence magnet
 = B. (R0 + t)2 rotate clockwise.

d
E= = 2B (R0 + t)
dt
× B . B

S N
4. D

d
× F . F
   12t  5
dt
at t = 0.25 sec.
8. C
   12 10.25   5  2 The surfac e i s c onduct i ng he nc e i t s
equipotential.
 2 B
i   0.2A
R 10 A
2v
r 2r v

5. B P Q

We know that vA – vP = 2vB × 2r = 4vBr ....(i)


vQ – vB = v 4r B
 0i
= .r 2 vP = vQ
2R
vA – vB = 4 r vB + 4r vB = 8vBr
 er 2
= 0 . .t
4R 9. B

d 0er 2   
E
dt

4R
. 
 v B ·l 

10. B
dl vector is same in both the cases.

www.motion.ac.in
214 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

11. D 16. C
There is no change in flux so induced emf is
zero. C
Vy l2 Vx
A B
12. A l1

VB – VA = Vy l1 B , VB – VC = Vx l2 B
F
E

17. A

A C B
13. C L A C B

q = CV
 VA – VC = VB – VC
q = C × V0 Bl = constant
VA – VB = 0
14. B

X
18. C
d
dx 10cm
a  0i
B=
2x  dE  
7cm
B x dx

a d
0i 10cm
 d  
d
2x
.b.dx
VA – VB =
2  10  x2 
  = 0.051
2  2  7cm

0ib  d  a
= n  
2  a  19. B
The direction of induced current is such that
d 0bi d  a
 ln   it opposes the effect of change in magnetic
dt 2  a  field.

15. A 20. B
The direction of induced current is such that
it opposes the effect of change in magnetic
field.

21. C
d

2   M
di,
4
 0  5 = 2 ×104 V.
dt 103
 l  l  d
1 = v0d B0 1   , 2 = v0d. B0 1 
 a   a 

v0 B0d v0 B0 d2
2 – 1 = 
a a

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electromagnetic Induction - 215

22. B 27. D
L×N 2 q = CV = CV Bl = constant

2
108  600  28. C

L '  500  Theortical

25 29. C
L '  100  = 75 mH
36 10
Initially L is open imin = = 1A
10

23. A finally L is short.

i = i0 sint 10
imax. = = 2A
5
1000
B = m0ni = 4×10-7   (1) sin t imax – imin = 2 – 1 = 1A
102
= 4× 10-2 sint 30. A
 = NBA = 50×4×10-2 sint×10-4
di
= 2×10-4 sint e = –L
dt

d di
  22  102  2  104 
dt = slope
dt

12
150º


f = 50 Hz.
tan 150º = –1/ 3

24. A tan 120º = 3


2 2
v 
Heat = t  dt
R R 31. A

d 1 R
= = (aT –2at) , (Frequency)
dt RC L

T 2

Heat =  aT  2at  dt 
a2 T 3
32. A

0
R 3R

+ iR – + –
Ldi/dt

25. C E

 2AB
q=  Ldi
R R = E – iR (straight line with -ve slope)
dt

26. B
33. C
 = BA
1 2 dE 1 di
E= Li  .2.Li
    d AdB 2 dt 2 dt
v  B . e = CA (Straight line)
  dt dt
di
Ein  as r > R = Li
dt
= 2 × 2 × 4 = 16 J/sec.

www.motion.ac.in
216 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

34. A 38. C
A rapid flux change in L

L = , iL = N , iL = NBA
i

NBA 39. A
 i=
L
diB
EA = m.
dt
35. B
R 2L 4 i
i  i0 e R / L t  i0e
 
L R =2×
10 10
i = 2 ampere
i0
 i0e 2   0.136i0  13.6%
e2
40. A

36. A 1
C
00

BW 
41. A
    
O W 3W 4W S FE  qE, FB  qV  B

d 42. D
dt

B l
f ,
3W 4W 2  Lc
S
W
 B
C C
but     377 m.
f 1 1
2 LC
F

v 2B2 43. A
F=
R
S V = fC
W 3W 4W

44. B

c 3 108
37. D C = V,     1.5 102 m
v 2 1010
at t = 0 the circuit will be open
 i=0

Ldi
 U = 0 But 0
dt
P=0

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electromagnetic Induction - 217

1. A 7. D
A B

45º

vt

e.m.f = v. B. 2vt = 2 B v2t


If i increases then lines crossing A increase
so induced emf in B is in such a direction
that it will oppose this increasing procedure 8. A
so in B, direction of current is opposite and
electrons will move becuase of internal
hence repulsion occurs.
electric field.

2. D eE F1  F2 F1  F2 . m
 E
i2 is constant. m M Me

graph of i1 against time should be straight


line. 9. A
vBa
×
3. C ar
ar vBa
The circuit is a Wheat stone bridge. On solving
vBa ar
Req. = 3 
vBa ar

v  2  .1 1mA
= 10–3 VB
4vBa vB
4 i 
4ra r
v = 2 cm /sec.

4. B 10. C
R
   
q E = vB .  , iind
R  

   ilB
5. C F  i(   B)
During t = 0 to t = t1 mg
as v  Eind  i  F 
B is linear function of time

d
 = = –ve (const.) 11. A
dt
At any time
N
d  = BA cos t
During t = t1 to t2 = 0 (B is constant)
dt
During t = t2 to t1 B is linear function of time d W
E=– = BA sin t
with –ve slope dt
S
d E
 =– = +ve (const.) i=
dt R
So induce current decrease its producing
6. A effect
So current will flow from P  Q

www.motion.ac.in
218 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

B 18. A
12. B Bil
Bil = mg sin  × 19. C
Self inductance for a solenoid is given as

0N2 r2
L=
13. D l
dx v
d = v B dx, Where N is numbers of turns
x
v0i
A B
d = . dx  100
2x r N1 =
2r
r l
v 0i 2
 d   2x dx  100 
0  R 2
r
 2r 
L1 = =L
l
v0i  r  l 
v A – vB = ln  
2  r  2 2
 100   R 
0  
 2r   2 
L2 =
14. C l

d L1
e=  E.dl  dt L2
=1 L2 = L

(Br 2 ) dB
E.2R =  d dt
, E.2R = R2 20. B
dt
Let a currect i flow in coil of radius R.
R dB 0i 2
E= × × Magentic field at the center of coil = r
2 dt × × R ×× 2R
×
F = qE × ×
× ××
× × 0i 
or Mi = . r 2 , M = 0 r 2
e R dB 2R 2R
a= (leftwards) P
2 m dt

21. D
15. C
22. A
B l2
E= Let I = current in one loop. Then magnetic
2
flux at the centre of the other co-axial loop
1 at a distance  from the centre of the first
  = leffective  B (L2 + 2) loop is
2

0 2I.a 2
loop is B  ...(1)
16. D 4 (a 2  2 )3/ 2

 /2 2BA where Pm = I. a2


t=  Ave.m.f 
  = magnetic moment of loop.
The flux through the other loop is
17. A 12 = Ba2
Check all the options

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electromagnetic Induction - 219

25. D
 2a 2I
 0 2 2 3/ 2 a 2
4 (a   )  M = L1L 2 = 2  8 = 4 mH.

12 0 22a 4 26. C


or  . 2 2 3/ 2
I 4 2(a   )
LRes = L1 + L2 – 2M

0a 4
 27. B
2(a 2  2 )3/ 2 x
vBl = 1 × .1 × .1
 12 = M12 I = 10–2 volt
v 10–2
4
12 1  0 a x x x  10 2

 M12 =    0 O O O
I 2 3 2 3 1
 a << l.  3x + 2x + 6x – 6 × 10–2 = 0
11x = 6 × 10–2
23. C
6  10 2
x=
NI 11
B  r  0
2r
6  10 2
Total flux associated with N turns and length  10 2
i = 11
2 a+b 1
 r 0 IN dr
a is  = .Ia 
2 a
r
5  10 2 1
=  amp.
11 220
2
r0 N  a
= .aI log e 1+ 
2  b
28. D L
 Inductance is given by
Ldi
V
  N2a  a dt
L= r 0 log e 1+ 
2  b Ldi = v. dt
Li = vt
24. B 4×5=2×t
magnetic induction inside the planes of tape t = 10 sec.
is = 0I, I is current through tape line.

0 29. C
then, magnetic field B  I 5mH
b – + I
A – + 15V – + B
Flux associated with unit length of tape is
Ldi
 0I VB – VA = + 15 + IR
 h dt
b
VB – VA = 15 Volt
Then, corresponding value of inductance is

0 h
b

www.motion.ac.in
220 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

30. B 33. A

V Rt / L The work done in pulling out loop equal


e
R to heat generated in t = 2 sec in following
2V
circuit.

O 1 E
2V(V/R) R V V E = vb  = `  i=
8 R
H = i2 RT = 3.125 × 10–3 J
O
R 3V 3V

34. A
t=0 t=
8

 M L 1L 2

For M maximum

2V 2V M= L 1L 2

+ – 15V + – 35. B
A –+ I B
L
Charging =  1 =
di 2R
VA – VB = IR – 15 + L
dt
L
VA – VB = – 15 discharging =  2 =
3R
VB – VA = 15

36. C
31. A 4V
+ –
Ldi q +
1 
2
4–2–  0, 2V
2  dt c –
2 R  q/C
+ Ldi/dt
– + –
q
2–4– =0
c
32. B
q = 6 C
P = vi

400
  t
37. A
 vi0 1  e 200   vi0 1  e 2t 
 
38. B
P1 vi0 1  e   e  1 e
2 2 2

 
P2 vi0 i  e4   e4  1 


e
2
 1 e2

e2
e
2
 1 e  1 2 2
e 1

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electromagnetic Induction - 221

1. B,D 3. B,C

i1 i2

S N
P Q

(A) i2 = 0 and P moves towards right.


Induced current Q is in opposite direction N S
of i1
(B) i1 = 0 and Q moves towards left.
Induced current in P is opposite to i2

(C) I1  0 , I2  0 and in same direction


4. A,B,C

dB
N Attraction
E=A
N S S dt

(D) I1  0 , I2  0 1 0.5 
x
and in opposite direction

1 1
1
N S N

1volt 0.5volt

o
1 0.5 
2. A,C,D
Both are individual loop
x  1 x  0 x  0.5 1
  0 x
× × × × × 3 1 2 22
× × × × ×

× × × × × 5. A,B

× × × × ×
×
B
So current induced in clockwise direction (by
iB cos  = mgsin
Lenz law)

6. A,B,C,D
 
 & B are parallel.

www.motion.ac.in
222 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

7. B,D 9. A,D

imax1 = imax2 Initially inductor acts as an open circuit.


at ( t = 0) i.e. VL max., i = 0
R1 = R2 and 2 > 1  L2 > L1
 VR = 0
and at t =  inductor behaves as a short
8. B,D
circuit.

C L  VL = 0 imax.  VR max
R R

10. A,C,D

E E Ldi
Power = i  L1i1 = L2i2
dt
at t = 0 C acts as an open ckt
V2 1 W
 Q = CE    2=4
V1 4 W1
at t = 0 L acts as short circuit.

E i1 1
 i=  
R i2 4

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electromagnetic Induction - 223

1. 200 rad/sec Now, E.M.F. = V. Bv. 


  = 10 × 10–2 × 4 × 10–4 × 0.25
 E.d l = 10 v
0.8 t = E × 2(2)
E = 0.2 t
4B 2 vd
F = qE = 0.4 t 8.
 = I  . = (0.4t) × 2 

d
 4t
dt ×B
v
10
  4t dt = 200 rad/sec
0
 = vB × 2R = vBd

d / 2  r
M1L2I2T 2  r
L  
  dvB  
2. RCV M1L2I2T3  I2T4M1L2  M1L2I1T3 
     

= I-1  d  2 vB
dvB = i  2   i =
  
r dB e E. er Frequired = idB + idB
3 E.F. =  a= a k
2 dt m 2m
directed along tangent to the circle of radius 2 ( 2vB 2 ) d
Frequired =
r whose center lies on the axis of cylinder. 

4. 5.0 V
 = B A = B.  r mgR
9. Vterminal = ;
B 2l 2
d dr
= B.  . 2r = 5.0v (a) ilB = T = mg  ilB = mg
dt dt
VB2l2 mgR
  mg  v  2 2
R Bl
1
5. A
3
g
1 B r 2 B r2 1 10.
i  i= = Amp. 2
2 R 2R 3
(b) mg-T = ma

6. 3 V, clockwise VB2l2 mg g


T=  ma = a=
2R 2 2
AdB
E= (Clockwise)=3V
dt
mgR
7. 10 V 11.
B 2l 2

  4  Bv v 2 B2
tan  tan1     mg = i  B =
 3
  3  104 R

 Bv = 4 × 10–4

www.motion.ac.in
224 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

 0himN b EL
12. ln dx 16.
2 a
x eR2

b b Rt q  Rt
 0iN    
  i = i0 1  e  
L
T = d = 2x .dx. h  
 dq  i
0 0
0 

1  e L  . dt


a a

q = Ei/eR2
N 0 i h b N0 h b
T = n = (im sint)n
2 a 2 a 17. kMT2/R

d N0 h b di1
=  (im sint)n E2 = M
dt 2 a dt
E2 = M. 2 Kt

0 ab M. 2Kt
13. = ILln i2 =
2 a R

Based on Mutual Inductance. q T


M.2k KM T2
 dq   . t . dt =
 0i R R
d  B( dA )  dx 0 0

2x

a b
18. 42 + 20t volt
 i .dx i
d = 0  di
2 x E-iR - L 0
a dt
dx E = (3+5t) 4 + 6 (5) = 42 + 20t
 0 i  a  b  a
= n
2  a  x
0a  b
19. M ln 1  
2  c
14. 2N
Bvl c b
vB 0i1
i =
4  d   2x .a dx
c

 F=i B b
c b
0i1a dx
vB 2 2 2
2 2 1 2

 F= = F=2N  = 2  x i1 c B
4 4 c
a
0i1a c  b 
2 = ln   x
e 2  c 
15.
e2 – 1
0i1a  b
R = ln  1  
  t  2  c
i = i0 1  e 
L
5H
 
at t = 1 0i1a  b
10   = Mi1 = ln  1  
15V 2  c
15 3
i0 = imax. = 
10 2  0a  b
M = 2 ln 1  c 
 
 1  i1 e2  1
i 1 = i 0  1  e2   i0

e2
 

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electromagnetic Induction - 225

20. 6.00 mWb


l20 m
di2 or R = . ,  V = A.l0 =
|E1| = |–M | Al0 0
dt

25  10 3 5 l20
 M= = mH R  . (where 0 = density of wire)
15 3 V

5 l20
2 = Mi1 = × 3.6 × 10–3  .
3 m / 0
2 = 6 mwb
Rm
 l02  ...(1)
21. 0.10 km 0
Magnetic induction at centre of solenoid is

 0 NI  0 l02
 L ...(2)
B= 4.l
l0
l0 is length of coil and l is length of solenoid
Then flux linked with whole solenoid is

 0 N 2 r 2 I  0 Rm  0  mR 
 L   
 = NBA = ...(1) 4l 0 4  l0 
l0
Also  = LI ...(2)

0 N 2 r 2  r 0
L 23. In 

lo 2
Let a and b be the inner and outer radii of
2 2 2 2 2
N .4.r N .4 .r b
or L  0  0 . cylinder so that  
4lo 4lo a
Using Ampere’s circuital law
(N.2r) 2 B . 2r = 0rI
 0 .
4lo
 0 r I
Now N. 2r = l = length of wire used in  B
2r
solenoid
then, flux linked per unit length is given by
 .l2
 L= 0 r b
  0 r I   0 r I b
4l0    .1 dr  log
r a
2 r  2 a
4l0 L As  = LI
then l
0  coefficient of self induction is given
by
then l = 0.10 km.
r0 b 
L log  r 0 log 
2 a 2
0 mR
22. 
4 0
The resistance of the windings is

l0
R = . ,  is specific resistance.
A

www.motion.ac.in
226 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

B 0 av dB
1. i= in anticlockwise direction,   = –ve
R dt
v = velocity at time t so net = 20 + 1.74 = 21.74 volts
B0l
v. .a
a 5. anticlockwise

6. (i) 85.22 Tm2, (ii) 56.8 V; (iii) linearly


vBoa
(a) i A = v2 t2
R
 = B.A. = Bv2t2

d
= 2BV2t
B (l  a)
v. 0 .a dt
a
(i)  = 0.35 × (5.2)2 × 32 vt
2. Fnett = B0 a V/R
2 2
= 85.2 weber 45°
(b) iaB1 - iaB2 45° vt
d
vB oa2 Bo (l  a) vB oa2 Bol B20a2v (ii)  = = 2BV2t
 .  .  dt
R a R a R
= 2 × 0.35 × (5.2)2 × 3 = 56
(iii)  t so linearly increase with time
 B20 a2 t 
mgR  mR 
3. V = B 2 a2  1 – e 
0   I(R  2x) 2I2 m (R  2x)
7. , + BId
Bd B 2 d2
mdv B2a2 v
F= = mg – 0 BVd
dt R
 = BVd  i= = constant.
R  2 x
dv dt

B20a2v m
mg  F
R
R idB
By integration V
v
dv 1
t x
 B 2 2
a v

m  dt F – i dB = ma .......(2)
v0
mg  0 0
R eq. (1)  BdV = i (2x + R)

 B2a2 v  x t
 mg   2 2 dx
R   tB0a 
 n
 mg  mR
 Bd
0
( 2 x  R ) 
= i dt
0
 
 
Bd  2x  R 
 n   =i t ..........(3)
4. 21.74 V 2  R 
1
(i)  = B. [Area of square]
2
R  2Bd
it

1.74 V  x=
2
e  1 .........(4)
1  
= (0.042 – 0.87 t) 4
2
= 2(0.042 – 0.87 × 2) 2it
20 V dx R  2i Bd 
d v   e  .........(5)
= – 2 × 0.87 = – 1.74 volt dt 2  Bd 
dt

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electromagnetic Induction - 227

2it
dv R i  2i Bd  0
a   e  11. In 
dt Bd  Bd 

a = radius of each wire
2Ri  2 2 it d = distance between wires
Bd
a e ........(6) For r > a,
B 2 d2

(2) and (6)  0 2I


B'  .
4 r
2mRI2 For double line cable with current flowing in
F = iBd + e2ti/Bd or
B 2d2 opposite directions,

0 I
2mRi2  2x  B = 2B’
F = i Bd +  1 r
B2d2  R 
 Flux linked with unit length of double
line is
Ri  2x 
from (5) and (4) V=  1
Bd  R  d a
0 I  I d 
  dr  0 In   1 
a
r r  a 

1 2 d
8. (a) E = Br But  (given)
2
a

 0I
 In (-l)
Br 2 |1 – e –Rt /L | 
9. (i) I = , (ii) 
2R
0 I
2 4
 In  ( >> l)
mgr B r 
= cost + (1 – e–Rt/L)
2 4R  = L I.
Inductance per unit length of double line is
10. 67/32 A 0
 In 
100

i1 = [1 – e–10 t]
10
at t = 0.1 n 2 sec  0 r Nh b
12. In
i1 = 10[1 – e–n 2] = 5 2 a
Now S2 opened
0 I
B
100 2r
and i2 = [1 – e–(40 + 10) t]
40  10
then, flux ()
now let i2 = 5 for time t then
b
i2 = 2[1 – e–50 t] = 5 ...........(1)  0r IN hdr 0 r NI h b

2 a r
 In
now after time 0.2 n 2 sec
2 a
or for i2 (t + 0.1 n 2) sec Also,  = MI
i2’ = 2[1 – e –50(t + 0.1 n 2)
] This gives the required mutual inductance
= 2[(1 – e )2
–50 t –5
+ 1 – 2–5] 0  r N h b
M In
67 2 a
= 5.2–5 + 2(1 – 2–5) from (1) i2’ = amp.
32

www.motion.ac.in
228 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. D
2 2
4  107  2   0.2 0.03  
= 2 2
3/2
2. A 2  0.2   0.15  
 

3. B = 9.09 × 10–11

4. D 11. (D)

E
=c
5. D B

 NN A E = B.c = 20 × 10–9 × 3 × 108 = 6 v/m


M  0 1 2  2.4  104 H

12. D

6. B 4 0.2x

Induced emf
w=  10  3  3  10 e dx

e = BH/v = 4. 5 × 10–2 (1 – e–0.4)


= 0.30 × 10–4 × 20 × 50 = 3 mV w
P= = 2.97
T
7. D
Due to oscillation of coil magnetic field 13. A
changes in aluminium and eddy currents
In an EM wave
are made which damps coil.
B2
1/2 0 E2 =
8. B 20

Both are equal.

14. D
E = hf  E  f

 2L  3L  5 2
EMF = 
2  LB = BL 
  2
R v
9. B
Knowledge based

D,B,A,C
10. (A)

 0IR 2 0IR 2r 2 
 = 2 R 2  x2 3/2
× r = 2 R 2  x2
2 3/2
   

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Electromagnetic Induction - 229

1. A
d dB
= =  (0.1)2 .
2
(  0ni0  cos t)a (Ld) dt dt
2. I=
2R
0
=  (0.1)2.  I0 sin(300t) {300}

3. A,C

Magnetic moment M = i A = A
R
4. (A) P; (B) P, Q, S; (C) Q, S; (D) Q, R,S
(0.1)2 0  I0 300 sin(300t)  (0.1)2
=
5. A R
6. D = 6 0 I0 sin (300 t)
7. C
8. A 13. A,C
As current inside = 0
9. APQST ; BQ ; CS ; DS so Magnetic flux = 0 in all cases.
(P)  (A) : elec. energy stored.
(Q)  (AB) energy supplied, increasing 14. 7
internal energy
At the position of square loop
(R)  (none) energy reduces, heat flows
out, internal energy drops 0iR 2 0i
B= =
(S)  (ACD) Mass to energy coversion 2(R 2  2R 2 )3/2 16R
(T)  (A) Current flows leading to heat
generation  0i 1
 = BA cos  =  2a2 
 APQST ; BQ ; CS ; DS 16R 2

10. B,D  0 ia 2
= ,
qflow   –1
, h  v2  (q / m)  (1 / m). 8 2R

Since hA > hB , mA A < mB B. 2


 0a  a2
M= = = 70/2
i 8 2R 2 R
11. D
B within region should be outward P =7
 iab from a to b & icd from d to c with both
equal 15. B

  d  
12. 6  E.d l 
dt  B.dA 
 R<<
 B = 0 ni d
E (2R) = (B) (R2)
0ni dt
B =

0n i dB
B E (2R) = R2
i dt
N = no. of turn
R dB BR
Ni = I = I0 (300 t) E= =
2 dt 2

www.motion.ac.in
230 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

16. BC
v x    B2l2
BR v0
dv  0 Rm
dx
E=
2
B2l2
QBR v  v0  x
F = QE = mR
2

QBR R  18. B,C


FR
= = 2 MR 2
I   i = 10 A/sec–1
10cm I I
(2xdx)
QB
= 0 i I
2M d1 = (2xdx)
2 x
QB I
 = T = (T) 0.1
2M 0
8=

i  dx x
Given 0 dx
2x
M = L. Thus  M =  L
0i
=  (I) () = (0.1)

=
 
 MR 2 QB  T 
2M 0 0.1  di  
e1 =   = 0
  dt  
R 2QBT
Thus M=
2  2 1
Put T = 1 M = 1 = di2
di
dt dt
 R2 QB
M=± If we consider
T
di1 di
= 2
dt dt
17. A,B

d 0
  2 =
dt 
 Net force between the loop and the wire
dA is repulsive
B
dt

dx Iin
  Bl
dt

 = Blv 90°
i

i F1
R F1
i
F2
22
Bl
F k
R i

dv B2l2
mv  k
dx R

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Alternating Current - 231

1. D i same
Given T = 1s = 10 s -6
P1 > P2 > P3
40 watt
1 1
f   106 Hz
T 100
6. B
Theory
2. B
Given i = 4 sin (100 t + 30°)
7. A
at t = 0 ;
At resonance condition XL = XC then
i  4 sin 30  2A
ZR


 100t 100  103
3 i  100m.Amp
1

1
t sec.
300 8. A
Given potential difference between the ends
of the resistance wire = VR
3. B
across capacitor VC = 2VR
 and across the inductor VL = 3VR
at t = 0, i = 2 sin (100 t + )
3
then

 2
i = 2 sin ,i= 3 Amp. V VR2   VL  VC 
3

2
 VR2  3VR  2VR   2 VR
4. B
Theory
9. C
5. C XL = XC
Given P1 = 40 w, P2 = 60 w, P3 = 100 w Theory

1
R 10. C
P
In resonance condition
1 1
R1    0.25 1
P1 40 
LC

1 when L  25% and C  20% then


R2   0.17
60
1 1
new  
1 125 80 5 4
R3   0.01 L C L C
100 100 100 4 5

R 3  R 2  R1
1
new   new  
LC

www.motion.ac.in
232 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

11. A 100 = 2 × 50 × L ....(Eqn. 1)


Given f = 50 Hz C = 100 F (XL)new = 2 × 150 × L ....(Eqn. 2)
I0 = 1.57 A from eqn. (i) & (ii)
(XL)new = 300 

Then VC = I0XC sin (t – )
2
17. B
1 100t   
= 1.57 ×  6 sin  2
 20 5
2 50  100  10  H , C  F
Given R = 50  , L =
 
 
= 50 sin 100t  2  20
  XL  L  2  50   2000 

12. A 1 1
XC    2000 
From Given data C 5
2  50   10 6
x
Vapplied = 10 V
VC = 8 V XL = XC then Z=R
8v
VR = ?
82 + x2 = 102 18. A
x = 6 volt VR
R R

4 % increase  0. 5 0 .866  100 = 73.2 %
 = tan–1  3  R
 
0.866

13. C
19. A
V0
Vrms   220 Given R = 0 then
2
P = I2R = 0

V0  220 2  311 volt


20. D

14. C

XL  t  1000  V
4
 XL new  2 2t   4  1000  4000   
3 I
  53º
15. D
Z = 5
XL  L  100  0.1  10 
 i = 2 sin (t – 53º)
100   VL = 8 sin (t – 53º + 90º)
i sin 100t     10 cos 100t  A
10  2 = 8 sin (t + 37º) = 8 sin ( + 37º)

3
= –8 sin 37º = –8 ×
16. B 5
= –4.8 volts
X L  L = 2f × L

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Alternating Current - 233

1. C 6. B
Given V = 100 sin 100t e = 500 sin100t
i = 100 sin (100t + /3)   100 
 = /3 2f  100
f = 50
100
I rms = × 10 –3
A
2 7. D
0.4
100 L= H R = 30 
Vrms = 
2
V = 200 V Z= xL2  R 2
P = Vrms Irms cos

100 100 2
   0.4  2
=
2
×
2
× 10–3 cos  3 
  =  L 2  R2 =  2  50     30
 
P = 2.5 W
= 402  302 = 50 

2. B Vrms 200
i= = =4A
z 50
Theory

8. D
3. C In LCR circuit net impedence
Given by
T
2 2
Z= R 2   xL  xC 
 10 sin 314 t  dt
0
Iavg  T
When tuned to resonance then
2 XL = XC
 dt0
z=R

9. C
2i In L–C oscilla tion
 0  0.637 i0  0.637  10 = 6.37 A

q Ldi
=
c dt
4. D  charge is decreasing i = – dq/dt
i
2
di d q
I12 =
Ims  I02  dt dt 2
2 Q0 C L
2
 d q
36  q/c = –L  2 
 9  9  18  27  3 3  dt  S i
2
 1 
q = Q0 sin  LC t  2 
5. B  

By concept 
 between q & i is –
2

www.motion.ac.in
234 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

10. A
3
Given V = 100 V D.C., I = 1 A, cos = 0.6 = 60º R
5
When 100 volt D.C. apply  = 53º XC
V 100 cos  = 0.5
i= = =1
R coil R coil  = 60º
 XC = XL
 Rcoil = 100 
when 100 V A.C. of 50 Hz then i = ½ A XL XC
tan 53º = R & tan 60º =
1 R2
100
Z=
1
2 4 XL X4
 =R & 3 = R
3 1 4
2 2 2
 Z = 200 = R coil   L
R1 3 3
2002 = 1002 + 42 × 502 × L2 
R2 4
On solving we get

3
L= H 13. A

V = 5 cos t = 5 sin (t +/2)
i = 2 sin t
11. C
 = /2
E 141.4 P = Vrms × Irms cos 
Z= = = 20 2
i 5
5 2
X  XC = × cos /2 = 0
tan = L 2 2
R
By E and I
14. D
 = 2
Given
 XL = XC
V0 = 283 V R=3
1 L = 25 × 10 –3
H C = 400 × 10–6 F
then 2 =
LC
For maximum power XL = XC
  = 5000
and L = 0.01 1 1
C =  2 =
L LC
C = 4F

R = 20 2
15. C

12. D 1
cos =
2

XL–XC
1
L –  = 10 45º
c
XL 10
 1 
53º  100  0.1   = 10
 100  c 
R1
2f = 100 C = 500 F

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Alternating Current - 235

16. D 18. C

L R
tan 60º =  L = 0.6 H Paverage = irms Vrms .
R 2
= irms2 . R
1
tan 60º =  C = 1.9 × 10–5 F = 22 × 5 = 20
RC

19. D
200
so I =
2
  1 
(100)2  300 0.6   
5 
  3001.9 10 

I = 2A
Power dissipated = 4 × 100 = 400 Watt

17. A
so RI = 12/4 = 3

Vrms
Irms =
RI2  (  L )2

12
2.4 =  L = 0.08H
9  (50L)2

4A

RI

12V

2
Vrms
Power = 1 
2 = 17.28 w

R 2   L 
 C 

www.motion.ac.in
236 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. A,C,D 3. B,C
V = 200 sin (100 t) For maximum current XL = XC this can be
Compare this equation with V = V0 sin t achieved by either increasing XC or XL.

V0 200
V0 = 200 V, Vrms =   100 2 4. A,B,C
2 2

t = 50 VP2R 282  282  500


P 
2Z2 
2
2 
 106  
2  (500)2    
2. B,C,D   2  377  
vrms = 100 V.

Peak value of voltage = 100 2V 282  282  500


= = 10 W
2  1410  1410
100 2
Peak value of current =  2 2A
50
5. A,D
Theory
2 2
Irms =  2A
2

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Alternating Current - 237

5 i0
1. 4. i=
6 2

i0
 = i0 e–t/  t = n2 ....(i)
E = E0 cos (t + ) can be written as 2
3
i = i0 e–t/
  
E  E0 sin  t    q t
 2 3 t / 
 dq =  i e
0 0
0 .dt

 5 
 E0 sin  t  
 6  q  i0  e t /   1

By equestion (i)
5
Phase diff. =
6    ln2 
q  i0  e   1
 

2. I 20  0.5 I12 i0L



2R
T
2
 I .dt 5. 9.2 F
= 0
T
= I20  0.5I12

 dt
0
100V
  60º

1 2 2 1/2 x
3. (i  i )
2 1 2

T
(200)2 = (100)2 + x2
1 2 
 I1 cos2 t  I22 sin2 t  2I1I2 sin t cos tdt 
Irms 
T   x = 3 100
0 


2
I2 R
1  I1 
  T  2 T  60º
T  2 2 
1
C
1


I 2
1  I22  2

1
tan 60º = = 3
cR
c~
– 9.2 F

www.motion.ac.in
238 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

6. 20 V R2 = Z2cos2 = 23 (0.707)
= 16.26
v v2L  v2R
XC = z22  R 22
 144  256
2 2
= (23)  (16.26) = 16.26 
 400
= 20v when resistance are connected in series
R = R1 + R2 = 39.26 
7. 2H XL – XC = 14.41 
Given C = 5 F, R = 10  and f = 50Hz 2 2
Z = R  (xL  xC ) = 41.82 
cos = 1

R V 230
then cos = = 1 (a) i = = = 5.5A
Z Z 41.82

(b) P = i2R = (5.5)2 (39.26) = 1187.6W


R  X L  X C 
2
R = Z and Z = 2
= 1.188 kW
After solving (c) Power factor

R 39.26
L = 1 cos =
z
=
41.92
= 0.939
c
since
1 1 20 XL > XC,
L= =  2 H
2 C 2  50 2  8  10 6 
This power is lagging

8. Given V1 = 115 V, I1 = 3A, f = 50hz, cos 1 = 9. 3:5


0.6 Given for Bulb B1 , P1 = 500 w
Bulb B2, P2 = 300 w
V1
Z1 
I1 V = 200 volt

V2 1
115 P R 
Z1 = = 38.33  R P
3

R1 R1 P2 300 3
  
cos 1 = Z R 2 P1 500 5
1

 R1 = Z1 cos1
= (38.33) (0.6) = 23

XL = z12  R 12 = 30.67 

For second condition V2 = 115 V, I2 = 5A

V2
Z2 
I2

115
Z2 = = 23
5

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Alternating Current - 239

1. Current at any instant in the circuit will be


C1 max
I = Idc + Iac = a + b sin t iC1  .
 C   1 
C2 1  1  L  
 C2   (C1  C2 ) 
/2 /2
T 2  T 2 


 I dt 


 I dt 
 
Ieff =  0T   Ieff =  0T 
 dt   dt  Ldi Ldi

 0



 0


4.  – iR –
dt
= 0   – (3 + 5t) R –
dt
=0

 – (3 + 5t) R – L5 = 0  E = 42 + 20t
1/2
 T 
=  1 (a  b sin t)2 dt 
 T 0  
P Q
1uf 4.9mH 68
1/2
T
1 
Ieff =  (a2  2ab sin t  b2 sin2 t)dt 

 T 0  5.

T T 10V
1 1 2 1
but as
T 
0
sin t  0,
T 
0
sin t  dt,
2
for max. current flow
1/2
 2 b2  1
Ieff = a  2  L – =0
  C
 Resonance frequency

2. E = 200 sin 314t 10 5


=
E = 200 sin (2 × 50t) 7
= 200 sin 314t
ZQ = RL2  (L)2

2
 105 
 (68)2    4.9  103 
 7 
3. c1+c2 L
= 97.6 

2 2
 1   7 
ZP = R2     (32)2   5 
Vmax  C 6 
imax =    10  10 
 1 
  L  
 (C 1  C 2 )  = 77 

iq and qc

C1
so ic1 = C  C . imax
1 2

www.motion.ac.in
240 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. B

Given L = 300 mH, R = 2, V = 2 V value between 0 to depending on the val-
2
The current at any instant is given by
ues of L and C.
Io (d) In a circuit containing L alone, the volt-
I  Io (1  eRt / L )   Io (1  e Rt / L )
2

age leads the current by .
1 L, R 2
or  (1  e Rt / L )
2 Hence, the option (c) is correct.

1
or e Rt / L  5. A L=100mH
2
This is a combined ex-
2V
Rt ample of growth and
or  ln 2 decay of current in an
L A B
LR circuit. E=100V

L 300  103 The current through circuit just before short-


 t ln2   0.693
R 2 ing the battery.

 150  0.693  10 3 = 0.10395  0.1 s E


Io   1A
R
2. C [as inductor would be shorted in steady
Given, L = 10 H, f = 50 Hz state]
for maximum power After this decay of current starts in the cir-
XC = XL cuit according to the equation

1 1 I  Ioe t / 
or  L or C
C 2L where  = L/R

1 3
)/(100x103 /100) 1
 C I  1 x e(1x10   A
2
4 x 50 x 50 x10 e

or C = 0.1 x 10-5 = 1F 100 3


E R / Lt 100  100  103  1  10
i e  e
3. A R 100 L

R 12 4 1
Power factor = cos      0.8 = A R
Z 15 5 e

4. C 6. C
(a) In a circuit having C alone, the voltage Given R = 1 k, C = 2F,  = 200 rad./s,
 V = 100 V
lags the current by
2 1
At resonance ,  L =
(b) In circuit containing R and L, the voltage C

 Current flowing through the circuit,


leads the current by .
2
VR 100
I   0.1 A
(c) In LC circuit, the phase difference be- R 1000
tween current and voltage can have any
So, voltage across L is given by

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Alternating Current - 241

9. D
1
VL = I XL = IL , but L  Given L = 400 mH and R1 = 4 , R2 = 2,
C
V = 12 V

1 0.1 V 12
 VL    250 volt I1    6A
C 200  2  106 R1 2 A
R1 L
1 dI
 E  L 2  R 2 I2
LC dt
I2 = Io (1-e-t/tc)
1 R2
 200  200   S
L  2  106 E 12
 Io    6A
R2 2
25
L H
2 L 400 x 10 3
tC    0.2 ,
R 2
1
VR  IR  100  I  103  I 
10 I2  6(1  e5t )

1 25 Potential drop across


VL  I  L   200   250V L = E - R2L2 = 12-2x 6(1-e-5t) = 12 e-5t
10 2
2
 t
VL  VeR / Lt  12 e 400103  12 e5 t V
7. B
For given circuit current is lagging the volt-

 10. D
age by , so circuit is purely inductive and The given circuit is under resonance as
2
XL = XC Hence, Power dissipated in the cir-
there is no power consumption in the circuit.
cuit is
The work done by battery is stored as mag-
netic energy in the inductor. V2
P  242W
P = Vrms Irms cos R

 XL
=  P=0 R
2 tan30   XL 
R 3

8. D XC R
tan30   XC 
Rise of current in L-R circuit is given by R 3
I = I0 (1-e ) -t/

XL  XC    0
E 5 10H
Where Io    1A P = Vrms Irms cos
R 5
V2 220  220
L 10 P= =  242W
   2s 5V 2R 2  200
Now,
R 5
After 2s, ie, at t = 2s
11. B
Rise of current I = I0 (1-e-1)A.
At t = 0, inductor behaves like an infinite
R 5 resistance
E  t 5  2 
i  1  e L   1  e 10   1  e1
R  5  V
   So at t = 0, i  R
2

www.motion.ac.in
242 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

and at t =  , inductor behaves like a Rt



conducting wire  qmax  q0e 2L

V V(R1  R2 ) Rt
i  q2max  q20e

L
R eq R1R 2

R
 time constant  =
12. A L

V since L1 > L2
1 < 2
Hence correct graph is 3.

R S1
Alternative solution
The value of Qmax reduces because of energy
C
dissipation in resistor. As the value of inductor
S2
increases the time taken for capacity to
L discharge or charge increases therefore heat
t
dissipation time decreases. Hence corrcect
  
q = CV  1  e RC
 graph is 3.
  15. B
At t = 2RC According to given conditions:
q = CV [1 – e ] –2
15
V
i0 = = = 0.1A
R 0.15  103
13. A
Rt 0 .15103 10 3
When BC are joined only i = i0 e  L = 0.1 × e  0.03
L & R are in circuit – +
Applying KVL, R 0.1
= 0.1 × e–5 = = 0.67 mA
VR + VL = 0 + 150
L
 VR = –VL –
VR 16. C
V =–1
L

14. C R L 210 80V


dI q
IR  L  0
dt C KVL
220
d2q dq q
L  R  C
dt2 dt C
VL2 + 6400 = 220 × 220 IR = 80
comparing with equation of damped oscillation
80
d2 y dy VL = 48400  6400 I= = 10 = 42000
d 2    ky 8
dt dt
= 210
The eqution of amplitude is y  Aebt I xL = 210 XL = 2fL = 210

210
 R L= = 0.065 H
where b   10  100 
2m 2L

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Alternating Current - 243

1. B 8. A,C
Given  = 100 rad/sec.
2. D (R1 = 100  , C = 100 F)
R2 = 50  , L = 0.5 H
3. C XL = L = 50
I1
100 2
1
4. B XC = = 100
c
50 2
I2
1
Z  R2  2 2 V 20
C I1  
R 100 2
20V
As   z   imax 
at 45° with voltage.
So Bulbs glows brighter
I1
20 2
I2  =
5. (A)  RST ; (B)  QRST ; (C)  PQ ; (D) 50 2 5 2
 QRST
at 45° with voltage.
Net current I2
6. B,C
As C is filed with Dielectric  C  I I12  I22 = 0.3 A approx.

1
XC    Z  R 2  X C2 
C 9. B
P = vi
IR   IRB > IRA
i = 150 A
So drop across R increase &
R = 0.4 /km = 0.4 × 20 = 8  loss
VC   VCA > VCB
H = I2 R
= 150 × 150 × 8
7. A
= 180000 J

180000
1 % power dissipation = ×100
R 1.25  R  2 600  1000
(500  C)2
= 30 %

1
1.25 R2 = R2 + 10. A
(500  C)2
Step - up
1 v 10
0.25 R2 = 
(500  C)2 4000 1

 v = 40000 volts
1
R=
(500  C) 40000
Step Down :  200
200
2 2
C= R  C =  103 = 4  200 : 1
500 R 500

www.motion.ac.in
244 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

11. C,D 12. 8

1mH

2mH

5V

I = I0 cos t
Min. current is at t = 0
I 1 1
V0 = 0 = 6 = 5
c 50.0  20  10 10  10 3 imin = A
12
1 Max. current is at t 
= = 100
10 2
1   
V = 100 cos (t – /2) = + +
R eq 3 4 12
V = 100 sin t
q0 = CV = 20 × 10–6 × 100

7
= 2 × 10–3 sin  ×
6

7
= 2 × 10–3 sin
6
3
req = 
    2
= 2 × 10–3   sin  6  
  
10
= –10–3 C imax = A
3

imax 10 12
imin = 3 × 5 = 8

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 245

1. C
Pt λ Eλ
No. of Photon= =
hc hc
hf = +ev s
if E is constant no. of photon is  

2. A
7. B
hf =1.7+10.4=12.1eV=energy
-3
in H-atom 10
No.of Photons=
12400 -13
×1.6×10
5000
x=3
16
=0.25×10
12.09 ev -6
- 0.16×10 +12
n=1 No.of e reaching= =10
-19
1.6×10
12
10
%= ×100=0.04%
3. A 16
0.25×10
A Photon can interact with only a single
electron.
8. C
4. D Depends on f not on Intensity

As distance  ses.
9. C
I  ses. If v1, v2, v3 are in A.P. then

 i  hc
= +eV ....(1)
λ 1
P 1
I
4 r 2
hc
= +eV ....(2)
λ 2
2
5. B
Ephoton = 6 ev hc
Max KE = 4ev =+eV ....(3)
λ 3
3
 = Ephoton - Kmax
= 6 - 4 = 2v After solving (1), (2) and (3) we get
then stopping Potential is 4v.
21 3
2  which are in H.P.
1  3
6. C

12400 eV)
(

E=
(

λ in Å)

IAt λ
No. of Photon=
hc

www.motion.ac.in
246 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

10. B 15. C
KEmax = 2ev
Ephoton = 5ev hc
0 
0 = 5ev - 2ev = 3ev 
Now no current when
1 4.5 2
Ephoton = 6ev    2.3  1
i.e. KEmax < 3ev 2

eVmax < 3ev


Vmax < 3ev/e = 3V 16. B
  =3eV W = h – eVs
 K.E.max =3eV in Second case h = energy of incident photon

11. C 12400
Here h  eV  10eV
They have same K.E. 1240

h  W = 10 – 8 = 2 eV
λ=
2m K.E. So, 0 = Threshold wavelength
mp > me and qp=qe
12400
 Å  6200Å
1 2eV
p<e as  
m
17. A
12. A
KE = 100+50 = 150eV 12375
1  Å  1000Å
v = 150volt E1 (eV)

150  E1 = 12.375 eV
λ=
V
12375 12375
Similarly,  (Å) eV  2000  6.1875eV
  1Å 2

13. D Now, E1 – W0 = eVs


and E2 – W0 = eVs
h 12
= 10 h Hence, 12.375 – W0 = 7.7eV
λ
and 6.1875 – W0 = eV’s
14. D Solving, we get V’s = 1.5 V

18. C

Ek hc
E= – 0

v hc
2E =  0
According to Einstein's photoelectric equa- '
tion, (KE)max = hv –0 . Comparing with the
straight line equation y = mx + c, we find hc
Solving  ' 
that the slope of the graph is h. Clearly, the E  hc
slope is the same for all metlas and is inde-
pendent of the intensity of the ratiation.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 247

19. B 22. C

1  1 1  hc
mv12  hf1 – 0  E  Rcz 2  2  2  
2
 n1 n2  
and

1 C 
 Shortest
mv22  hf2 – 0
2 D 
 longest
Subtracting, we get

1 23. C
m(v12 – v22 )  h(f1 – f2 )
2 2.18  1018
I.E. 
n2
2 2 2h
 v1 – v2  (f1 – f2 )
m
2.18  1018

9
20. C = 2.42 × 10-19 J

hc
 E  0 24. A

 n  1  3   n  1  3  1  10
hc 2
 2E  0
'
(n-2) (n+1) = 20
n2 - 3n - 18 = 0
 '  E  0  '
Dividing, we get    2E    or <1 n=6
 0  
25. D
 ’< or >’
2 2
  0.529  n  1  n 2   0.529  n  1
 
 ' 1  E  0 
Also, 
 
2 
  2n  1  n 2  1  2n
E 0 
 2   n  0, 4

' 1  26. D
or  or ’>
 2 2
v 2 z 2 /n2 . z z 3 1
It folows from Eqs. (i) and (ii) that a=   4 4
R n2 n n
  16 : 81
 > ’>
2

27. B
21. B
 v z/n z 2 1
f=    
nh 2  r n2 /z n3 n3
J = mvr =
2 As per queestion

1 1 1 1
 n=3 f1  f2 ;  
27 n13 27 n32
1
K.E. = - T.E. = 13.6 × n = 3n2
9
= 1.51ev

www.motion.ac.in
248 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

28. C He+ ion = 4m.


r0 =a0 =0.529 A 0 Let 0 be the initial speed of H atom and f
the final common speed. According to
rn =a0n2 momentum conservation.

29. A 0
m0 = 4mf + mf  f =
5
z2 1
E  13.6  13.6  2 1 2
n2 2 Kinetic energy = (5m) 0
= 3.4 ev 2 25

30. B 1  1 m 2  K
= 0 =
5 2  5
1 1 
eV = hc      Now, for minimum value of K so that the
 0 
electron excite to first excited state of H
 1 atom and He+ ion.
eV 1
 hc   
3  2  0  4K 51  5
= 51 eV or K = or K = 63.75 eV
Dividing Eq. (i) and (ii), we get 0 = 4. 5 4

31. A
34. B
 If K.E.<13.6ev
ΔE =0,10.2,12.09 .......13.6ev The energy taken by hydroge n atom
corresponds to its transition from n = 1 to n
Collision must be elastic
= 3 state.
E (given to hydrogen atom)
32. A
 T.E.=P.E. + K.E. 1 8

 13.6 1    13.6   12.1 eV
Existed  9 9

Gnd
E  35. A
So both P.E. & K.E.  For a collision of neutron with hydrogen atom
in ground state to be inelastic (partial or
complete), the minimum KE of striking neutron
33. A
must be 20.4 eV. [This condition is derived in
Here, energy loss during the collision is used
theory.]
to excite the atom or ion.
As the energy of the given incident neutron
Now, according to quantum mechanics loss
is less than 2.4 eV, the collision must be
in energy (E) for H atom
elastic.
{0, 10.2 eV, 12.09 eV, ...., 13.06 eV}
For He_ ion : {0, 40.8 eV, 48.36 eV,...., 54.5
36. C
eV}
As the collision is inelastic, it means a part
to excite the hydrogen atom and He+ ion in
of kinetic energy is transformed into some
first excited state, minimum energy = 40.8 +
other form due to collision. In this case, the
10.2 = 51 eV
kinetic energy of incident electron can be
Now, according to newtonion mechanics, absorbed by H atom and it can absorb only
minimum loss = 0 (for elastic collision). 10.2 eV out of 11.2 eV, so that it can reach
Maximum loss will be when there is perfectly to 1st excited state and the electron leaves
inelastic collision. ith remaining energy, i.e., 1.0 eV
Now, let mass of H atom = m, then mass of

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 249

37. B 2 2
  v1  v2    v1  v2   4v1 v2
 1 3
E = R ch × 1  2  = R × hc 2 E
 2  4    v1  v2   v2  4
m
Momentum of photon emitted is, As v1 – v2 must be real, therefore
E 3R h E
p= = v2  4 0
c 4 m
Recoiling speed of hydrogen atom is given by
1
 = P/m. where m is the mass of hydrogeon or mv2  2E
2
atom.
The minimum energy that can be absorbed
3R h 3  1.1  107  6.63  10 34 by hydrogen atom in ground state to go into
= =
4m 4  1.67  10 27 excited state is 10.2. eV.
= 3.3 ms–1 Therefore,
1
38. C mv2min  2  10.2 eV
2
 1  = 20.4 eV
E = R hc 1  
 25 
Momentum of photon emitted is 40. B

E  24  1 1 
p= = R h  25  E = 13.6  2  2 
c   1 6 
Recoil momentum of H atom will also be p. = 13.22 eV
m = p E
p=
7
(1.097  10 )(6.626  10 34
)24 c
p
= =
m (25)(1.67  1027 )
E 13.22  1.6  10 –19
  = 4.178 ms–1  v= =
mC 1.67  10 – 27  3  108

= 4.2 m/s
39. B
Let v = speed of neutron before collision,
41. C
v1= speed of neutron after collision,
hc hc
v2 = speed of proton or hydrogen atom  E   
 E
after collision
p   q
and E = energy of excitation
EP  EQ
For conservation of linear momentum,
 EK   EK 
mv = mv1 + mv2 ...(i)
So Q 
 K
Fron conservation of energy,
P 
 K
1 1 1
mv2  mv12  mv22  E ....(ii)
2 2 2
From Eq. (i), 42. C

v2  v12  v22  2v1v2 0.1 to 10Å (x-ray range)


From Eq. (ii),
2E
v2  v12  v22  43. D
m
When freqency is increased energy increases
2E
 2v1 v2  i.e. penetrating power increases
m

www.motion.ac.in
250 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

44. C
200 5 78
  = 26  z = 27
3 3 33 3
L
1 2 49. A
K
E1 + E3 = E2 13.6Z2
En  eV
hk+ hLhk n2

kkL
k
 En  – eV
n2
45. B
When ever the energy of photon is doubled k k k
 E1  – , E2  – , E4  –
then work function increases must more than 1 4 16
by 2 times.
k  k
Now, E2 – E1  – – – 
4  1
46. C
Energy of photon is given by mc2. Now, the k 3k
k– 
maximum energy of photon is equal to the 4 4
maximum energy of electrons = eV
eV k  k
Hence, mc2 = eV  m = E4 – E2  – – – 
c2 16  4 
1.6  1019  18  103
 = 3.2×10-32 kg
(3  10 )2 k k 3k
 – 
4 16 16
47. D Clearly, E2 – E1 > E4 – E2

1 2  1 1
Using   R(z  1)  n2  n2  50. B
 2 1 

The cut-off wavelength when V = V1 = 10 k


For K line; n1 = 2, n2 =1
V is
1875R 3
For metal A; = R (z1-1)2  4  hc
4   1 = eV = 1243.125 ×10-13m
1
 z1 = 26
The cut-off wavelength when V = V2 = 20kV
3 is,
For metal B; 675 R = R (z2–1)2  4 
 
hc
 z2 = 31 2   621.56  1013 m
eV2
Therefore, 4 elements lie between A and B.
The wavelength corresponding to K line is,

48. A 1 3R
 (z  1)2
 4
1 3R
 (z  1)2 From given information, (–2)=3(–1)
 4
Solving above equation, we get Z = 29

4 4
(z-1)= 
3R  3  1.1  107  1.8  1010

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 251

1. D
2hc 2hc
   K2     K2 
1 1
hc
= +K
λ Now eq. (1) - eq. (2)
4hc 4 4K   2K1  K2  0
 = + ..............(1)
3λ 3 3
K2    2K1
4hc ' 4hc '
= + K  = +K ......(2)
3λ 3λ K2  K2
  K1  K1 
equation (2)-equation (1) 2 2 2

' 4 4
K - K- +  =0 5. C
3 3
' 4  4K eV1
K = K+ > V  0  f  f0 
3 3 3 f1  f0

eV1 f0
2. C = or   f0 h
f0  f1

Total Energy KEmax = E - 


no. of Photons =
Energy of one Photon = hf1 - hf0
so no effect on current
6. B
KEmax  hv  
1240
Energy of a Photon= = 6.2ev
2 KEmax  2hv  2 .............(i) 200
KEmax 6.2 - 4.5 = 1.7eV
(KE)max  2hv   ...................(ii)
Collector plate will attract it & the potential
(ii)  (i) 2V increase KE by 2eV
So max KE = 3.7 eV
(K.E.)max    0
7. B
3. D
h hc E2ph
 = 4ev   or 2mEe =
2mEe Eph c2
K.E.max = E - 
eV0 = (13.6-4) eV
1 2E
V0 = 9.6 V But Ee = mv2 or m = 2e
2 v
for zero photo current
Vanode must be > Vs  2E  E2
 Vanode = 10 V  2  2e  Ee  ph
v  c2

4. C 2 E2e v2
4E2 Eph 
or 2e  2 or E2 4c2
hc 2hc v c ph
   K1    2   2K1 
1 1
Ee v
or 
Eph 2c

www.motion.ac.in
252 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

8. C 12. D
Electric field may increase or decrease the
h
 speed of electron
2mqV
h h
mV = constant As P  mv 
 
1837 V’ = 1×V
magnetic field will on change the speed of
V the particle.
or V’ = volt
1837
so 1  2 or 1  2

9. B
13. D
Since the stopping potential depends on the
For equilibrium, force exerted by the light
fequency and not on the ntensity and the
beam should balance the weight of plate.
source is ame, the stopping potential remains
unaffected. The saturation current depends Fphoton  mg
on the intensity of incident light on the
cahtode of the photocell which in turn de-  IA P 
pends on the distance of the source from  Fphoton   , where power P = IA 
 c c 
cathod. The intensity of light is inversely pro-
portional to the square of the distance be- P
  10  103  10
tween the ight source and photocell. c
Intensity, I  1/r2 and saturation current  I
(Intensity)  P  3  107 W

1
 Saturation current  14. C
r2
Energy of one photon E = hc/
2
(Saturation current)final rinitial
If power of source is P, the number of photons
 
(Saturation current)initial r 2
final
incident on the metallic surface

P P
0.2  0.2 
 Saturation current   18 =2 mA E hc
0.6  0.6
Momentum of incident photons =h/l
Change in momentum due to reflection=2h/
10. C
Total momentum imparted to the surface per
Applying conservation of linear momentum :
second is
Initial momentum = Final momentum
0 = m1v1 – m2v2  m1v1 = m2v2 2h  P 2P

 hc c
1 h / m1 v1
 Now,  1
 2 h / m2 v2 Force  2P  2P
Pressure =   A
Area  c  cA
11. D
The wavelength  of a particle of momentum 2  5  103
p is   3.33  105 N m–2
3  108  106

h h h 4.14  10 15  3  108


= p = = =
2mE 2mc 2 E 2  940  10 6

= 2.9 × 10–11 m.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 253

15. B 18. B
For photon : E = hv Total no. of oribits are (n+1)

E
hc n n  1
or No. of spectral lines =
 2

hc It is the sum of n natural nos.


 2  ....(i)
E So no of different spectrum lines
= 1+2+3+....+n
For photon : E  1 mp vp2 nth Emitted state means (n+1)
2

2 2
1 mp vp 19. B
E  p 2mE
2 m
IInd excited state
hv = 1.89
From de Broglie equation, Ist excited state
Ground state
h
P
1
1.89 5
Z  0.185 
h h 10.2 27
 1   ....(ii) hc hc
p 2mE  1.89  10.2
1 2
1 10.2
Now   5.39
h h
2 1.89
1    E–1/2
p 2mE

h h P2 2
 P  
16. D p  P2 1

 1 1  hc P1 1.89 5
ΔE=Rcz 2  2 - 2  =  
 n1 n2  λ P2 10.2 27
1 2
z
λ
For z = 3 Li2 20. B
λ will be minimum
Z2 1
T .E .   13.6 3.4   13.6
n2 n2
17. C
13.6
n2 n2  4 n2
r 3.4
z
1 K.E.  T .E.  3.4 P2  2m  3.4(ev)
f 2 & T  n3
n
T1 n13 1  2  9.1 1031  3.4  1.6 1013
 
T2 n32 23
 1:8 P  1024

h 6.67 1034
    6.6 1010 m
p 1024

www.motion.ac.in
254 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

21. A
 dP  I
In ultra violet region lyman series is present  dt    dA(  1) cos2 
 Photons c

22. B From Newton’s third law,

 dP  I
25.69 T .E.  dt    dA(  1) cos2 
 Surface c
Total Energy 23.8 T .E.
increaseas n increases 13.6 T .E. Hence, pressure exerted on surface,
Differente B / w two shell is cons tan t
dF I
P  dA(  1) cos2
dA c
23. C On substituting values, we get P = 0.5 N cm-2.

P2 h2
E 
2m 2m2 26. A
Imagine the sphere to be made of thin circular
(6.62  1034 )2 rings of radius r, thickness ds = R dq and

2  4  1.67  1027  (0.1  1010 )2 subtending an angle of  at the center.
Momentum per second of incident photons,
1
 eV
1.6  1019  dP  I
 dt   dA cos2 
 incident c
43.82  1068
  2.05eV Since surface of mirror is considered to be
21.376  1068
ideal, i.e., reflection coefficient is unity,
photons suffer momentum change in normal
24. C direction only.
for largest warelength of Balmer series
 dP  2l
n=3 to n=2  dt   dA cos2 
 photon c
So Electron will jump from ground state
to n=3
 dP  2l 2
Energy Required = 13.6 - 1.51 dFn      c dA cos 
 dt ball
= 12.1ev
This force may be resolved into horizontal
and vertical components. The verti cal
25. D component dFn sin  is cancelled because
Momentum corresponding to incident protons every element on the upper half has a
normal to the surface. symmetrically placed element in the lower
half. So, resultant force on the ball.
 dP  I
 dt   dA cos2
 incident c 2l 3
F=  dF n cos    c dA cos 
Since reflection coefficient is , so the
dA = (2R sin ) R d
momentum of the reflected photons per
second normal to surface,  /2 I
F=  4 R 2 cos3  sin d
0 c
 dP  I
 dt    dA cos2
 reflected c 4R 2I  / 2 3 R 2I
 cos  sin  d  
c 0 c
Hence, rate of change of momentum of the
On subsitituting values, we get F = 0.8 N.
photons,

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 255

27. D
hc
From conservation of linear momentum, both Shortest X-ray wavelength, 2 =
Ve
the particles will have equal and opposite
momentum. The de Broglie wavelength is
1 Ve 1 V e
given by   
2 c 2mVe c  2  m
h
  1/2 = 1
p 104
 1.8  1011
2 1
 8
 0.1 
3  10 10
28. B
Let V = speed of neutron before collision or 1 : 2 = 1 : 10
V1 = speed of neutron after collision
V2 = speed of hydrogen atom after collision 30. C
E = energy of excitation The characteristic X-ray depends on the
from conservation of momentum material used.

mV = mV1 + mV2 …(1)


from conservation of energy 31. B

1 1 1 1 1 1
mV2 = mV12 + mV22 + E …(2)  Z2R   2  2 
2 2 2  n
 1 n2 

from (1) and (2) For k line, n1 = 1 and n2 = 2


2E
2V1V2 = 1 3
m  Z2R   
 4

4E
 (V1 – V2)2=(V1+V2)2– 4V1 V2 = V2 – 4
m z
3 R 
As V1 – V2 must be real
= 39.9  40
E
 V2 – 4 0
m
32. C
1
 mV2  2E hc
2 min 
eVmax
1 2
 mVmin = 2 × 10.2 = 20.4 eV
2
33. B
29. A
Use Moseley’s law
For the incident electron.

1 34. B
mv2  Ve
2
12400
p2 = 2meV E  18700 eV Potential  18.7 KV
0.663
de Broglie wavelength of incident election,
1227 0
Kv   0.01A
h h v
1 = 
p 2mVe

www.motion.ac.in
256 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. A,C 7. A, D

hv   T1 n13
  ev 0  hv v0   n1  2n2 Check options
e T2 n23
i.e. v0 depends on frequency of incident light
and work function (emitter property)
8. A,C,D
If same energy released in y-direction then
2. B,C
same of the incident wavelength is missing
Photocurrent depends no. of photons in A.
following on collector-plate only.
Ratio M.W. Infrared Visible Regions.


3. A,B,C U.V. X-Ray  f 
Exi st ence of cut-off freq ue nc y and B will contain same visible and infrared light.
photoemissi on takes place even when
internsity is low.
9. A,C,D

4. A,C K  2.55 n  4  0.85 


As the source is taken away, the intensity of 10 n  2(3.4) so min
light reaching the target decreases, and
hence the photocurrent decreses. K
 13.6  0.85 12.75 K  25.5 ev
But as motion of the source does not affect 2
frequency of light, the stopping potential
given by V0 = (hv/e) – (/e) remains the same.
10. A,C

5. A,B If K  20.4 ev
E  0,10.2ev,12.09ev 
6. A,C,D E  0, 7ev ,
loss  0
13.6  z 2
122.4  z2  9 z 3
1
so elastic collision
if (K.E.) > 20.4ev
Its energy level are
-30.6 ev then if loss = 0 then elastic
91.8 ev & otherwise inelastic collision
If e- have K.E. energy
-122.4 ev
= 125 ev
11. A,B,D
The energy of each photon is hc/, so that
then energy of average electron the number of photons released per unit time
= 125 - 122.4 = 2.6ev is W/(hc/). These photons are spread out
in all directions over an area 4a2, so that
the ‘share’ of an area S is a fraction S/4a2
of the total number of photons emitted.
The maxi mum energy of em i t te d
photoelectrons is

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 257

13. A,D
hc 1
Emax = hc–= – = (hc--) Minimum wavelength detreases.
 
 Intensity Increases.
The stopping potential is given by
eVs = Emax
14. A,B
E 1
Hence, Vs = max  (hc  ) 12400
e e min  min  0.62 Å min  62pm
20000
Hence, choice (c) is incorrect.
12 & 45 pm will be absent
For photoemission to be possible, we have
hc > .
15. A,B,C
hc hc
Hence,   or  
 
16. B,C
Thus, the permitted range of values of  is Lyman series lies in the ultraviolet region,
Balmer series in visible region, and Paschen
hc
0 series in infrared region.

C. R > Y >B > V
Hence, the correct choices are (a), (b), and
(d).

12. A,B,C
In ground frame :

 mx 
Kinetic energy : Kx = (– Q) 1  m 
 x

Kx > (–Q)
In center of mass frame :
Kinetic energy : (Kx) = (– Q)
In nuclear reactions linear momentum is
conserved.

www.motion.ac.in
258 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. 885 4. when the potential is steady, photo electric


2
1m  C have energy in 1sec  200 emission just stop when hv = (3 + 1) eV =
4.0 eV
200 When
1mm 2  C have energy in 1sec   106
C h = (3+1)ev = 4ev
Energy
no. of photons 
hc /  5. i  5.76  10 11 A

200 106  2640  10 10


 = 885 663  103  540 10 16
3 108 1240 1.6 10 19 no of photon 
1240 1.6 1019

2. (a) 2.25 eV (b) 4.2 eV (c) 2.0 eV, 0.5 eV 1.8 1019
no of e  emitted  101
5  109
4.25  A  Ta ...............(1)
4.7  B  Tb .................(2) i = 0.36 × 109 × 1.6 × 10-19
Tb  (Ta  1.5)...............(3)
 i  5.76  10 11 A
h
a  ...............(4)
2 Me Ta
6. 940.96 V
h
b  ...............(5) Here, l = 0.4 Å = 0.4 × 10–10 m
2 Me Tb
Let V be the required voltage. Then,
By 4 5
h

given b  2a 2meV

a 12.27
4  a 4 b or  in Å 
b V
by (3)
12.27
 0.4 
1 V
b  ev & a  4 b
2
or V  30.675
by (1) & (2)
or V = (30.675)2 = 940.96 V
A  2.25ev
A  4.2ev
7. Photon
Let  be the de Broglie wavelength of the
3. 0.6 Volt, 2.0 mA
electron and the photon. If ma dn v are the
 i  nef mass and velocity of the electron, then de
I 1 Broglie wavelenght of the electron
sn  2

4 r hf
h
i1 r22 
  mv
i 2 r12
The photon has got zero rest mass. Therefore,
2
18 mA  0.6  energy of the photon is totally kinetic in
  2
i2  0.6  nature. Since the wavelength of the photon
i 2  2 mA is same as that of the electron, the kinetic
energy of the photon having wavelength ,
 I same so V0 will remain same.

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 259

10. 8.6 MeV


hc hc
E1  
 h / mv h 6.63 10 34
P 
or E1 = mvc ....(i)  1014
Now, the kinetic energy of the electron, p2
KE 
2m
1 v KE  8.6 MeV
E2  mv2  mv  ....(ii)
2 2
Since c > v/2 (as c > v), from the results (i)
and (ii), it follows that 11. 487.06 nm
E1 > E2
487 nm
i.e., kinetic energy of the photon is greater
- 0.85 ev
than that of the electron. As it moves with
the speed c, it is faster than electron.
- 3.4 ev
8. Power of electron microscope is 10 times 5

as l ar ge a s th at of th e op ti ca l
microscrope. 12. 4.26 m/s, 13.2 eV
Here, V = 50 kV. Therefore, energy of
electrons, 13.6
n6 E5    0.38ev
E = 50 keV = 50 × 103 × 1.6 × 10–19 36
n 1 E1   13.6
= 8.0 × 10–15
E  13.2ev
Now,

h 13.2
 V 
2me mc
Taking m = 9.1 × 10–31 kg, we have
13. 7 : 36
6.62  1034
 For Balmer series
2  9.1  1031  8.0  1015
n 5  2
6.62  1034 1  1 1
  5.485  1012 m  Rz 2  2  2 
1.207  1022 1 2 5 
The resolving power of microscope is inversely
14. 18/5R
proportional to the wavelength of the
radiation used. Since wavelength of the  Em
yellow light is 5990 Å, i.e., 5.99 × 10-7 m,
power of electron microscope is 105 times as 1  1 1 
 Rz 2  2  2 
large as that of the optical microscrope.   nc n13 

9. –h/e Et2
1  1 1
 2R  5  2  2 
 2 3 
h h 18
 
mv 1 eE 2 5R
2meE t
2 m
h

eEt

www.motion.ac.in
260 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

15. 1.257 × 10–23 Am2


13.6 Z2
Now, E1    54.4 eV
evr 12
M
2 Hence, Z=2
v  2rf i.e., the gas is helium, originaloly excited to
n = 5 energy state.
2
1.6  1019  2  3.14  1016  0.5  1020
 M
2 18. a. nb  2 ; b. 14.4 eV ; c. Emax = 13.5 eV &
M  1.257  1023 Am2 Emin = 0.7 eV
a. Since only six different transitions take
place, the final state is n = 4. The energy
16. According to kinetic theory, the average ki- levels of hydrogen atom are given by
netic energy of atoms or molecules in a gas
is given by K = (3/2)kT where k = 1.38 × 10– 13.6
En   eV
23
JK–1 is boltzman’s constant and T is Kelvin n2
(absoulte) temperature. Room temperature If nB is the principal quantum numeber of the
is about T = 300 K. Hence, initially excited state B, then
3
K 1.38  1023  300  E4  EnB  
13.6  13.6 
  2 
2 42  nB 
= 6.2 × 10–21 J
1 1
6.2  1021  13.6  2  
 eV  0.04 eV n 16
1.6  101  B 

The energy required to raise an electron from E4  EnB  2.7eV


ground state to the next heigher state is
13.6 – 3.4 = 10.2 eV. The average kinetic
1 1
energy (0.04 eV) of atom is too small to excite 2.7  13.6  2  
n
 B 16 
an electron from ground state. Any atom is
excited state emits photons and eventually which gives nB  2. (Rounding off to nearest
falls to the ground state. Once in ground interger)
state, collision with other stoms can transfer b. The tansition energy is numerically equal
energy of ne arl y 0.04 e V. Ve ry hi gh to the ground state energy E1 of level A.
temperature is required to excite electron
upper status. E1 E
E4  ,E2  1
16 4

17. Z= 2&n=5
E1 E1
Maximum energy is liberated from transition E4  E2  
16 4
En  1 and minimum energy for En  En–1.
Hence, 3
2.7eV   E1
16
E1
 E1  52.224 eV
n2 Thus, the ionization energy of the given atom
is 14.4 eV.
E1 E1 c. Maximum energy of the emitted photon is
2
  1.224 eV
n n  12 for t he e l e ct ron transi ti on n = 4 t o
n = 1, i.e.,
Solving the above equationss simultaneously,
we get E1 15
E4  E1   E1   E1
E1 = –54.4 eV and n = 5 16 16

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 261

22. 6210 eV
15 
  14.4   13.5 eV
16 12420
EK   6210ev
Thus, the maximum energy of the emitted 2
photon is 13.5 eV. Minimum energy of the
12420
emitted photon corresponds to the transition EK    12420ev
1
n = 4 to n = 3, i.e.
for L transition
E E 7
E4  E3  1  1   E1 (from n=3 to n=2)
16 9 144
Energy diff. = 6210 ev.

7
   14.4   0.7 eV 23. during combination = 3.365 eV; after
144
combinat ion = 3.88 eV ( 5  3) & 2.63 eV
(4  3)
19. One electron having kinetic energy nearly
11.6 eV 1240
E  3.1ev
Total energy received by the atom will be 400
25.2 eV. 13.6 eV energy is needed to remove W .f .  1.9 ev
the electron from the attraction of the (KE )m 1.2 ev
nucleus. Rest of the energy will be almost z2
   13.6
available in the form of KE of electron. n2
4
  13.6    2.176 ev
20. E1 < E2 25
Photon Energy  2.17  1.2
 3.37 ev
E1
H atom 24. 62.5 × 10–12, 192.5 × 10–12

Case I hc hc
E 
1  2
E2
H atom
2  1  130 x 1012 m
Case II

25. 69.5 Kev


In the first case, KE of H atom increases due Energy diff. b/w (1) & (2) is
to recoil whereas in the second case KE
decreases due to recoil. 12400
 0
 E2 > E1 21.3 10 2 ( in A)

21. fb = fa –2 f  58.2Kev


Total energy Required
fb = fa + f
 58.2  11.3
n2  69.5 Kev
r
2

EK   EK  EL L
hfK   hfK  hfL
K
fK   fK  fL L

www.motion.ac.in
262 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. (a) 105 s–1 ; (b) 286.18 ; (d) 111 s


108
P = 3.2 x 10-3 t  111.11 sec .
9 x 105
-3
8 x 10 =r
(a)
0.8m 2. (i) 5/16 photon/sec,
(ii) 5/1600 electrons/sec
3.2 x 10 3
 0.4 x 10 The intensity of light at a distance of 0.1 m
5 x 1.6 x 10 19
from source
No. of Photons falling = E P 10
I  
st S 4  (0.1)2
3.2 x 103 (8x 103 )2
2
x 19 = 1011
4 x (0.8) 5 x 1.6 x 10 area of the target r2 =  × (0.05)2×10–8

hc hc
1011 Energy of photon E =  E
No. of Photo electron =  105 sec1  0.5  10 – 9
106

(b) Photo electrons :- I 5


 Photon flux =  ph / sec
2 eV = K.E. = E 16

no. of electron emitted = n × photon flux


12400
5
photon  ph = 2480 Å 5 5
= 0.01 × =
16 1600
h h
 = mv  2m K.E.
3. 6 × 1017 sec.
 Ratio = 286 : 18
 h
Photons have momentum  p   which they
0.8692 x 10 9  

8.692 x 10 9
carry away;

(C) Due to  in Potential of the sphere the spacecraft will acquire momentum in the
opposite direction according to law of con-
Potential becomes 2V0. Energy required is 2
servation of momentum.
eV extra the n
No. of photons per sec. from laser = n.
 e– stops.
Then from energy considerations,
kq
(D)  2V
r c
0.5 × 10–3 = nh  

9 x 109 x q
Z n = (0.5 × 10–3)/(ch)
8 x 10 3
Rate of change of momentum of spacecraft

16 x 10 12 108 h  h


 no. of e  ejected  = = np = n = (0.5 × 10–3)  
9 x 1.6 x 10 19 9  ch   

 e coming out per second=105


0.5  10 3
=
c

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 263

From Newton’s second law,


1
 3  1.097  10 7  3.291 10 7
nh 
= ma

  = 303.85 Å
0.5  10 3
1
or 1000 a = 8
= × 10–11 12400
3.00  10 6 eV  40.80 eV
Energy =
 (in Å )
But v = at
Now this energy is used to leberate photo
v 1000
So t = = sec electron from H atom then
a  1  1 11
    10
 1000  6 1
mv 2  (40.80  13.6)  27.20 eV
= 6 × 10 17
sec. 2

 1 2  27.20  1.6  10 19


4. v 
p = 2 9.1 10 31

Magnetic force experienced by a charged  v = 3.1 × 106 m/sec


particle in a magnetic field is given by,

FB = q  6. 489.6 eV, 25.28 Å


v × B = qvB sin 

In our case FB = qvB 1 1 1


 Rz 2  2  2 
[as  = 90º]  n
 1 n 2 

mv 2
Hence, Bqv = or mv = qBr 1  1 1
r   1.097  10 7  z 2   
 2 3
The de Broglie wavelength
12400 12400
h h 68 =    182.35 Å
= =  68
mv qBr

1010  1 1
   particle q p rp   1.097  10 7 z 2   
182.35 4 9
 proton = q  r

103  36
r q  z 2  z2 = 36  z = 6
200  5
Since r = 1 and qp = 2
p

z
v  2.18  10 6   13.08  10 6 m / s
 1 n
 p = 2
1 1
K.E. = mv 2   9.1 10 – 31  171.08  10 21
2 2
5. 3.1 × 106 m/s K.E. = 778 × 10–19
First line of lyman series means n2 = 2, Ionisation energy = (13.6) (z)2 = 13.6 × 36
n1 = 1 eV = 489.6 eV

1 1 1 12400
 Rz 2  2  2  '   25.28 Å
 1 2  489.6

1  1
  1.097  10 7  2 2 1  
  4

www.motion.ac.in
264 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

7. (i) Allowed values of energy of neutron = Energy left 65 - 40.8 = 24.2 eV


6.36 eV and 0.312 eV; Allowed values of K.E. of He in H - direcn = 1625 eV
energy of He atom = 17.84 eV and 16.328
24.2 - 16.25 - divided in vertical component
eV, (ii) 18.23 × 1014 Hz, 9.846 × 1015 Hz,
of He & necleus
11.6 × 1015 Hz
= 7.95

v 95 x 4
6.36 eV
5
The same way for 48.36 eV

n He + v1
8. n=2
r  n2
v2
5.3  10 –11 1
–11 = n 2
21.2  10

n2 = 4 , n = 2
v0

9. (i) KE = 3.4 eV, (ii)  = 6.66 Å

4M v1 KE  TE  3.4 ev
m
p2
3.4 ev 
2m
p  10 24
v
6.67  10 34
h 
p 1024
(b) 40.8 x 10  1019  6.634 x 1034 x f   6.6  1010 m

9.846 x 1015 Hz
10. 0.61 Å
19 34
48.36 x1.6  10  6.634 x10
12400
min 
f  11.6 x10 Hz 15 20  103
min  0.62 Å
7.56 x 1.6 x 10-19 = 6.634 x 10-34
(a)

V  V ...(1)
4

4mv  mv

V
V  ....(2)
4

1 1 v2 3K
mv20  4m 0   48.75
2 2 164 4

 Possible transition is 40.8.


 f = 18.23 x 1014 Hz

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 265

1. C
 1 1 
E(21)  Rhc  2    0.75 Rhc
h  (1) (2 )2 
We know  
mv

 1 1 
1 (mv)2 E(13)  Rhc  2     0.9 Rhc
and K  mv2   (3) (1)2 
2 2m
Thus, III transition gives most energy. I tran-
 mv  2mK
sition represents the absorption of energy.

h 1
Thus,    4. B
2mK K
According to the photoelectric effect in a
photocell, if a light of wavelength  is incident
1 K1 K1
   (K 2  2K1 ) on a cathode, then electrons are emitted,
2 K2 2K1
which constitute the photoelectric current.
Photocel l i s based on the principle of
1 1 1 photoelectric effect. As the wavelength of
or  or  2 
2 2 2 light changes, there is no change in number
of electrons emitted and hence, no change
in current (Plate current of photocell). Thus,
2. B the two wavelength of incident light and plate
current are independent to each other.
I2 (r1 )2  1
  as I  2  Plate current depends on intensity of light
I1 (r2 )2  r 
used.
Note : Here no option is matching.
I2 (1)2
 
I1  1 2
  5. B
2
The photoelectric effect is an instantaneous
I2 = 4I1 phenomenon (experimentally proved). It takes
Now, since number of electrons emitted per approximate time of the order of 10-10 s.
second is directly proportional to intensity,
so num be r of e l e ct rons e mi tt ed b y 6. A
photocathode would increase by a factor of hv0 =6.2 eV, eVo = 5 eV
4. From Einstein's photoelectric equation
hv = hv0 +eV0 = 6.2 + 5 = 11.2 eV
3. A
hc
  11.2 eV
1 1 
E  Rhc  2  2 
 n1 n2 
0
hc
or   1108 .9 A
11.2
1 1
E(43)  Rhc  2  2   0.05Rhc Which belongs to ultra - violet region.
 3 4 

1 1
E(42)  Rhc  2  2   0.2Rhc
 2 4 

www.motion.ac.in
266 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

7. B 11. B
Since, nuclear target is heavy, it can be Expression is given by 2 d cos i = ndB.
assumed, safely that it will remain stationary
and will not move due to the Coulombic 12. D
interaction force.
As diffraction pattern has to be wider than
At distance of closest approach, relative slit width, so (d) is the correct option.
velocity of two particles is v.
Here, target is considered as stationary, so
13. B
–particles comes to rest instantaneously at
distance be closest approach. Let required mv 2 k
di stance be r, then from work–energy  given
rn rn
theorem,
nh
mv2 1 Ze  2e mvrn  from Bohr's theory.
0  2
2 40 r
on solving, rn  n and Tn is independent of n.
1
 r
m
14. B
1
or r or r  Ze2 1
v2 mv2  eVo  1.68 eV
2

8. D hc 1240 ev nm
 hv    3.1 eV
 400 nm
The momentum of the photon
 3.1 eV = W0 + 1.6 eV
h hv
P  W0 = 1.42 eV
 c

15. D
9. C
Emission spectrum would rises when electron 1 1
makes a jump from higher energy levels to IR corresponds to least value of  2  2  i.e.,,
lower energy level,  n1 n2 

Frequency of emitted photon is proportional from Paschen, Bracket and Pfund series. Thus
to change in energy of two energy levels, ie, the transition corresponds to 53

1 1
v  RcZ2  2  2  16. A
n
 1 n2 
4 x 103 = 1020 x hf

4 x 103
10. B f 20
10 x 6.023 x 1034
For constructive interference,
f  6.64 x 1016 Hz
h
2d cos i = n 
2meV The obtained frequency lies in the band of
X-rays.
On substituting values, we get,
V  50 volt

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 267

17. D 21. C
Since, the frequency of ultraviolet light is Davissi on and Germer experimentall y
less than the frequency of X–rays, the energy established wave nature of electron by
of each incident photon will be more for X– ob se rv i ng di ffract i on patt ern whi l e
rays bombarding electrons on Ni crytal.
KEphotoelectron = hv – 
Stopping potential is to stop the fastest 22. D
photoelectron In emission spectrum number of bright lines
is given by
hv 
V0  
e e n(n  1) 4(4  1)
 6
2 2
So, KEmax and V0 both increases. But KE
ranges from zero to KEmax, because of loss of
energy due to subsequent collisions before 23. D
getting ejected and not due to range of Rotational kinetic energy of the two body sys-
frequencies in the incident light. tem rotating about their centre of mass is

1 2 2
18. C RKE   r ,
2
Kmax = eVo  h(v  v o )
m1m2
If V' = 2v where   m  m = reduced mass
1 2

 K'max  eV'0  h(2v  v o )


2 nh
= 2Kmax+hv0 and angular momentum, L  r 
2
 K'max  2K maxand  v'0  2v0
2
1 1  nh  2
RKE  2r2 ,  .  r
2 2  2r2 
19. B

1 1 n2h2 n2h2 (m1  m2 )n2h2


     
E = 13.6 Z2  n12 n22  2
8 r 2
2r 2
2m1m2r 2

1 1  24. B
 13.6(3)2  2  2 
1 3  = 108.8 eV
1
Energy 

20. D
25. B
h h
de- Broglie wavelength    ,
mv P 1
Energy 
n2
Where P = momentum
By conservation of momentum 1 1
  h  2
 2
or P1  P2 (n  1) n
P1  P2  0

 1   2   n2  (n  1)2 2n  1
h  2 2

(n  1) (n) n (n  1)2
2

2n 1
  h 
n (n)2
2
n3

www.motion.ac.in
268 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

26. A As n decreases, Total energy decreases,


potential energy decreases and kinetic energy
hc
 1 1  increases.
= Rc z2  2  2 
  n1 n2 
29. A
1 Photoelectric experiment is linked with particle
 z2
 nature of light

1 1 1 1
1  (1)2
, 2  (1)2
, 3  (2)2
,  4  (3)
2
30. D

1 hc
1 1 mv2 = – ....(1)
 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 = 1 : 1 : : 2 
4 9
1 4 hc
mv’2 = – ....(2)
2 3 
27. D

mv hc 1
from eqn. (1) = mv2 + 
r=  2
qB
on putting this equ. (2)
qBr 1.6  1019  3  104  10  103
v= = 1 4 1 
m 9.1  1031 2
mv’2 =  2 mv    – 
2 3  
= 5.27 × 105
KEmax = 1/2 mv2
4
= 1/2 × 9.1 × 10–31 × (5.27 × 105)2 v’ > v
3
126.36  1021
=
1.6  1019 31. (C)
2m2u2  u1(m1  m2 )
= 78.975 × 10–2 v1 = m1  m2
= 0.78 eV
 m
 1 0  u m  
1   2 u
E = 13.6  2  2  v1 = =
3 3
 n1 n2  m
2

1 1  2mu
= 13.6  4  9  4u
  v2 = 3 m =
2 3
= 1.88 ev
1.88 = 0.78 +  mu
pA =
3
 = 1.1 eV
m 4u 2mu
pB = . =
2 3 3
28. C
pA 1
ETotal
Z2
= –13.6 eV 2 pB = 2
n
A 2
KE = |ETotal |
B = 1

PE = 2 Etotal

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 269

1. C
c  1 1 
 v  Rc(Z  1)2  2  2 
1  1 2 
For Ka  v  (z – 1)   (z  1)

3
= 1.1 × 107 × 3 × 108 × (26 – 1)2  
1 4
or  ...(i),
(z  1)2
3
= 1.1 × 3 × 625 × × 1015
1 4
4  ...(ii)
(z'1)2 = 9.9 × 625 × 25 × 1013
= 154875 × 1012 Hz
2
1 (z'1) z'1 1
   =  2z – 2
4 (z  1)2 z 1 2 5. A,C
= z – 1  2z' – 2 = 11 – 1 = 10  z = 6 Stopping potential is given by
2. A
hc  1 1  1 1 
First photon will excite the atom to I excited v     12400  
e    0    
 0 
state, which when returning to ground state
will emit a photon of energy 10.2 eV second   = wavelength in Å
photon will ionize the atom (13.6 eV will be 0 = Threshold value of wavelength for a
used up in this process). The extra energy particular metal.
(=15 – 13.6 = 1.4 eV) will be carried by
electron as its K.E. So a photon of energy
13.6 eV and an electron of energy 1.4 eV will 6. n = 24
be emitted. Compare the wavelength of the transition
from (n + 1)th to first n = 1 of the ion to the
de-broglie wavelength in its first orbit.
3. 2
For 0  x  1, KE = 2E0 – E0 = E0 7. B
for x > 1, KE = 2E0 both statements are correct but statement
(2) is not correct explanation of statement
1 h / P1 P KE2 2E0 (1).
  2    2
2 h / P2 P1 KE1 E0 Energy of characterstic X-ray depends on
the difference in energy levels.

4. v = 1.546 × 1018 Hz
8. A
(a) Using R = R0 (A)1/3

1/3 h p2 h2
1/3 A p=  K.E. = =
(14)    2m 2m2
4
If entire K.E. of electron is converted into
 A = 14 × 4 = 56 photon then
 Z = A – N = 56 – 30 Z = 26
h2 hc 2mc2
  0 
1 2 1 1  2m 2
0 h
(b)  R(Z  1)  2  2 
 1 2 

www.motion.ac.in
270 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

9. B
900
The series in uv region is Lyman series. E2 = = 1.77 eV
11R
Longest wavelength corresponds to minimum
energy which occurs in transition from n = 2 From energy level diagram of He+ atom, we
to n = 1. can see that in transition from n = 4 to n =
3, energy of photon released will lie between
1 /R E1 and E2.
 122  ....(1)
1 1 E43 = – 3.4 – (–6.04)

12 22 = 2.64 eV

The smallest wavelength in the infrared region Wavelength of photon corresponding to this
corresponds to maximum energy of Paschen energy,
series
12375
= Å = 4687.5 Å
264
1 /R

1 1 ....(2) = 4.68 × 10–7 m
2

3 
13. A
from (1) and (2)  = 823.5 nm.
Kinetic energy, K  Z2

10. B KH 2
1 1
 
KHe =  2  = 4
hc
cutoff =
ev
(independent of atomic number) 14. A

n 2a
11. C a   
2 n
n=2 -3.4 eV
h
n=1 -13.6 eV  de Broglie 
H atom p
n=4 -3.4 eV
2a h nh
 p
n=3 -6.04 eV n p 2a

n=2 -13.6 eV
p2 n 2h 2
E  2
n=1 -54.4 eV 2m 8a m
He + Z = 2

Energy given by H atom in transition from n 1


 E
= 2 to n = 1 is equal to energy taken by He+ a2
atom in transition from n = 2 to n = 4.

15. B
12. C
Visible light lies in the range, 1 = 4000 Å to h2
E
2 = 7000 Å. Energy of photons corresponding 8a 2 m
to these wavelengths (in eV) would be :
(6.6  10 34 ) 2
12375 = = 8 meV
E1 = = 3.09 eV, and 8  (6.6  109 ) 2  10 30  1.6  10 19
4000

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 271

16. D 22. A

nh 1  1
mv  2 1
2a Given   Rz  2  2 
1  n1 n2 
nh
or v =  vn 1 1 1  36
2am   R(1)2     R =
6561 4 9 6561  5

17. A
1 1 1 
Wavelength have energies 2.25 eV, 2.75 eV, Now  R(2)2   
2  4 16 
3.5 eV.
 In P, all cause emission, in q, only last two 16  4  6561  5
16  4
& in r, only last  IP > Iq > I r . 2 = =
R  4  12 36  4  12

 2  1215 Å
18. 3

h p m   q 23. 7
=    8 3
2mv  mp  qp w.f = 4.7 eV

hc
E= = 6.2 eV
19. D 

L2 n2h 2 n2h 2 energy of emited e– = 1.5 eV


Rotational energy =  
2 I 4 2  2 I 8 2I  i.e., when potential of the sphere is 1.5 V
then no e– emited

20. B KQ 9  109  Q
  1.5  = 1.5
2 2
R 1  10  2
LF L
 i  hf
2I 2I 1.5
Q=  10 11 No. of e–
9
h
 [4  1]  f
4 2 2 I 1.5  10 11 150
=  19 =  107
9  1.6  10 9  16
 I = 1.87 × 10–46 kgm2
Z=7
21. C
Icm = Ic + I0 24. 7

4r/7 3r/7 1 kq1q2


KE = PE  mv 2 
12 16 2 r

r p2 9  109  e  120e

2m 10  10 15
2 2
 4r   3r  1.87  10 –46
 12     16     h
7 7 1.63  10 – 27
&  (from debroglie)
p
 r = 1.3 × 10–10
solving  = 7 x 10-15 = 7 fm

www.motion.ac.in
272 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

25. B 28. A
t = 100 × 10–9 s, P = 30 × 10–3 W,
12400
C=C× 108 m s–1 E1 = =5eV
2480
Momentum
12400
Pt 30  103  1000  10 9 E2 = = 4eV
3100
= =
C 3  108
 5 =  + 4k .....(1)
= 1.0 × 10–17 kg ms–1 4=+k .....(2)
On solving
26. 1
11
Slope is constant for all metals = = 3.66 = 3.7 eV
3

27. AC
29. B
nh By Mosley’s Law :
L=
2
f = a (z – 1)
n=3
c
n2 As v = f  f =
R = a0 
Z
 Inverse relation and hence :
9
4.5 a0 = a0 1
Z   (Z  1)2
Z = 2.
2
 1 1  1  Z2  1   1 (42  1)2
hc  
= Rhc ×  2  2  =    0 =
(24  1)2
= 2.14
  n1 n2  2  Z1  1 

(1  3 transition)
30. B
1  1
= R 1  C = 3 × 108 m/s
1  9
e = 1.6 × 10–19 C

32R 9  in m
= 1 =
9 32R E =  + eV

(1  2 transition) hc
    eV1
1
1  1 1
= R 1  × 4  2 = R
2  4 3 hc
   eV2
(2  3 transition) 2

1 1 1  1 1 1
= R 4  9 × 4  2 = R hc     eV1  eV2
3   3  1 2 

1 20R 9  1 1 
= =  h  3  108  6
 6 
3 36 5R  0.3  10 0.4  10 

= 1.3×10–19 [2 – 1]

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-I - 273

1  2n

 0.4  10  0.3  10  6 6 n2  1  2n
 h  3  108  
 0.3  0.4  1012 
1 2n
 
= 1.6 × 10–19 n2  1  2n n2  1  2n

1.6  109 Doesn’t match with ‘C’


h  0.12  1012
3  10 8 0.1  10  6
nh
Ln 
 6.4  10 34 Js 2

L n  n  1 1
Relative change =  
L n n
31. A,B,D
orbital :
32. 6
r Wavelength = 970 Å
&  relative change
r
n=4 –0.85
n2 n=3 –1.51
rn  0.529
Z
n=2 –3.4
12.75
n  12  n2
 n=1 –13.6
n2

n2  1  2n  n2 12375
 =  12.75 eV
n2 970

Now we known that :


1 2n 1
  
 n2 n The energy gap corresponding to the given
wavelenght is same as for n = 4 to n = 1.
 dependent on n.
n n  1
z2  Now for spectral lines =
En  13.6 2 2
n
4  4  1
E  = 6 Lines
Re lative change = 2
E

1 1 33. C
2

  n2
 n1 eV 
hc

1 ph
n2
hc 
v 
n2  n2  1  2n n2 phe e
 2

n2 n  1 1
h
e 
 1  2n 2mE

n  12
h
e 
2meV

www.motion.ac.in
274 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. A
 4 3 1 /3 15 
All neutrons attract each other with the same  V  3 R ,R  R 0 A ,R 0  1.25  10 
 
strong nuclear force. So, the strong nuclear
force holds together three protons and one  D = 2×1017 kg m-3

3 
neutron  Li  just as vigourously as it holds 6. C
4 
together two protons and two neutrons 1
1 a.m.u. = [mass of one 6c12]
12
4 
 2 He  . Specifically, protons electrostatically For C  A  12
 
repel other protons. This repulsion tries to
7. B
4 A
make a nucleus fly apart. Since He contains X  A X  2A Y
2
E2 – 2 E1 = Q
only two protons. The attractive strong
nuclear forces overcome the repulsion of the
8. C
protons. Hence, the nucleus holds together.

4 3B  A  e
But it Li , the mutual repulsion of the three
3  
protons overcomes the strong nucl ear Eb Ea
attractions and the nucleus falls apart (or
e = Ea – 3Eb  3Eb = Ea – e
undergoes radioactive decay into a more
stable nucleus). Therefore, the answer will
9. B
into a more stable nucleus. Therefore, the
Energy = BE of Products – BE of Reactants
answer will be (c).
(8.2 × 110 + 8.2 × 90) – 7.4 × 200
2. A = 160 MeV
Isotopes A and C have same number of pro-
tons. 10. C
Energy released = (80×7+120×8–200×6.5
3. B = 220MeV)
Nuclear forces are charge independent.
11. A
4. B For X : energy = 200 × 7.4 = 1480 MeV
Fast neutrons can be easily slowed down by For A : energy = 110 × 8.2 = 902 MeV
passing them through water. This is because
For B : energy = 80 × 8.1 = 648 MeV
of comparable masses the energy passed by
 Energy released=(902+648) – 1480
neutron to water modelcule is high.
= 1550 – 1480 = 70 MeV

5. B
Nuclear density of an atom of mass number A, 12. D
Energy released
27
mass A(1.67  10 ) E = total binding energy of 2He4 – 2 (total
D 
volume 4 binding energy of 1H2)
[1.25  1015 A1 / 3 ]3
3 = 4 × 7.0 – 2 (1.1) (2) = 23.6 MeV

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-II - 275

13. B 20. D
The gamma photon corresponding to the en-
R 1  No e  T1 =  N1
ergy difference will be captured so that en-
R 2  No e  T2 =  N2 ergy on reactant and product side is equal.
(939 + 940 - 1876)
R1  R2 = 3 MeV (Captures)
Atoms decayed N1-N2 =  R1  R 2

21. B
14. A
A 50 Mev
As there is no further disintegration of product K.E   = 48 MeV
hence decay constant is Zero. ( A  4)

0.96 × 50 MeV = 48 MeV


15. C A = 100
A  N
22. C
0.693
0.693  t
A1  N0e 2
226 206
2 88 Ra 82 Pb  x  y

0.693
226 = 206 + 4x
0.693 t
A2  N0 e 4 x=5
4

A1
0.693 0.693
t t 23. A
 2e 4 2
A2 As the alpha particle decays, the daughter
nucleus recoils. In such a process, the mo-
1 0.693 mentum conservation holds good.
e–0.693 = = 2e 2 = 2
2 So,
Pa = PD = P
16. C
P2 P2
K = and KD 
N0 2M 2MD
N1  N0et = N0e1 =
e
As M D > M ,
so, K > KD.
17. B

N1  N0e100t N2  N0e0t 24. B


The complete fission reaction is
N1
N2 = e
9  0t 235
92 U  n 94 140
40 Zr 58 Ce  2n  6e
1

Q  [m(235U)  m(94 Zr)  m(140 Ce)  m(n)]c2


18. D
= 208 MeV
A given Nucleus may decay after t = 0 at
any time.

19. B
Two smaller nuclei combining to form a larger
nucleus is called a Fusion reaction.

www.motion.ac.in
276 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. A 6. B
It is difficult to over come attractive forces Number of atoms in 2 kg fuel

2
2. A =6.02×1026 = 5.12×1024
235
We know that
Fission rate = Number of atoms fissioned in
1
3
one second
R  RoA
5.12  1024
Surface area  R 2 
30  24  60  60
1 2
 (R o A 3 )2  R 20 A 3 = 1.975×1018s-1
Each fission gives 185 MeV. Hence, energy
obtained in one second.
3. C
P = 185×1.975×1018MeV s-1
m11  10  mp  ( 20  10)mn = 185×1.975×1018 ×1.6×10-19Js-1

m11  10mp  10mn  10(mp  mn )


7. A
1
& m  20mp  (40  20)mn
2 1 : 2  1: 2

m12  20(mp  mn ) 1A0  2B0

A 0  2B0
m12  2m11

Mobserved < Mexpected


8. A
But observed relation m 2  2m1
d N1
Prob of decay by 1   1t
N1
4. A

C13  C12  n dN2


2    2t
N2
BE of reactants = 7.5 × 13 = 97.50
BE of products = 7.68 × 12 = 92.16 dN
TotalPr ob   dt
Energy Required = (BE)R– (BE)P N
= 97.50 - 92.16 = 5.34 MeV
dt  1dt  2dt

5. C   1  2

(BE)W  7.5 x 120  900


9. D
(BE)x  8.0 x 90  720
N = N0 (1-e-t)
(BE)y  8.5 x 60  510 N = N0 e–t
decayed = N0 – N = N0 – N0 e–t
(BE)Z  3.0 x 5.0  150
= N0 (1 – e–t)

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-II - 277

10. C 12. B

 dN1' 92 U238  82Pb206  x 2He4  y1e0  Q


 1N1'
dt A = 206 + 4x = 238
4x = 32  x=8
 dN'2
  2N'2 2x - y + 82 = 92  2x - y = 10
dt
16 - y = 10  y=6
' '
 dN  dN   dN
1 2

   

dt dt  dt  13. A
Two -particles reduce mass number by 8.
 1N1'  2N'2  1N1' e  1t   2N'2e  2t
Therefore, new mass number = 180–8=172
Emission of two -particles reduces charge
11. C number by 4.
Total energy radiated by star is 1016J/s Emission of -particles increases charge
number by 1.
energy from one fission is of the order of
106 x 1.6x 10-19J T he re fore , the ne w charge num be r
= 72–4+1 = 69
No of reactions per sec = 10 16
x 10 13
/ 1.6
= 1029 / 1.6
No of deutrons used/sec = 3 x 1029 / 1.6
Time to use 1040 deutrons = 1029 t
t = 1040 /1029  1011
order about 1012 sec.

www.motion.ac.in
278 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. B,C,D nucleon, more is the energy required to break


Statement (a) is incorrect. Infact, the nucleus and hence we can say the more
stable the nucleus is.
A=Z+N
For (b), (c) and (d), in actual the binding
Statements (b), (c) and (d) are correct; they
energy is always positive but if it were zero,
are the definitions of isobars, isotopes and
ten nucleus will break spontaneously.
isotones.

5. B,C
2. B,C
Statement (a) is incorrect. The 2He4 nucleus
(B) R  3 A (or the -particle) is exceptionaly stable and
 Volume  A has a much higher value of BE per ucleon
than that for most other l ight nuclei.
Mass  A
Statement (b) is correct but the reason of
 Density is independent of mass num-
decrease in binding energy is different for
ber A
the cases of smaller and larger values of A.
1 The reason for the decrease in the BE per
(D) v nucleon for nuclei with large A is that with
n
an increase in the number of protons, the
r  n2
Coulomb repulsion increases, On the other
hand, the decrease in the BE per nucleon for
v2 1
  4 nuclei surface being less strongly bound that
r n
those in the interior. Statement (c) is also
3. A,C correct. They energy required to remove one
The idea of ‘magic number’ has led to the neutron (i.e., one nucleon) is the same as
shell model and the nuclides with these num- the binding energy per nucleon for a given
ber of protons or neutrons have been com- isotope.
pared with the ‘inert gases’ vis-a-vis stabil- Statement (d) is incorrect. To ensure both
ity in terms of ‘closed shells’. charge and mass number conservation, a pro-
ton must be produced as a by product of the
4. A,B,D reaction:
D2 + 1D2  1T3 + 1P1 + Q
It has been observed that total mass of 1

nucleus is always less than the sum of the


masses of its nucleons. The energy difference 6. A,B,D
between the nucleus and its constituent 21H2  2He4
particles due to their mass difference is
energy absorbed = 2 × 1.1 MeV = 2.2 meV
termed as the binding energy of the nucleus.
energy released = 7 MeV
In other words, we can say that to break
So net energy released per nucleon
the nucleus into its constituent particles,
some energy is needed to be supplied. This = 7 – 2.2= 4.8 MeV
energy is termed as binding energy of the So total energy released
nucleus. = 4.8 × 4 = 19.2 MeV
For (a), more is the binding energy per

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-II - 279

7. A,B,D 10. A,C,D


excess neutrons =  active and  - active
(A) z X A  z 2 Y A  4  2He4  Q1
excess proton = + active
(B) z X A  z 1 Y A  1e0  Q2
11. A,B,C
(C) z X A  z 1Y A  1e0  Q3
Z XA  Z1Y A   0  E
(D) z X A  z Y A  z  0  Q4
KE of  particle can not exceed E.

my
8. ABC Te  QQ
me  my
By theory

N 1
N/2 ratio becomes
9. C,D Z 1

14
7 N  n  73Li +He24+4n+2+

14
7 N  n  73Li +4p+4n

www.motion.ac.in
280 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. 2 5. 4.0016 u

mass m 10 6  28.2  m.931  106


Density = =
volume 4
R 3 m  0.03029
3
m  0.03029 (Take)

12  1.66 10 27 m p  1.007276


=
4
(2.7 10 15 ) 3  mn  1.008005
3
( 2  m p  2  m n  m )
2. 7.02 fermi
m = 4.001592 A.M.U.
Mass number of 16
8 O nucleus, A1 = 16

Nuclear radius of 16 6. 492 MeV


8 O nucleus,R1=3×10
–15
m
56
or R1 = 3 fermi The no.of protons is 26 fe  26

Mass number of 205


nucleus, A2 = 205; The no. of neutrons = 56 - 26 = 30
82 Pb
B.E. = [26 × 1.00783 u + 30 × 1.00867 u
205
Nuclear radius of 82 Pb nucleus, R2 = ?
- 55.9349u]c2
Nuclear radius is given by R = R0A1/3 = 492 MeV
For 16
8 O, R1 = R0A11/3
7. (A) 4.816 MeV (B) 3.254 MeV
205
For 82 Pb R2 = R0A21/3
(a) The Q - Value of   decay is
1/ 3 1/ 3
R2 A2 A2
Dividing, R = 1/ 3 or R2 = R1 ×
1 A1 A11/ 3  
Q  m(19 0)  m(19 F) C2 = 4.816 MeV

(b) The Q - Value of 1 decay is


(205)1/ 3
=3× fermi = 7.02 fermi
(16)1/ 3 Q   m ( 25 Al )  m ( 25 Mg )  2me  C 2

 MeV  2
3. 2.48 × 10–12 m = 24.990432u  24.985839u  2  0.511 2 C
 C 
E = 2 x 0.5 = 1MeV
= (0.004593)-(931 Mev u )-1.022 MeV
E hc 1.24 x 1012 MeVm
 
2   = 3.254 Mev

  2.48 x 10 12 m  2.48 x 1012 m


8. 23.6 MeV

4. 28 MeV  
B 1 H2  1.1MeV

22H1  2 He4  23.6 MeV B  2 


He4  7.0 MeV
 
1.1 x 2 x 2.2 E  4.4 Energy release= 4(7.0) - 4(1.1)
= 28 - 4.4 = 23.6 MeV
E = 28 MeV

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-II - 281

9. 152 min. 13. 1.86 MeV

A  A 0 e  t 500 = 600 e  t 32

P  32S   e  v
Ln6 / 5 Ln(6 / 5)
  m  2  103 A.M.U
t 40 min
E = 1.862 MeV
ln2 ln2
Half life t1 /2    40 =152 min
 ln6 / 5
40 40
14. (A) 19 K 20 Ca  e –  , 40
19
40
K 18 Ar  e   ,
10. 4.5 × 1010 y old 40
19 K  e – 18
40
Ar  
ln 2
 (B) 1.3034 MeV, 0.4676 MeV, 1.490 MeV
4.5 x 10 9
(A)
No of U238 atoms = Nu No of Pb206 atoms = Npb
40 40
19 K 20 Ca  e –  , 40
19
40
K 18 Ar  e   ,
Nu = Npb Nu= Noe-t
e-t = 1-e-t t = ln2 40
K  e – 18
40
Ar  
19
t = 4.5 x 109y
(B) 1.3034 MeV, 0.4676 MeV, 1.490 MeV
40 e
40 40 19 K  40
20 Ca  1 
11. (i) 19 K 18 Ar  1 e 0  v ,
E = m(931) MeV  1.3034 MeV
(ii) 4.2 × 109 years
40 40
19 K 18 Ar  1e0  
15. 5.304 MeV
0.693 m931 MeV  E
 N  N0et
1.4  10 9
  particle energy = E - 217 Kev
1  8 et
16. 5.58 MeV
2.079  1.4  109
t  ln(8)  t
0.693 Use energy conservation
t = 4.2 × 109 years. m( 238 PU )C2  m( 234 U)C 2  m( 4 He)C2  k

 l n5 

k = m( 238 PU )  m( 234 U)  m( 4 He) c 2 
12. t 
 ln 2  = (238.04955u - 234.04095u - 4.002603u)

931MeV
Given R  R 0et = 5.58 MeV
u
No of atom dissociated in time t
= 80%

80N0
  N0 1  e t  4  5  5 et
100

 5 et  1  ln5  t

ln5  ln5 
t  
  ln 2 

www.motion.ac.in
282 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. Intially m1 has a monmentum P1 & m2 is at v t

rest (P2 = 0) in the lab frame. The masses of


the particular after collision are mp & mo.
 
0

dv  udt
0
 v = u t

The conservation of momentum given


3. 4.87 Mev
P1 'P2 '  P1 or P2 '  P1 – P1' ...(1)
A–4
K .E.  Q
A
y y P1 '
 T = 4.78 MeV
A = 226
P1 m2
x x
m1 O P2=0 226 – 4
4.78 × 106 = Q
226
P2 '
 Q = 4.86 MeV
After collision
4. 7.01366 amu
m=(10.01167 + 1.00894 – mL i – 4.00386)
Squaring above equation Q = 1.83 MeV
2 or Q = m × 931 MeV
P2 ' 2  (P1 – P1' )2  P1  P1 ' 2 –2P1.P1 '
 m = 0.001965
= P12 + P1’2 { P1.P1 '  0} mL i = 7.01675 – 0.001965
m L i = 7.01478 a.m.u
2
P1' 2 P2 ' 2 P
 Q  – 1
2mp 2m0 2m1 5. 3.3 × 10–6 g
Intial Activity R1 =  N1
1 1 1  2 1  1 1  2 Activity after time t R2 =  N2
 Q   P1 '   –  P1

2  mp m0  2  m0 m1  Now, N2 = N1 e– t
Because only one -particle out of 4000 in-
P2 duces a reaction we can find the number of
 Ek 
2m radon atoms introduced into the source.

 mp   m  nN2
Now Q  K p 1   – K 1 1  1 
   N'  nN1   nN2 e t
 m0   m0  e – t

 mass of radon m
2. v = ut
AN' A t Ane t .R 2
1 =  nN 2 e 
TAvg. = NA NA NA 

Given that A = 222, n = 4000,
dN T = 3.8 days t = 7.6 days
 = fraction of body disintegrate
N
0 .693
in time dt e t  e 3.8
5
 2.49 ,
dN R2 = 1.2 × 106 sec
  dt
N
m = 3.3 g
dm dv
or  dt or   dt
m v

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-II - 283

7. 6.04 × 10 9 yrs
  
0.2E0 t – (1  e – t ) At the time of observation t = t
  
6. T 
mS m1 140

m2 1
Rate of decay   N
A 1 238
   1.01
A 2 235
N

m
Rate of formation   Number of atoms N =
A

Let N be the no of radionucler any time t. N1 m A 140


Then net rate of form of nuclei at time t is   1 2  ...(i)
N A m2 A 1 1.01
N t
dN dN Let N0 be the no. of atoms of both isotopes
dt
  – N or 
0

 dt
 – N 0 at the time of formation the

N1 N0 e – 1t
   e(  2 – 1 )t ...(ii)
N (1 – e –t ) N2 N0 e –  2 t

Equation (i) & (ii) we have
Number of nuclei formed in time t = t
& Number of nuclei left after time 140
e(  2 – 1 )t 
1.01

t= (1 – e – t )
A (2 – 1)t = n (140) – n (1.01)

 energy released till time 4.9305


t  6.04  10 9 yrs
0.693  45 – 7.13 

t = E 0 [t – (1 – e – t )] 10 8  45  7.13 

But only 20% of it is used in rasing the


tamprature of water 8. 1.7 × 1010 years
Given that Activity = 8.4 sec–1
So 0.2 E 0 [t –  (1 – e – t )]  Q
 According to Avagadro hypothesis the no. of
atoms in 2.5 mg.
where Q = ms 
  = increase in temprature of water 6.02  10 23
N  2.5  10 – 3
230

Q 0.2 E 0 [t – (1 – e – t )]
=      N = 6.54 × 1018
ms ms Now N = 8.4 sec–1

8 .4 8 .4
  
N 6.54  1018

 = 1.28 × 10–18 sec–1

0.6931
 T  1.7  1010 year

www.motion.ac.in
284 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

1. B Applying conservation of atomic mass


A
Z X 10 n  73Li 24 He 7 18  A  A  0

It implies that, A + 1 = 7+4 Thus, the emitted particles are -photons ( 00 X )


 A  10 and Z + 0 = 3+2  Z  5
10 5. C N(E)
Thus, it is Boron 5 B.
Energy spectrum of
emi tted -Part i cl es
2. A from radioactive
R  R o (A)1 / 3 source is drawn as
E
E0
1/3
R Al R (A ) 6. B
 o Al 1 / 3
R Te R o (A Te ) Energy of proton +7 x 5.60 = 2 x [4×7.06]
 Energy of proton = 17.28 MeV.
R Al (A Al )1 / 3
or 
R Te (A Te )1 / 3
7. B
Since, here nuclear target is heavy it can be
R Al (27)1 / 3 3 assumed safely that it will remain stationary
or  1/3

R Te (125) 5 and will not move due to the Coulombic
interaction force.
5 At distance of closest approach relative
or R Te  x3.6  6 fermi
3 velocity of two particles is v. Here target is
considered as stationary, so Ą-particle
3. C comes to rest instantaneously at distance
of closest approach.
No  N
N  No (1  e t )   e t Let required distance is r, then from work-
No
energy theorem

1 mv2 1 Ze  2e 1
  e t or 8  et 0   r
8 2 4o r m

3 x 0.693 1
or 3 In 2 = t or 
or r or r  Ze2
15 v2
Half - life period,

0.693 8. C
t1 / 2  x15  5 min n2
3 x 0.693 Emission spectrum would
rises when electron makes
v
a jump from higher
4. C
energy level to lower
The nuclear reaction can be represented as
Frequen cy of e mitt ed n1
7 1 8 A photon
3 Li  H  Be  X
1 4 Z
is proportional to change in energy of two
Applying conservation of atomic number energy levels, i.e.
(charge)
3 1 4  Z  Z  0 1 1
v  RcZ2  2  2 
 n1 n2 

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-II - 285

9. B 16. B
In gamma ray emission the energy is released Conserving the momentum
from nucleus, so that nucleus get stabilised.
M M
0 v1  v 2
2 2
10. B
Binding energy v1  v2 ...(i)
BE = (Mnucleus- Mnucleoun)c = (M0-8MP-9Mn)c
2 2

1 M 2 1 M 2
mc2  . v1  . v2 ...(ii)
2 2 2 2
11. B

0.693 1 M 2
  mc2  v1
T1 / 2 (X)  (Y) 2
x Y

2mc 2
x  v12
or Y    Y  x M
0.693
So Y will decay faster than X.
2m
v1  c
M
12. B
Statement I is correct and statement II is
wrong can be directly concluded from Binding 17. B
energy/nucleon curve. 1 2
N1  No  No  No
3 3
13. A
1st reaction is fusion and 4th reaction is fission 2 1
N2  No  No  No
3 3

14. B n
N1  1 
In positive beta decay a proton is transformed    n 1
N2  2 
into a neutron and a positron is emitted.

p   n0  e  t 2  t1  one half life  20 min.

Number of neutrons initially was A-Z


Number of neutrons after decay (A-Z)-3 × 2 18. C
(due to alpha particles) +2×1 (due to positive In particle situation, at least three particles
beta decay) take place in transformation, so energy of -
The number of protons will reduce by 8 particle +energy of third particle = E1-E2
[as 3 × 2 (due to alpha particles] + 2 (due Hence, energy of -particle  E1  E2
to positive beta decay)]
Hence, atomic number reduces by 8. 19. A
So, the ratio of number of neutrons to that According to given date, mass of neutron
of protons and proton are equal which do not permit
Number of neutrons initially was A-Z the breaking up to neutron and proton.
A Z4 But if we take standard mass of neutron as
 1.6750 × 10–27 kg, then
Z8
Energy released = Mass defect × c2
15. C = (mn – mp – me) × c2
After decay, the daughter nuclei will be more [ energy released mass of reactant – mass
stable hence, binding every per nucleon will of product × c2]
be more than that of their parent nucleus.

www.motion.ac.in
286 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

22. C
1.6750  1027  1.6725  1027  9  1031 
 T
1.66  1027 A  B

× 931.5 MeV [ 1 amu = 931.5 MeV] ln2



T
16  1031
  931.5 MeV
1.66  1027 NA = N0e–t
NB = N0 (1 – e–t)
1.6  0.9315
 MeV  0.9 MeV NB
1.66  0.3
NA
which is close to option (A).

N 0 (1  e t )
20. D  0.3
N 0 e t
For damped harmonic motion,
ma = -kx - mbv 1 – e–t = 0.3 e– t
or ma +mbv +kx = 0 1 = 1.3 e–t
Solution to above equation is
1
bt 2
 e t
 k b 1.3
x  A oe 2
sin t; with 2  
m 4
1 ln2
Where amplitude drops exponentially with log  t = t
1.3 T
time.
b T log1.3
i.e., A  A e  2 t=
 o
log 2
Average time  is that duration when amplitude
drops by 63% i.e., becomes A0/e.
23. A
b
Ao 
2
Thus, A   A oe hc
e 2E  (E) 
1
b 2
or  1 or   hc
2 b  E
1

21. C 4 hc
TA = 20 min TB = 40 min  E  (E) 
3 2
after 80 min
E hc
N0 N N N 
NA = = 0 NB = 20 = 0 3 2
24 16 2 4

 15  3 hc E
A decayed =   N0 B decayed =   N0 
 16  4 2
 3
hc E
15 4 5 1
Ratio = × =
16 3 4

1 1
 
2 3

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota


Modern Physics-II - 287

1. A 8. (A)(pqst), (B)(q), (C)(s), (D)(s)


(p)  (A) : elec. energy stored.
4( 2 He 4 )  8 O16
(q)  (AB) energy supplied, increasing
Mass defect internal energy
m = {4(4.0026) – 15.834} = 0.011 amu. (r)  (none) energy reduces, heat flows out,
Energy released per oxygen nuclei = (0.011) internal energy drops
(931.48) MeV = 10.24 MeV (s)  (ACD) Mass to energy coversion
(t)  (A) Current flows leading to heat
2. B generation
 (A)(pqst), (B)(q), (C)(s), (D)(s)
3. C
After two half lives 1/4th fraction of nuclei 9. B,D
will remain undecayed. or 3/4th will decay. In fusion two or more lighter nuclei combine
Hence the propability that a nucleus decays to make a comparability heavier nucleus.
in two half lives is 3/4. In fission, a heavy nucleus breaks into two
or more comparatively lighter nuclei further,
4. (A) P,Q ; (B) P,R ; (C) S,P ; (D) P,Q,R energy will be released in a nuclear process
if total binding energy increases.
5. A
Rest mass of parent nuclus should be greater 10. A
than the rest mass of daughter nuclei
thus (A) ln 2 ln 2
5Ci  (2N0 )  10Ci  (N0 )
T1 T2
6. B Dividing we get T1 = 4T2
1
After two half lives th fraction of nuclei 11. D
4
The high temperature maintained inside the
3 reactor core
will remain undecayed. Or, th fraction will
4
decay. Hence, the probability that a nucleus 12. A

3 Ke2
decays in two half lives is . 2  15
. KT   T  1  10 9
4 r

7. B 13. B
The series in U- V region is lymen series. deut eron de nsi ty = 8.0 × 10 14 c m – 3 ,
Longest wavelength corresponds to minimum confinement time = 9.0 × 10–1 s
energy which occurs in transition from n = 2
to n = 1. 14. 8
1/ R  dN 
122  ..(i) n   n N0 –  t
(1/ 12  1/ 22 )  dt 
The smallest wavelength in the infrared region 1
corresponds to max. energy of Paschen By Graph  =  T = nt 1/ 2
2
series.
0.693
1/ R 4.16 = n × n=3

 ..(ii)
(1/ 32  1/ )
N0 N0
N=  n  P = 23  P = 8
from (i) & (ii)  = 823 nm P 2

www.motion.ac.in
288 - Solution Physics (XII) Topic

15. 1 21. C
(P) Alpha Decay
dN 1
= N  1010 = N 234
dt 10 9 u238 90 Th  He24 (2)
92 
N = 10 19
(Q) B+ decay
Total mass = 1019 × 10–25 = 10–6 kg
15 15
 M = 10–6 × 1000 × 103 = 1 mg 8 O 7 N  1 0
 (1)

(R) Fission
16. C
The Kinetic energy is shared by both electron n 
(4)   1.5  unstable
239 140 99
and anti neutrino. Hence maximum KE of Pu 
57 La 37
94
p 
antineutrino will also be nearly 0.8 × 106 eV.
(S) Proton Emission
184
17. D 185 + Proton (3)
83 Bi 82 Pb

The KE of elctron will lie in the range 0 to
0.8 × 106 eV.
22. C
15
18. 4 7 N  7(11H)  8(10 n)
N0 (1 – e–t ) BE(N) = 0.123986 × 931.5 = 115.492959 MeV
Fraction in % = N0 15
8 O  8(11H)  7(10 n)
= (1 – e–t ) = (1 – e–.04 )  4% BE(O) = 0.12019×931.5 = 111.956985 MeV
BE(N) – BE(O) = 3.535974
19. C
3 e2
6
Li  6.015123 u = [8(7)–7 (6)]  R = 3.42 fm
3
4
5 4 ε 0 R
2
He  4.002603 u
2
1
H  2.014102 u
6 2 4
23. C
3 Li 1H + 2 He
(Not possible) 64 = 26
less more
mass mass  the material should decay for 6 half
210 1 209
lines for a safe laboratory.
Po H + 83 Bi
84 1
(Not possible) Thus answer = 18 × 6 = 108 days
less more
mass mass
24. 9
2 4 6
1 H + 2 He 3 Li
more less (Possible) * 0
mass mass –1

70 82
30 Zn + 34 Se 64
152
Gd 4.041MeV
less more (Not possible)
mass mass Suppose – has (KE)max. = k
Total energy released, E = 931 (m) MeV
20. A Mass defect, m = (12.014 – 12) 931.5
210 206
= 13.04 MeV
84 Po 82 Pb + 24He
Now, E = 4.041 + K
 M = 0.005818 u
K = E – 4.041 = 9 MeV
(  M)c2 = 5.419467 MeV ~ 5420 KeV
206
K(Alpha) = (5420)
210
= 5316 KeV ~ 5319 KeV

394-Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota

S-ar putea să vă placă și